WPP GROUP PLC
6-K, EX-99.1, 2000-08-29
ADVERTISING AGENCIES
Previous: WPP GROUP PLC, 6-K, 2000-08-29
Next: WPP GROUP PLC, 6-K, EX-99.2, 2000-08-29



<PAGE>
THIS DOCUMENT IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. IF YOU ARE IN
ANY DOUBT AS TO THE ACTION YOU SHOULD TAKE, YOU ARE RECOMMENDED TO SEEK YOUR OWN
FINANCIAL ADVICE FROM YOUR STOCKBROKER, BANK MANAGER, SOLICITOR, ACCOUNTANT OR
OTHER INDEPENDENT FINANCIAL ADVISER AUTHORISED UNDER THE FINANCIAL SERVICES ACT
1986.

IF YOU HAVE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ALL OF YOUR SHARES IN WPP GROUP PLC,
PLEASE SEND THIS DOCUMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS AT ONCE TO THE
PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OR TO THE STOCKBROKER, BANK OR OTHER AGENT THROUGH WHOM
THE SALE OR TRANSFER WAS EFFECTED FOR TRANSMISSION TO THE PURCHASER OR
TRANSFEREE.

A copy of this document, which comprises listing particulars, has been prepared
in accordance with the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority made under
section 142 of the Financial Services Act 1986 and has been delivered to the
Registrar of Companies in England and Wales for registration as required by
section 149 of that Act.

Application has been made to the UK Listing Authority for the Consideration
Shares to be admitted to the Official List and to the London Stock Exchange for
the Consideration Shares to be admitted to trading on its market for listed
securities. It is expected that Admission will become effective and that
dealings on the London Stock Exchange will commence at 8.00 am (London time) on
the Effective Date.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 WPP GROUP PLC

                              LISTING PARTICULARS

                          RELATING TO THE MERGER WITH
                              YOUNG & RUBICAM INC.

                                      AND

  THE ISSUE OF UP TO 433,710,712 ORDINARY SHARES OF 10 PENCE EACH IN WPP GROUP
                                      PLC

                                  SPONSORED BY
                          GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL
                                      AND
                          MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL

---------------------------------------------------------

Goldman Sachs International and Merrill Lynch International, each of which is
regulated in the United Kingdom by The Securities and Futures Authority Limited,
are acting exclusively for WPP Group plc and for no-one else in connection with
the Merger and will not be responsible to anyone other than WPP Group plc for
providing the protections afforded to customers of Goldman Sachs International
and Merrill Lynch International respectively or for providing advice in relation
to the Merger.

The distribution of this document in jurisdictions other than the United Kingdom
may be restricted by law and therefore persons into whose possession this
document comes should inform themselves about and observe such restrictions. Any
failure to comply with these restrictions may constitute a violation of the
securities laws of any such jurisdiction.
<PAGE>
                                    CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                        --------
<S>       <C>                                                           <C>
PART I    MERGER OF WPP WITH YOUNG & RUBICAM..........................      3
  1.      Introduction................................................      3
  2.      Summary of the Merger.......................................      3
  3.      Sale restrictions...........................................      5
  4.      Y&R's business..............................................      6
  5.      Strategic and financial reasons for the Merger..............      6
  6.      Enlarged WPP Group board and headquarters...................      9
  7.      Dividends and dividend policy...............................      9
  8.      Accounting treatment and reporting..........................     10
  9.      Current trading and prospects...............................     10
  10.     Extraordinary General Meeting...............................     10
  11.     Listing and dealing.........................................     10
  12.     Risk factors relating to the Merger.........................     11
  13.     Forward-looking statements may prove inaccurate.............     12
  14.     Nature of financial information.............................     13

PART II   INFORMATION RELATING TO WPP.................................     14
  1.      Business description of WPP.................................     14
  2.      Extraction of financial information.........................     14
  3.      Financial information on WPP................................     15
  4.      Unaudited interim results for the six months ended 30 June
          2000........................................................     52

PART III  INFORMATION RELATING TO YOUNG & RUBICAM.....................     71
  1.      Business description of Y&R.................................     71
  2.      Extraction of financial information.........................     71
  3.      Financial information on Y&R................................     72
  4.      Unaudited interim results for the six months ended 30 June
          2000........................................................     95
  5.      Unaudited restatements of Young & Rubicam's financial
          information under UK GAAP...................................    101
  6.      Letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP......................    111

PART IV   PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION.............................    113
  1.      Pro forma financial information on WPP and Y&R..............    113
  2.      Letter from Arthur Andersen.................................    121

PART V    TERMS OF THE MERGER AND REGULATORY MATTERS..................    123
  Section A:  Summary of the terms of the Merger......................    123
  Section B:  Summary of the terms of the no-sale agreements..........    130
  Section C:  General regulatory matters..............................    132

PART VI   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION......................................    134
  1.      Responsibility..............................................    134
  2.      Incorporation...............................................    134
  3.      Share capital...............................................    134
  4.      Memorandum and Articles of Association of WPP...............    137
  5.      WPP Share Schemes and details of outstanding options and
          awards under the WPP Share Schemes and Y&R stock option
          plans.......................................................    142
  6.      Principal subsidiary undertakings and associated
          undertakings................................................    149
  7.      Directors, Proposed Directors and Y&R Directors.............    150
  8.      Interests of the Directors and the Proposed Directors.......    157
  9.      Material contracts..........................................    160
  10.     Litigation..................................................    162
  11.     Principal establishments....................................    163
  12.     United Kingdom taxation.....................................    163
  13.     Working capital.............................................    164
  14.     General.....................................................    164
  15.     Documents available for inspection..........................    164

DEFINITIONS...........................................................    166
</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

                       MERGER OF WPP WITH YOUNG & RUBICAM

1.    INTRODUCTION

      On 12 May 2000, the boards of WPP and Y&R announced that they had reached
      agreement on the terms of a proposed merger of the two companies.

     The Merger is subject to a number of conditions, including approval by WPP
     Share Owners and Y&R Share Owners at their respective general meetings. In
     addition, the Merger is conditional on a number of regulatory and other
     consents and confirmations in the European Union and certain other
     jurisdictions. The Merger is expected to be completed on 3 October 2000
     assuming that the various approvals and regulatory consents are received by
     such date.

     The Board of Y&R has unanimously approved the Merger Agreement and has
     recommended that Y&R Share Owners vote in favour of the Merger. The Board
     of WPP has unanimously approved the Merger Agreement and has recommended
     that WPP Share Owners vote in favour of the Merger.

2.    SUMMARY OF THE MERGER

2.1   STRUCTURE

      The Merger is to be effected by a statutory merger under Delaware law
      whereby York II Merger Corp (a Delaware corporation and an indirect
      wholly-owned subsidiary of WPP), will be merged with and into Y&R and Y&R
      will become an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of WPP in accordance with
      the terms of the Merger Agreement.

     WPP Ordinary Shares will continue to be traded on the London Stock Exchange
     and WPP ADSs will remain listed on the Nasdaq. Following completion of the
     Merger, WPP will indirectly own all of the Y&R Common Shares.

2.2   TERMS OF THE MERGER

      Under the terms of the Merger, Y&R Share Owners (other than WPP, Y&R or
      any of their respective subsidiaries) will be entitled to receive, for
      each Y&R Common Share held, 0.835 of a WPP ADS (each ADS representing five
      WPP Ordinary Shares). Each Y&R Share Owner may elect to receive five new
      WPP Ordinary Shares in lieu of each WPP ADS he would otherwise be entitled
      to receive.

     Each Y&R Share Owner who would otherwise have been entitled to receive a
     fraction of a WPP ADS or a WPP Ordinary Share will receive, in lieu
     thereof, cash (without interest) equal to his proportionate interest in the
     net proceeds of sale of the WPP Ordinary Shares representing the aggregate
     of the fractional entitlements which Y&R Share Owners would be entitled to
     receive pursuant to the terms of the Merger.

     Upon the Merger becoming effective, each outstanding Y&R Stock Option will
     convert into an option to acquire 4.175 new WPP Ordinary Shares, if the
     option holder is primarily resident or employed in Europe, or into an
     option to acquire 0.835 of a WPP ADS in all other cases. As at 21 August
     2000 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this
     document) there were 23,293,354 Y&R Stock Options outstanding.

     In addition, upon the Merger becoming effective, the Y&R Convertible Notes
     will become convertible into 0.835 of a WPP ADS for each Y&R Common Share
     into which they were convertible prior to the Merger.

     Accordingly, it is expected that completion of the Merger will require the
     issue of up to approximately 433,710,712 new WPP Ordinary Shares (including
     new WPP Ordinary Shares to be issued on the exercise of the Y&R Stock
     Options, the conversion of the Y&R Convertible Notes and as deferred
     consideration for previous Y&R acquisitions). On the basis of a price of
     L8.45 for each WPP Ordinary Share (based on the closing middle market price
     on 11 May 2000, the last business day prior to the announcement of the
     Merger), the Merger values the entire fully diluted share capital of Y&R at
     approximately L3.6 billion.

     Immediately following the Merger becoming effective, the interests of WPP's
     existing Share Owners are expected to represent approximately two thirds
     and those of Y&R Share Owners and option holders one third of the enlarged
     fully diluted issued share capital of WPP.

                                       3
<PAGE>
     Further details of the Merger, including the principal terms of the Merger
     Agreement and the conditions to the implementation of the Merger, are set
     out in Section A of Part V of this document.

2.3   SHARE OWNER APPROVALS AND OTHER CONDITIONS

     (a)   WPP Share Owner approval

           The Merger is conditional upon the passing, at the Extraordinary
           General Meeting which has been convened for 29 September 2000, of
           ordinary resolutions to approve the Merger, to increase the
           authorised share capital of WPP, to authorise the Directors to allot
           new WPP Ordinary Shares and to approve the appointment of four new
           directors who have been designated by Y&R to the Board of WPP. A
           special resolution will also be proposed to disapply the statutory
           pre-emption rights contained in Section 89(1) of the Companies Act in
           respect of the allotment for cash of equity securities of up to an
           aggregate nominal amount of L7,662,089 which (after taking account of
           certain obligations to be assumed by WPP under the terms of the
           Merger Agreement requiring the allotment of WPP Ordinary Shares for
           cash) will represent approximately 5% of the expected enlarged issued
           share capital of WPP on completion of the Merger. In addition, a
           further ordinary resolution will be proposed to increase the limit on
           the aggregate annual remuneration which may be paid to non-executive
           Directors under WPP's Articles of Association from L250,000 to
           L450,000 and a further ordinary resolution will be proposed to enable
           the Company to provide any special remuneration to a non-executive
           Director, for any special or extra services requested by the Company,
           in the form of WPP Ordinary Shares (by means of a right to acquire
           those shares in lieu of cash, at a price no less than the nominal
           amount of such shares). Approval of the Merger and related matters is
           not conditional upon the passing of any of the last three
           resolutions.

     (b)   Y&R Share Owner approval

           The Merger is conditional upon approval by the holders of a majority
           of the voting rights of the Y&R Common Shares.

           A special meeting of Y&R Share Owners has been convened for
           28 September 2000, at which Y&R Share Owners will be asked to approve
           and adopt the Merger Agreement.

     (c)   Regulatory consents

           The Merger is conditional on certain regulatory consents and
           clearances, further details of which are set out in Section C of Part
           V of this document.

     (d)   Other conditions

           The Merger is also conditional on the satisfaction or waiver of
           certain other conditions including the admission of the Consideration
           Shares to the Official List and admission of the Consideration Shares
           to trading by the London Stock Exchange. Further details are set out
           in Section A of Part V of this document.

2.4   CONSENTS AND TIMING

      The Merger is conditional on obtaining certain specified consents, waivers
      and clearances. Application has been made to the European Commission and
      other relevant national authorities for the necessary consents and
      clearances, further details of which are set out in Section C of Part V of
      this document. The European Commission issued its clearance decision for
      the Merger on 24 August 2000.

     Subject to these consents, waivers, clearances and share owner approvals
     being obtained, the Merger is expected to be completed on 3 October 2000.

2.5   TERMINATION

      The Merger Agreement may be terminated prior to the Effective Date:

     (a)   by mutual consent of WPP and Y&R;

     (b)   by either party if:

           (i)    the Merger has not been completed by 11 February 2001 (the
                 "Long Stop Date") provided that this right shall not be
                 exercisable by a party whose failure to comply in

                                       4
<PAGE>
                 any material respect with its obligations resulted in the
                 failure to complete the Merger by the Long Stop Date;

           (ii)   a governmental entity prohibits the Merger but only if the
                 terminating party has used commercially reasonable efforts to
                 prevent such prohibition and the prohibition is not due to a
                 material breach of the Merger Agreement by that party; or

           (iii)   the relevant share owner approvals of WPP or Y&R are not
                 obtained;

     (c)   by one party if:

           (i)    the directors of the other party withdraw or adversely modify
                 their recommendation to share owners to vote in favour of the
                 Merger;

           (ii)   the directors of the other party recommend an alternative
                 proposal or offer to their share owners; or

           (iii)   any representation or warranty of the other party is
                 inaccurate, or the other party is in breach of any of its
                 obligations contained in the Merger Agreement, and the breach
                 is not remedied within 20 business days following written
                 notice of the breach, and such inaccuracy or breach would
                 result in any condition in the Merger Agreement not being
                 satisfied by the Long Stop Date.

     Further details regarding termination are set out in paragraph 7 of
     Section A of Part V of this document.

2.6   TERMINATION PAYMENTS

      Y&R will be entitled to receive a US$25 million fee from WPP if the Merger
      Agreement is terminated because WPP's share owners vote against the
      Merger. The termination fee payable by WPP to Y&R will be increased to
      US$75 million if:

     (a)   the Merger Agreement is terminated by Y&R after WPP's Board has
           withdrawn or adversely modified its favourable recommendation of the
           Merger to its share owners at a time when an alternative acquisition
           proposal or offer for WPP is pending;

     (b)   WPP or its Board recommends an alternative acquisition proposal to
           its share owners; or

     (c)   an alternative acquisition, proposal or offer for WPP is made or is
           publicly announced and the Merger Agreement is subsequently
           terminated:

           (i)    by WPP or Y&R, because the necessary approval of WPP's share
                 owners at the EGM is not obtained; or

           (ii)   by WPP, because the Merger is not consummated by the Long Stop
                 Date, except that no fee will be payable to Y&R if the
                 necessary approval of Y&R Share Owners has not then been
                 obtained for any reason other than as a result of a breach by
                 WPP; or

           (iii)   by Y&R, because any representation or warranty of WPP
                 contained in the Merger Agreement is inaccurate or WPP breaches
                 any of its obligations contained in the Merger Agreement and
                 such breach is not remedied within 20 business days following
                 written notice of the breach from Y&R and such inaccuracy or
                 breach would result in any condition of the Merger Agreement
                 not being satisfied by the Long Stop Date;

           AND, in any such case, within nine months after the Merger Agreement
           is terminated, WPP enters into an agreement in respect of any
           alternative proposal or an alternative transaction is completed.

     WPP will be entitled to receive from Y&R a fee of US$25 million if the
     Merger Agreement is terminated because Y&R Share Owners vote against the
     Merger Agreement. An increased fee of US$175 million will be payable by Y&R
     to WPP if circumstances similar to those described in (a) to (c) above
     arise in relation to Y&R.

     Further details regarding termination payments are set out in paragraph 8
     of Section A of Part V.

3.    SALE RESTRICTIONS

      Contemporaneously with the execution of the Merger Agreement, WPP entered
      into no-sale agreements with sixteen senior executives of Y&R, including
      Mr Thomas D. Bell Jr., Y&R's

                                       5
<PAGE>
      chairman and chief executive officer, Mr Michael J. Dolan, the chief
      executive officer of Y&R following completion of the Merger, Edward H.
      Vick, worldwide chairman and chief executive officer of Y&R Advertising
      and Mr Peter A. Georgescu, former chairman and chief executive of Y&R.
      Under these agreements, these senior executives and Mr Georgescu have
      agreed not to sell a total of approximately six million of their Y&R
      Common Shares and/or the shares received from the exercise of their Y&R
      Stock Options (and, following completion of the Merger, the WPP Ordinary
      Shares and options which they will receive under the terms of the Merger
      in exchange for those shares and options) for a one year period ending on
      11 May 2001.

     Further details regarding the no-sale agreements are set out in Section B
     of Part V of this document.

4.    Y&R'S BUSINESS

      Y&R is one of the world's leading global communications services groups.
      The Y&R Group comprises a network of agencies in the fields of
      advertising, media investment management, information and consultancy,
      public relations and public affairs, branding and identity, healthcare and
      specialist communications. Y&R has over 300 offices in over 70 countries
      around the world. For the year ended 31 December 1999, the Y&R Group had
      worldwide billings of US$8.53 billion. Set out below is a summary of some
      of the key areas of the Y&R Group's business.

     Young & Rubicam Advertising is a leading full-service consumer advertising
     agency, offering expertise in consumer research, strategic and creative
     development, and media buying and planning. In addition to agency networks
     in a number of countries, Young & Rubicam Advertising is represented in the
     Asia Pacific region by Dentsu, Young & Rubicam, a series of joint ventures
     with Dentsu, Inc. of Japan, in which Y&R is the majority partner (owning at
     least 66% of each joint venture) except in Japan, the Philippines and
     India.

     The Media Edge is a leading full-service global media business, and The
     Digital Edge, formed in 1999, specialises in planning and buying for
     internet media, electronic commerce and other fledgling technologies and
     digital media.

     Y&R 2.1 is a new type of advertising agency, dedicated to integrating
     on-line and off-line marketing communications in support of brands around
     the world.

     The Bravo Group and Kang & Lee are full-service advertising agencies in the
     United States devoted to creating communications targeted at fast-growing
     multicultural groups. Bravo's focus is on Hispanic Americans, Kang & Lee's
     on Asian Americans.

     Impiric is a global, full-service consulting and communications firm that
     provides strategic, customer-centred solutions to business problems.
     Impiric works closely with KnowledgeBase Marketing, another recently
     acquired Y&R company.

     Y&R's diversified communications group includes Burson-Marsteller, the
     world's largest public relations and public affairs firm, Landor
     Associates, one of the world's leading branding consultancies and strategic
     design firms, Cohn & Wolfe, a public relations and public affairs firm and
     Sudler & Hennessey, an international healthcare communications agency. Most
     recently, Y&R acquired Robinson Lerer & Montgomery, a leader in the field
     of strategic communications.

     In the area of internet marketing, Y&R has made considerable investments
     including Luminant Worldwide Corporation, a key player in the interactive
     services arena, Harris Interactive, a leader in on-line market research,
     and Digital Convergence, MediaPlex and iWeb, creators of new internet
     vehicles that deliver marketing messages and content to consumers.

5.    STRATEGIC AND FINANCIAL REASONS FOR THE MERGER

5.1   WPP and Y&R believe that the enlarged WPP Group will be better positioned
     to become the world's premier provider of communications services and that
     it will be capable of achieving a faster rate of organic growth and hence
     greater long-term share owner value than could be achieved by either of the
     groups remaining separate.

     The WPP Directors believe that the principal strategic and financial
     reasons for the Merger are as follows:

     Firstly, the philosophy and cultures of the two organisations are very
     similar. Y&R was one of the first communications services groups to
     formulate and implement a consistent approach to the integration of
     advertising and marketing services for clients. Since the 1960's, Y&R has
     developed

                                       6
<PAGE>
     its integrated approach both organically and by acquiring leading marketing
     brands such as Burson-Marsteller, Cohn & Wolfe, Wunderman Cato, Johnson,
     Landor Associates and Sudler & Hennessey, amongst others. Similarly, since
     it was founded in 1985, WPP has developed a strategy aimed at adding value
     to clients, share owners and employees through the integration of
     advertising and marketing services. Other groups claim a similar approach
     but, to the knowledge of WPP and Y&R, few have been able to implement it so
     successfully.

     Secondly, both WPP and Y&R share a number of major clients including Ford
     Motor Company, Philip Morris, Sears and Mattel. Within the enlarged WPP
     Group client conflicts will be managed more effectively through separate
     operating brands so that clients will be assured of confidentiality.

     Thirdly, both WPP and Y&R complement one another in providing alternative
     operating brands in the areas of advertising, media investment management,
     information and consultancy, public relations and public affairs, branding
     and identity, healthcare and specialist communications and in the internet
     sector. In information and consultancy, Y&R's BrandAsset Valuator and
     investment in internet based market research will provide the enlarged WPP
     Group with additional opportunities.

     Fourthly, the Merger will strengthen the enlarged WPP Group geographically,
     particularly in North America and Continental Europe. In addition, Asia
     Pacific offers an interesting opportunity where Y&R has a series of
     important joint ventures with Dentsu, the world's largest advertising
     agency. The enlarged WPP Group will have the number one or two position in
     the following major geographic regions, based on WPP and Y&R's gross income
     for their respective financial years ended 31 December 1999:

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
      - North America
      - United Kingdom
      - Continental Europe
      - Asia Pacific
      - Latin America
      - Africa and Middle East
</TABLE>

     Finally, the Merger offers opportunities in terms of enhanced revenue
     growth and cost synergies. Whilst the WPP Board feels that it is
     inadvisable to estimate revenue growth at this stage, the Directors believe
     that there will be considerable potential for such growth as a result of
     enhanced operational capabilities and the opportunity to co-ordinate
     approaches on global, regional and national accounts. On the cost side,
     pre-tax annual operating cost savings of US$30 million are expected to be
     achieved by the end of 2001 (see paragraph 12.3 of Part I of this document
     for certain risk factors in relation to this estimate). These savings are
     expected to result from the elimination of certain central cost
     duplications and by co-ordinating certain common activities including,
     amongst others, financial planning, budgeting, reporting and control, tax
     and treasury management, activities relating to mergers and acquisitions,
     investor relations, human resources, property, procurement, information
     technology and practice development. The Directors believe that the Merger
     will be accretive to WPP's earnings in the first full year following
     completion of the Merger.

5.2   The services of the enlarged WPP Group and its highly complementary
      portfolio of leading operating brands are listed below:

     (a)   ADVERTISING--development of marketing and branding campaigns, and
           production and design of advertisements

           - WPP: Ogilvy and Mather Worldwide, J. Walter Thompson Company and
             Conquest

           - Y&R: Young & Rubicam Advertising, Dentsu, Young & Rubicam and Y&R
             2.1

     (b)   MEDIA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT--planning and purchasing time and/or
           space in various media, including broadcast and cable television,
           radio, newspapers, magazines, billboards and the internet

           - WPP: MindShare

           - Y&R: The Media Edge and The Digital Edge

     (c)   INFORMATION AND CONSULTANCY--conducting consumer, media, corporate
           communications and policy research, advertising research,
           pre-testing, tracking and

                                       7
<PAGE>
           evaluation of advertising and promotions design and management of
           international market studies and new product development and testing

           - WPP: Research International, Millward Brown, Kantar Media Research,
             Center Partners, IMRB International, Winona Group and Goldfarb
             Consultants and "BRANDZ," an advanced diagnostic and predictive
             proprietary research tool

           - Y&R: "BrandAsset-Registered Trademark- Valuator," a proprietary
             diagnostic and predictive proprietary research tool

     (d)   PUBLIC RELATIONS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS--providing advice and services
           with respect to corporate, financial and marketing communications,
           government lobbying, crisis management and public affairs

           - WPP: Hill and Knowlton, Ogilvy Public Relations Worldwide,
             Alexander Ogilvy, Timmons & Company, The Wexler Group and Buchanan
             Communications

           - Y&R: Burson-Marsteller, Cohn & Wolfe and Robinson Lerer &
             Montgomery

     (e)   CONSUMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT--planning, designing and
           implementing direct marketing and sales promotions, including direct
           mail and direct response television advertising, telemarketing and
           database and online marketing

           - WPP: OgilvyOne Worldwide

           - Y&R: impiric (formerly Wunderman Cato Johnson) and KnowledgeBase
             Marketing

     (f)    BRANDING AND IDENTITY, HEALTHCARE AND SPECIALIST
           COMMUNICATIONS--providing services with respect to brand and
           corporate identity, package design, retail design and branded
           environments, verbal branding and corporate literature

           - WPP: Enterprise IG, Brand Union, Coley Porter Bell

           - Y&R: Landor Associates

           and also providing marketing and communications services in the
                 healthcare area

           - WPP: CommonHealth

           - Y&R: Sudler & Hennessey

5.3   In addition to the services and operating brands referred to above, both
      WPP and Y&R have recognised the potential of the internet for fuelling
      growth in the communications services industry and, together the enlarged
      WPP Group, will have one of the industry's broadest portfolio of internet
      investments. The following table identifies companies operating in various
      internet sectors in which the WPP Group or Y&R Group have recently made
      investments:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      WPP                                                          Y&R
         -------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------------------------------
         COMPANY                SECTOR                   SHAREHOLDING    COMPANY                  SECTOR
         -------                ------                   ------------    -------                  ------
         <S>                    <C>                      <C>             <C>                      <C>
         Syzygy                 Web development              34.26%      KnowledgeBase Marketing  Database marketing/CRM
         Concept!               Web development              17.70%      Luminant                 Internet professional services
         Net King               Portal                       16.67%      Digital Convergence      Internet media targeting
         e-Rewards              Loyalty                      19.40%      Mediaplex                Internet advertising technology
         TWIi                   B-2-B sports content         19.48%      Harris Interactive       Internet research
         Intraspect             Knowledge management          7.65%      Cyber Dialogue           Internet marketing
         Visible World          Video personalisation         6.28%      Naviant                  Targeted internet advertising
         Big Words              College-based e-commerce      3.71%      iWeb                     Internet advertising technology
         Red Sheriff            Internet research             5.00%      Streampipe               Internet broadcasting
         Roundarch              e-commerce consulting        19.90%      eMotion                  Digital asset management
         Metapack               e-fulfillment                 4.99%      Gamut Interactive        Smartcard technology
         Imagine                e-CRM                         2.00%
         Deckchair              Online travel                 7.96%
         Inferentia Spa         e-business consulting         4.00%
         Advertising.com        New media advertising         1.30%

<CAPTION>
                                     Y&R
         ---------------------  -------------
         COMPANY                SHAREHOLDING
         -------                ------------
         <S>                    <C>
         Syzygy                       100%
         Concept!                   20.62%
         Net King                    5.88%
         e-Rewards                   0.71%
         TWIi                        4.17%
         Intraspect                 12.45%
         Visible World               5.37%
         Big Words                  18.30%
         Red Sheriff                23.81%
         Roundarch                  10.50%
         Metapack                    5.51%
         Imagine
         Deckchair
         Inferentia Spa
         Advertising.com
</TABLE>

     The WPP Directors believe that these investments will afford the enlarged
     WPP Group significant opportunities to provide services to existing clients
     of the enlarged WPP Group and to establish relationships with the relevant
     partners in these investments.

     The WPP Directors also believe that the enlarged WPP Group will be well
     positioned to benefit substantially from:

     - competition-driven increased spending on branding;

                                       8
<PAGE>
     - providing services to dot-coms building their brands;

     - providing services to traditional clients building internet operations;
       and

     - providing services to internet-related companies needing help with their
       internet strategy.

6.    ENLARGED WPP GROUP BOARD AND HEADQUARTERS

      Following completion of the Merger, the number of Directors of WPP will be
      sixteen, twelve of whom will be existing directors of WPP (eight of whom
      will be non-executive Directors) and four of whom will be designated by
      Y&R (three of whom will be non-executive Directors). In addition, prior to
      30 June 2001, Y&R will be entitled to appoint a further non-executive
      Director to the board of WPP, who is neither a US resident nor a US
      citizen.

     Sir Martin Sorrell, the current group chief executive of WPP, will continue
     to be the group chief executive of the Company. Mr. Michael Dolan will be
     chief executive officer of Y&R. Short biographies of the Directors and the
     Proposed Directors of the Company are set out in paragraph 7.3 of Part VI.

     The Directors of WPP following the Merger will be:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         DIRECTOR                                    OFFICE
         --------                                    ------
         <S>                                         <C>
         Hamish Maxwell                              Chairman, Non-Executive Director
         Sir Martin Sorrell                          Group Chief Executive
         Paul Richardson                             Group Finance Director
         Brian Brooks                                Chief Human Resources Officer
         Eric Salama                                 Group Director of Strategy
         Jeremy Bullmore                             Non-Executive Director
         Esther Dyson                                Non-Executive Director
         Masao Inagaki                               Non-Executive Director
         John Jackson                                Non-Executive Director
         Christopher Mackenzie                       Non-Executive Director
         Stanley Morten                              Non-Executive Director
         John Quelch                                 Non-Executive Director
         Michael J. Dolan*                           Chief Executive Officer of Y&R
         F. Warren Hellman*                          Non-Executive Director
         Michael H. Jordan*                          Non-Executive Director
         Sir Christopher Lewinton*                   Non-Executive Director
</TABLE>

      * The Proposed Directors are those marked with an asterisk.

     A transition committee (which is not a committee of the Board of WPP) has
     been established under the terms of the Merger Agreement and will be
     maintained for one year after the Effective Date. The committee will
     initially be comprised of Mr. Thomas D. Bell, Jr, who will be chairman of
     the committee, Mr. Michael J. Dolan, Sir Martin Sorrell and Mr. Paul
     Richardson. This committee will be responsible for overseeing the
     transition as Y&R becomes part of the enlarged WPP Group. It will not be
     responsible for controlling the operations of the business of WPP and Y&R.

     WPP's headquarters will continue to be in London. The headquarters of Y&R's
     agencies will continue to be located in the United States after completion
     of the Merger.

7.    DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY

      It is expected that half yearly dividends will continue to be paid on WPP
      Ordinary Shares in July and November in each year. The level of future WPP
      dividends will be dependent upon WPP's earnings, financial condition and
      other factors affecting its businesses. However, the payment of a dividend
      in any period cannot be guaranteed and is ultimately within the discretion
      of the Board of WPP.

     Holders of WPP Ordinary Shares receive dividends in pounds sterling. The
     Depositary will convert into US dollars any cash dividend paid by WPP on
     the WPP Ordinary Shares, unless it is not reasonable, because of
     governmental regulation or otherwise, for the Depositary to effect the
     conversion into US dollars. The Depositary will distribute those US
     dollars, after deducting its fees and expenses, to holders of WPP ADSs.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     The Consideration Shares will rank PARI PASSU in all respects with the
     existing WPP Ordinary Shares except that they will not rank for the interim
     dividend payable in respect of the year ending 31 December 2000 or for any
     other dividend the record date of which falls prior to the Effective Date.

8.    ACCOUNTING TREATMENT AND REPORTING

      WPP will account for the Merger using the acquisition method of accounting
      under UK GAAP in accordance with FRS 6 ``Acquisitions and Mergers". This
      results in pro forma goodwill of approximately L3,964.3 million (as
      sourced from the pro-forma information in Part IV) based on the closing
      mid-market price of WPP Ordinary Shares of L9.65 on 30 June 2000 and
      73.2 million Y&R Common Shares and 23.6 million Y&R Stock Options in issue
      as at 30 June 2000. This also assumes that 404 million new WPP Ordinary
      Shares will have been issued in connection with the Merger. In calculating
      the number of new WPP Ordinary Shares to be issued, no account has been
      taken of (i) any Y&R Common Shares issued since 30 June 2000; (ii) any Y&R
      Stock Options granted since 30 June 2000; (iii) any WPP Ordinary Shares to
      be issued in respect of the Y&R Convertible Notes or (iv) any new WPP
      Ordinary Shares that will have to be issued as consideration for certain
      previous acquisitions by Y&R. The actual goodwill arising as a result of
      the Merger will be based on the closing mid-market price of WPP Ordinary
      Shares and the number of Y&R Common Shares and Y&R Stock Options in issue
      at the Effective Date.

     Goodwill arising on the transaction has been assumed to have an indefinite
     useful economic life and will therefore not be amortised. Goodwill assumed
     to have an indefinite useful economic life is subject to an annual
     impairment review conducted in accordance with FRS 11 ``Impairment of Fixed
     Assets and Goodwill".

     The financial year end of WPP will continue to be 31 December in each year.
     The consolidated accounts of WPP will be published in sterling and will be
     prepared in accordance with UK GAAP, with a reconciliation of certain
     financial information to US GAAP. WPP plans to introduce quarterly earnings
     reporting during 2002.

9.    CURRENT TRADING AND PROSPECTS

      As shown in the interim results, the WPP Group's performance during the
      six months ended 30 June 2000 continued to improve with strong underlying
      revenue growth and with gains in market share in all geographical regions.
      Indications are that for the latter half of 2000, these trends will
      continue. Industry projections for advertising market growth in 2001 look
      only marginally lower than 2000 and projections for non-advertising
      marketing services continue to predict growth at a fast rate.

     Although market conditions are good, plans, budgets and forecasts of
     revenues will continue to be made on a conservative basis and considerable
     attention continues to focus on operating profit growth, improving
     operating margins and the enlarged WPP Group's staff cost to revenue
     ratios.

10.   EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

      An Extraordinary General Meeting has been convened for 10.00 am on
      29 September 2000 at which the resolutions set out in the Notice of
      Extraordinary General Meeting incorporated in the Circular accompanying
      this document will be proposed.

     An explanation of the resolutions to be proposed at the Extraordinary
     General Meeting and the action to be taken at the Extraordinary General
     Meeting are set out in the Circular.

11.   LISTING AND DEALING

      Application has been made to the UK Listing Authority for the
      Consideration Shares to be admitted to the Official List and to the London
      Stock Exchange for the Consideration Shares to be admitted to trading on
      the London Stock Exchange's market for listed securities. The WPP ADSs
      representing the Consideration Shares will be listed on the Nasdaq. It is
      expected that Admission will become effective and that dealings on the
      London Stock Exchange will commence at 8.00 am (London time) on the
      Effective Date. It is a condition to the Merger becoming effective that
      Admission becomes effective.

                                       10
<PAGE>
12.   RISK FACTORS RELATING TO THE MERGER

12.1  THE PERFORMANCE OF THE ENLARGED WPP GROUP WILL BE AFFECTED BY ITS ABILITY
      TO RETAIN KEY PERSONNEL.

      The employees of both the WPP Group and the Y&R Group are important and
      the performance of the enlarged WPP Group will be affected by its ability
      to retain these employees after completion of the Merger.

     Other than the 22 senior executives and other key employees who have
     entered, or are to enter, into employment agreements with Y&R, personnel of
     Y&R are generally not subject to employment contracts and therefore may
     terminate their employment at any time. Furthermore, those 22 individuals
     entering into new employment agreements may voluntarily terminate their
     employment at any time, although in doing so they would forfeit their
     rights under such employment agreements to receive salary, bonuses and
     other benefits.

     Upon completion of the Merger, all outstanding Y&R Stock Options, other
     than those received by employees in Y&R's annual stock option grant for
     this year and those granted after 11 May 2000, will become fully vested and
     immediately exercisable for WPP Ordinary Shares or WPP ADSs. Y&R employees,
     other than a group of senior Y&R executives who have agreed not to sell
     two-thirds of their stock and options for one year ending 11 May 2001, will
     be free to sell the WPP Ordinary Shares or WPP ADSs they receive upon
     exercise of these options. In addition, under Y&R's change in control
     severance plan and under the employment agreements entered into (or to be
     entered into) by the 22 senior executives and other key employees of Y&R,
     senior and key employees of Y&R will be entitled to receive severance
     payments if their employment is terminated by Y&R without cause, or if they
     terminate their employment for good reason after completion of the Merger.

     If the enlarged WPP Group is unable to retain Y&R's and WPP's senior
     executives and key employees, or fails to attract qualified personnel to
     replace any employees who leave, the business of the enlarged WPP Group may
     be materially and adversely affected.

12.2  EXISTING CLIENTS MAY BE LOST AS A RESULT OF THE MERGER.

      The performance of the enlarged WPP Group will be affected by its ability
      to retain the existing clients of WPP and Y&R and attract new clients. The
      ability to retain existing clients and attract new clients may, in some
      cases, be limited by clients' policies on conflicts of interest. These
      policies can in some cases prevent one agency and, in limited
      circumstances, different agencies under the same holding company, from
      performing similar services for competing products or companies. Although
      WPP and Y&R do not believe that clients will terminate relationships where
      conflicts exist, those conflicts could result in clients terminating their
      relationship with the agencies of the enlarged WPP Group or reducing the
      projects for which they retain those agencies. Moreover, because of the
      enlarged WPP Group's larger number of clients, there could be a greater
      likelihood of conflict with potential new clients in the future. If the
      enlarged WPP Group fails to maintain existing clients or attract new
      clients, its business may be materially and adversely affected.

12.3  THE COST SAVINGS AND OTHER BENEFITS EXPECTED FROM THE MERGER MAY NOT BE
      REALISED.

      It is expected that the Merger will result in cost savings and other
      benefits to the enlarged WPP Group. In that regard, estimated pre-tax
      annual operating savings of US$30 million are expected to be achieved by
      the end of 2001. It is also expected that the Merger will result in the
      benefits described in paragraph 5 above. However, this cost saving
      estimate is inherently subject to significant uncertainties and
      contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of WPP and Y&R. There
      can be no assurances that the enlarged WPP Group will achieve these cost
      savings. The enlarged WPP Group's ability to successfully realise these
      cost savings and benefits and the timing of this realisation may be
      affected by a variety of factors, including:

     - its broad geographic areas of operations and the resulting potential
       complexity of implementing cost savings;

     - the failure to fully develop or carry out its cost savings implementation
       plans; and

     - unexpected events, including major changes in the advertising, marketing
       and communication services industries.

                                       11
<PAGE>
     If the cost savings or benefits expected are not realised or are delayed,
     the market price of the WPP Ordinary Shares and WPP ADSs could be adversely
     affected.

12.4  THE MARKET PRICE OF WPP ORDINARY SHARES AND WPP ADSS MAY BE SUBJECT TO
      DOWNWARD PRESSURE FOR A PERIOD OF TIME AS A RESULT OF SALES BY Y&R SHARE
      OWNERS.

     In connection with the Merger, Y&R Share Owners may sell a significant
     number of the WPP ADSs or WPP Ordinary Shares they will receive in the
     Merger. These sales could adversely affect the market price of the WPP
     Ordinary Shares and WPP ADSs for a period of time after completion of the
     Merger. Y&R Share Owners who may sell shares in connection with the Merger
     include:

     - some U.S. mutual funds, state pension funds and other investors who are
       not permitted to hold equity securities of non-U.S. companies;

     - mutual funds and other investors who hold shares of Y&R because it is
       included in the S&P 500 Index; WPP Ordinary Shares are not included in
       that index; and

     - employees of Y&R who hold Y&R Common Shares, vested options and options
       vesting upon the completion of the Merger. As at 21 August 2000 (the last
       practicable date prior to the publication of this document) these
       employees held options to acquire 23,293,354 Y&R Common Shares.

13.   FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY PROVE INACCURATE

      This document and the accompanying Circular contain forward-looking
      statements about WPP, Y&R and the enlarged WPP Group which are intended to
      be covered by the safe harbor for "forward-looking statements" provided by
      the US Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking
      statements are statements that are not historical facts and include
      financial projections and estimates and their underlying assumptions;
      statements regarding plans, objectives and expectations with respect to
      future operations, products and services; and statements regarding future
      performance. Forward-looking statements are generally identified by the
      words "expects", "anticipates", "believes", "intends", "estimates" and
      similar expressions. Forward-looking statements may need to be updated to
      comply with the Company's continuing obligations under the Listing Rules.

     The forward-looking statements in this document and the accompanying
     Circular are subject to various risks and uncertainties, most of which are
     difficult to predict and generally beyond the control of WPP and Y&R.
     Accordingly, actual results may differ materially from those expressed in,
     or implied by, the forward-looking statements. The risks and uncertainties
     to which forward-looking statements are subject include:

     - those under "Risk factors relating to the Merger" referred to in
       paragraph 12 of Part I of this document;

     - those discussed or identified in public filings of WPP and Y&R with the
       SEC;

     - risks and uncertainties with respect to WPP and Y&R's expectations
       regarding:

       - the timing and completion of the Merger,

       - the value of the Merger consideration,

       - growth and expansion opportunities,

       - market positions,

       - the conduct of worldwide operations,

       - earnings improvements,

       - cost savings,

       - revenue growth,

       - other benefits anticipated from the Merger,

       - gains and losses of clients and client business and projects,

       - changes in the marketing and communications budgets of clients,

       - changes in management or ownership of clients, and

       - retention of, and ability to attract, qualified employees;

                                       12
<PAGE>
     - the effects of:

       - foreign exchange rate fluctuations,

       - regional, national and international economic conditions, including
         changes in interest rates and the performance of the financial markets,

       - changes in industry rates of compensation,

       - changes in regional, national and international laws,

       - regulations and taxes,

       - changes in competition and pricing environments,

       - the occurrence of natural disasters,

       - regional, national and international market and industry conditions,
         and

       - regional, national and international political conditions.

     The actual results, performance or achievement by WPP, Y&R or the enlarged
     WPP Group could differ significantly from those expressed in or implied by
     any forward-looking statements. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that
     any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur
     or, if they do, what impact they will have on the results of operations and
     financial conditions of WPP, Y&R or the enlarged WPP Group following the
     Merger.

14.   NATURE OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

      All financial information in this Part I is extracted without material
      adjustment from the financial information set out in Parts II, III and IV
      of this document. WPP Share Owners should read the whole document and not
      just rely on key or summarised information. Except as otherwise indicated,
      all currency conversions between US dollars and sterling have been made at
      the closing rate at 30 June 2000 of US$1.5166:L1, at 31 December 1999 of
      US$1.6182:L1, at 31 December 1998 of US$1.6638:L1 and at 31 December 1997
      of US$1.6454:L1.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                          INFORMATION RELATING TO WPP

1.    BUSINESS DESCRIPTION OF WPP

      WPP Group plc is one of the leading communications services companies in
      the world. Through its 70 operating companies, it provides clients with
      advertising, media investment management, information and consultancy,
      public relations and public affairs, branding and identity, healthcare and
      specialist communications services. WPP operating companies include
      Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide, J. Walter Thompson, Conquest, MindShare,
      Research International, Millward Brown, Hill and Knowlton, Ogilvy Public
      Relations Worldwide, CommonHealth and Enterprise IG. WPP is a member of
      Business Week's Global 1000, the Forbes International 800, the
      FTSE-Eurotop 300, the United Kingdom's FTSE 100 companies and the MSCI.
      The Company aims to provide clients, both national and international, with
      a comprehensive and, as required, integrated range of communications
      services of the highest quality, strategically and tactically.

     The WPP Group employs 39,000 people (including associates) in 950 offices
     in 92 countries. Clients include more than 300 of the Fortune 500 and over
     one-half of the Nasdaq 100. In the year ended 31 December 1999, WPP had
     annual turnover (gross billings) of US$15.1 billion (L9.34 billion),
     revenues of US$3.5 billion (L2.2 billion) and pre-tax profits of US$413
     million (L255 million). As at 31 December 1999 net assets were US$529
     million (L327 million).

2.    EXTRACTION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

      The financial information contained in Section 3 below for the three years
      ended 31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997 has been extracted, without material
      adjustment, from the audited consolidated financial statements of WPP for
      the three years then ended prepared in accordance with UK GAAP and as
      presented in WPP's Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 1999 filed
      with the SEC on Form 20-F. The financial information contained in Section
      3 below does not constitute statutory accounts within the meaning of
      Section 240 of the Companies Act. WPP's auditors made reports under
      Section 235 of the Companies Act on the financial statements for each of
      the three years ended 31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997 (each of which
      received an unqualified opinion and did not contain a statement under
      Section 237(2) or (3) of the Companies Act) which have been delivered to
      the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales. Arthur Andersen,
      Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors, of 1 Surrey Street, London,
      WC2R 2PS were the auditors of WPP in respect of these financial periods.
      References in this Part II to "Group" are to the WPP Group.

                                       14
<PAGE>
3.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON WPP

3.1  CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NOTES       1999       1998       1997
                                                          --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                        LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
TURNOVER (GROSS BILLINGS)...............................    (1)       9,345.9    8,000.1    7,287.3
Cost of sales...........................................             (7,173.3)  (6,081.7)  (5,540.6)
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
REVENUE.................................................    (1)       2,172.6    1,918.4    1,746.7
Direct costs............................................               (317.3)    (285.9)    (278.0)
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
GROSS PROFIT............................................              1,855.3    1,632.5    1,468.7
Operating costs.........................................    (2)      (1,591.8)  (1,403.4)  (1,273.8)
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
OPERATING PROFIT........................................                263.5      229.1      194.9
Income from associates..................................                 27.3       16.1       10.6
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE INTEREST AND
  TAXATION..............................................    (1)         290.8      245.2      205.5
Net interest payable and similar charges................    (4)         (35.4)     (32.4)     (28.1)
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION...........                255.4      212.8      177.4
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities...............    (5)         (76.6)     (67.0)     (56.7)
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES AFTER TAXATION............                178.8      145.8      120.7
Minority interests......................................                 (6.0)      (5.5)      (4.7)
PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHARE OWNERS............                172.8      140.3      116.0
Ordinary dividends......................................    (6)         (24.0)     (19.6)     (15.7)
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
RETAINED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR............................                148.8      120.7      100.3
                                                                     ========   ========   ========

EARNINGS PER SHARE......................................    (7)
Basic earnings per ordinary share.......................                 22.9P      19.1p      15.8p
Diluted earnings per ordinary share.....................                 22.5P      18.8p      15.7p
                                                                     ========   ========   ========

ORDINARY DIVIDEND PER SHARE.............................    (6)
Interim dividend........................................                  1.0P      0.84p       0.7p
Final dividend..........................................                  2.1P      1.72p      1.43p
                                                                     ========   ========   ========
EARNINGS PER ADS
Basic earnings per ADS..................................                114.5P      95.5p      79.0p
Diluted earnings per ADS................................                112.5P      94.0p      78.5p
                                                                     ========   ========   ========

ORDINARY DIVIDEND PER ADS
Interim.................................................                  5.0P       4.2p       3.5p
Final...................................................                 10.5P       8.6p       7.2p
                                                                     ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

No operations with a material impact on the Group's results were acquired or
discontinued. There is no material difference between the results disclosed in
the profit and loss account and the historical cost profit as defined by FRS 3.

Comparative figures in the profit and loss account have been restated following
a change in the ratio of ordinary shares per ADS from ten ordinary shares per
ADS to five ordinary shares per ADS.

 The accompanying notes form an integral part of this profit and loss account.

                                       15
<PAGE>
3.2  CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NOTES       1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                            LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES...................     (9)       348.5      256.0      283.0
Dividends received from associates..........................                 4.3        3.4        2.8
Return on investments and servicing of finance..............    (10)       (37.1)     (28.7)     (30.5)
United Kingdom and overseas tax paid........................               (58.4)     (59.0)     (54.0)
Capital expenditure and financial investment................    (10)       (80.5)     (82.1)     (45.8)
Acquisition payments........................................    (10)      (202.2)    (115.5)     (68.5)
Equity dividends paid.......................................               (21.1)     (16.6)     (13.5)
                                                                          ------     ------     ------
NET CASH (OUTFLOW)/INFLOW BEFORE FINANCING..................               (46.5)     (42.5)      73.5
Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing....................    (10)       270.0       78.1     (142.3)
                                                                          ------     ------     ------
Increase/(decrease) in cash and overdrafts for the year.....               223.5       35.6      (68.8)
Translation difference......................................                (0.6)       0.9      (13.8)
Balance of cash and overdrafts at beginning of year.........               328.5      292.0      374.6
                                                                          ------     ------     ------
BALANCE OF CASH AND OVERDRAFTS AT END OF YEAR...............               551.4      328.5      292.0
                                                                          ======     ======     ======
RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO MOVEMENT IN NET FUNDS:
INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND OVERDRAFTS FOR THE YEAR.....               223.5       35.6      (68.8)
Cash (inflow)/outflow from (increase)/decrease in debt
  financing.................................................              (258.0)     (95.2)     126.1
Other movements.............................................                (1.7)      (0.9)      (1.0)
Translation difference......................................                (6.2)       0.1      (20.8)
                                                                          ------     ------     ------
MOVEMENT IN NET FUNDS IN THE YEAR...........................               (42.4)     (60.4)      35.5
                                                                          ------     ------     ------
NET FUNDS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR..............................     (8)       134.3      194.7      159.2
                                                                          ------     ------     ------
NET FUNDS AT END OF YEAR....................................     (8)        91.9      134.3      194.7
                                                                          ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes form an integral part of this cashflow statement.

3.3  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES

FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NOTES       1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                            LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Profit for the financial year...............................              172.8      140.3      116.0
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency net investments....    (23)      (31.2)       4.0      (40.1)
                                                                          -----      -----      -----
TOTAL RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES RELATING TO THE YEAR......              141.6      144.3       75.9
                                                                          =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

    The accompanying notes form an integral part of this statement of total
                          recognised gains and losses.

                                       16
<PAGE>
3.4  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS AT 31 DECEMBER 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NOTES       1999       1998       1997
                                                          --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                        LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Intangible assets
  Corporate brands......................................      (12)      350.0      350.0      350.0
  Goodwill..............................................      (12)      410.3      158.0         --
Tangible assets.........................................      (13)      196.7      166.7      143.5
Investments.............................................      (14)      356.9      268.2       70.5
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
                                                                      1,313.9      942.9      564.0
                                                                     --------   --------   --------

CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks and work in progress.............................      (15)      113.5      107.3       99.7
Debtors.................................................      (16)    1,040.4      893.1      827.6
Debtors within working capital facility:................      (17)
  Gross debts...........................................                345.7      294.5      335.2
  Non-returnable proceeds...............................               (214.1)    (209.2)    (211.7)
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
                                                                        131.6       85.3      123.5
Cash at bank and in hand................................                607.0      423.9      364.5
                                                                      1,892.5    1,509.6    1,415.3
CREDITORS: amounts falling due within one year..........      (18)   (2,148.0)  (1,777.3)  (1,701.6)
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES.................................               (255.5)    (267.7)    (286.3)
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES...................              1,058.4      675.2      277.7
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than one
  year..................................................      (19)     (652.5)    (401.5)    (221.5)
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES..................      (20)      (79.2)     (77.9)     (74.5)
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
NET ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)................................                326.7      195.8      (18.3)
                                                                     ========   ========   ========

CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Called up share capital.................................      (22)       77.5       76.6       73.6
Share premium account...................................                602.9      562.9      421.6
Goodwill write-off reserve..............................                   --         --   (1,160.4)
Other reserves..........................................                 (1.9)      28.5       78.4
Profit and loss account.................................               (360.3)    (480.3)     561.6
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
EQUITY SHARE OWNERS' FUNDS..............................                318.2      187.7      (25.2)
Minority interests......................................                  8.5        8.1        6.9
                                                                     --------   --------   --------
TOTAL CAPITAL EMPLOYED..................................                326.7      195.8      (18.3)
                                                                     ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes form an integral part of this balance sheet.

                                       17
<PAGE>
3.5  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHARE OWNERS' FUNDS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999, 1998 AND 1997:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ORDINARY    SHARE     GOODWILL                PROFIT
                                          SHARE     PREMIUM    WRITE-OFF    OTHER     AND LOSS
                                         CAPITAL    ACCOUNT     RESERVE    RESERVES   ACCOUNT     TOTAL
                                         --------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   --------
                                            LM         LM         LM          LM         LM         LM
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at 1 January 1997..............    74.1      416.5     (1,068.8)    117.8        482.7     22.3

1997 MOVEMENTS

Ordinary shares issued.................     0.2        5.1           --        --         (2.9)     2.4
Write-off of goodwill arising on
  consolidation in the year............      --         --        (91.6)       --           --    (91.6)
Currency translation movement..........      --         --           --     (40.1)          --    (40.1)
Retained profit for the financial
  year.................................      --         --           --        --        100.3    100.3
Share buy-backs........................    (0.7)        --           --       0.7        (18.5)   (18.5)
                                           ----      -----     --------     -----     --------    -----
Balance at 31 December 1997............    73.6      421.6     (1,160.4)     78.4        561.6    (25.2)

1998 MOVEMENTS

Ordinary shares issued in respect of
  acquisitions.........................     3.1      129.6           --        --        (27.3)   105.4
Other ordinary shares issued...........     0.5       11.7           --        --         (8.1)     4.1
Transfers between reserves.............      --         --      1,160.4     (54.5)    (1,105.9)      --
Currency translation movement..........      --         --           --       4.0           --      4.0
Retained profit for the financial
  year.................................      --         --           --        --        120.7    120.7
Share buy-backs........................    (0.6)        --           --       0.6        (21.3)   (21.3)
                                           ----      -----     --------     -----     --------    -----
Balance at 31 December 1998............    76.6      562.9           --      28.5       (480.3)   187.7

1999 MOVEMENTS

Ordinary shares issued.................     0.9       40.0           --       0.8        (28.8)    12.9
Currency translation movement..........      --         --           --     (31.2)          --    (31.2)
Retained profit for the financial
  year.................................      --         --           --        --        148.8    148.8
                                           ----      -----     --------     -----     --------    -----
Balance at 31 December 1999............    77.5      602.9           --      (1.9)      (360.3)   318.2
                                           ====      =====     ========     =====     ========    =====
</TABLE>

Other reserves at 31 December 1999 comprise: currency translation deficit
L124.5 million (1998: L93.3 million, 1997: L97.3 million), revaluation reserve
Lnil (1998: Lnil, 1997: L175.0 million), capital redemption reserve
L1.3 million (1998: L1.3 million, 1997: L0.7 million) and merger reserve
L121.3 million (1998: L120.5 million, 1997: Lnil).

3.6  STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable
accounting standards in the United Kingdom. A summary of the Group's principal
accounting policies, which have been applied consistently throughout the year
and the preceding periods (except as disclosed in accounting policy 14), is set
out below.

1  BASIS OF ACCOUNTING AND PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention.

2  BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company and all
its subsidiary undertakings made up to the same accounting date. The results of
subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of during the year are included or
excluded from the profit and loss account from the effective date of acquisition
or disposal.

                                       18
<PAGE>
3.6  STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

3  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

Intangible fixed assets comprise goodwill and certain acquired separable
corporate brand names.

Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value attributed to investments in
businesses or subsidiary undertakings over the fair value of the underlying net
assets at the date of their acquisition. In accordance with FRS 10, for
acquisitions made on or after 1 January 1998 goodwill has been capitalised as an
intangible asset. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to that date was
written off to reserves in accordance with the accounting standard then in
force. On disposal or closure of a business, the attributable amount of goodwill
previously written off to reserves is included in determining the profit or loss
on disposal.

The Directors are of the opinion that the goodwill and intangible assets of the
Group have an infinite economic life because of the institutional nature of the
corporate brand names, their proven ability to maintain market leadership and
profitable operations over long periods of time and WPP's commitment to develop
and enhance their value. The carrying value of intangible assets will continue
to be reviewed annually for impairment and adjusted to the recoverable amount if
required.

The financial statements depart from the specific requirement of companies
legislation to amortise goodwill over a finite period in order to give a true
and fair view. The Directors consider this to be necessary for the reasons given
above. Because of the infinite life of these intangible assets, it is not
possible to quantify its impact.

4  TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

Tangible fixed assets are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost or valuation
less estimated residual value of each asset on a straight-line basis over its
estimated useful life, as follows:

Freehold buildings -- 2% per annum

Leasehold land and buildings -- over the term of the lease

Fixtures, fittings and equipment -- 10%-33% per annum

Computer equipment -- 33% per annum

5  INVESTMENTS

Except as stated below, fixed asset investments are shown at cost less provision
for diminution in value.

The Group's share of the profits less losses of associated undertakings is
included in the consolidated profit and loss account and the investments are
shown in the Group balance sheet at the Group's share of the net assets. The
Group's share of the profits less losses and net assets is based on current
information produced by the undertakings, adjusted to conform with the
accounting policies of the Group.

6  STOCKS AND WORK IN PROGRESS

Work in progress is valued at cost or on a percentage of completion basis. Cost
comprises outlays incurred on behalf of clients and an appropriate proportion of
direct costs and overheads on incomplete assignments. Provision is made for
irrecoverable costs where appropriate. Stocks are stated at the lower of cost
and net realisable value, and are valued on a first in first out basis.

7  DEBTORS

Debtors are stated net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts.

8  TAXATION

Corporate taxes are payable on taxable profits at current rates. Deferred
taxation is calculated under the liability method and provision is made for all
timing differences which are expected to reverse, at the rates of tax expected
to be in force at the time of the reversal.

                                       19
<PAGE>
3.6  STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

9  INCENTIVE PLANS

The Group's share based incentive plans are accounted for in accordance with
Urgent Issues Task Force ("UITF") Abstract 17 "Employee Share Schemes". The cost
of shares acquired by the Group's ESOP trusts or the fair market value of the
shares at the date of the grant, less any consideration to be received from the
employee, is charged to the Group's profit and loss account over the period to
which the employee's performance relates. Where awards are contingent upon
future events (other than continued employment) an assessment of the likelihood
of these conditions being achieved is made at the end of each reporting period
and an appropriate accrual made.

10  PENSION COSTS

The charge to the profit and loss account in respect of defined benefit pension
schemes is the estimated regular cost of providing the benefits accrued in the
year, adjusted to reflect variations from that cost. The regular cost is
calculated to achieve a substantially level percentage of the current and
expected future pensionable payroll. Variations from regular costs are allocated
to the profit and loss account over a period approximating to the scheme
members' average remaining service lives. For defined contribution schemes,
contributions are charged to the profit and loss account as incurred.

11  OPERATING LEASES

Operating lease rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a
systematic basis. Any premium or discount on the acquisition of a lease is
spread over the life of the lease.

12  TURNOVER, COST OF SALES AND REVENUE

Turnover comprises the gross amounts billed to clients in respect of
commission-based income together with the total of other fees earned. Cost of
sales comprises media payments and production costs. Revenue comprises
commission and fees earned in respect of turnover. Turnover and revenue are
stated exclusive of VAT, sales taxes and trade discounts.

13  TRANSLATION OF FOREIGN CURRENCIES

Foreign currency transactions arising from normal trading activities are
recorded in local currency at current exchange rates. Monetary assets and
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the year-end are translated at
the year-end exchange rate. Foreign currency gains and losses are credited or
charged to the profit and loss account as they arise. The profit and loss
accounts of overseas subsidiary undertakings are translated into pounds sterling
at average exchange rates and the year-end net investments in these companies
are translated at year-end exchange rates. Exchange differences arising from
retranslation at year-end exchange rates of the opening net investments and
results for the year are dealt with as movements in reserves.

14  CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The Group adopted FRS 12 (Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent
Assets) and FRS 13 (Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments) during the year
and 31 December 1999. There has been no material impact on the financial
statements as a result of the adoption of these new standards.

The Group adopted FRS 9 (Associates and Joint Ventures), FRS 10 (Goodwill and
Intangible Assets), FRS 11 (Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill) and FRS 14
(Earnings Per Share) during the year ended 31 December 1998.

Other than the introduction of FRS 10 (Goodwill and Intangible Assets) and FRS
11 (Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill), as disclosed in accounting policy
3, a number of other Financial Reporting Standards were implemented during the
year. The principal effect of these on the Group was as follows:

FRS 9 (ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES)

The impact of FRS 9 is to change the presentation of income from associates
within the profit and loss account. This is now excluded from operating profit
and shown as a separate line before profit on ordinary activities before
interest and taxation.

                                       20
<PAGE>
3.6  STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

FRS 14 (EARNINGS PER SHARE)

The impact of FRS 14 is to change the method of calculation of basic and fully
diluted earnings per share (EPS). The main impact of this is that certain shares
held by the Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) are now excluded from the
weighted average number of shares.

15  REVENUE RECOGNITION

ADVERTISING AND MEDIA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

Revenue is typically derived from commissions on media placements and fees for
advertising services. Traditionally, the Company's advertising clients were
charged a standard commission on their total media and production expenditure.
In recent years, however, this frequently has tended to become a matter of
individual negotiation. Compensation may therefore consist of varied
arrangements involving commissions, fees, incentive-based compensation or a
combination of the three, as agreed upon with each client.

Revenue is recognised when the service is performed, in accordance with the
terms of the contractual arrangements. Incentive-based compensation typically
comprises both quantitative and qualitative elements; on the element related to
quantitative targets revenue is recognised when the quantitative targets have
been achieved; on the element related to qualitative targets revenue is
recognised when the incentive is received.

PUBLIC RELATIONS & PUBLIC AFFAIRS AND BRANDING & IDENTITY, HEALTHCARE AND
SPECIALIST COMMUNICATIONS

Revenue is typically derived from retainer fees and services to be performed
subject to specific agreement. Revenue is recognised when the service is
performed, in accordance with the terms of the contractual arrangement, using
the percentage of completion method for fee based projects. Revenue is
recognised on long-term contracts, if the final outcome can be assessed with
reasonable certainty, by including in the profit and loss account revenue and
related costs as contract activity progresses.

INFORMATION & CONSULTANCY

Revenue is recognised as costs are incurred on each market research contract on
a percentage of completion basis. Costs, including an appropriate proportion of
overheads relating to contracts in progress at the balance sheet date, are
carried forward in work in progress. Losses are recognised as soon as they are
foreseen.

                                       21
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1  SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Group is one of the leading worldwide communications services organisations
offering national and multinational clients a comprehensive range of
communications services. These services include advertising and media investment
management, information and consultancy, public relations and public affairs,
and branding and identity, healthcare and specialist communications. The Group
derives a substantial proportion of its revenue and operating income from North
America, the United Kingdom and Continental Europe and the Group's performance
has historically been linked with the economic performance of these regions.

Contributions by geographical area were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1999      CHANGE      1998      CHANGE      1997
                                  --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                     LM         %          LM         %          LM
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
TURNOVER
United Kingdom..................  1,133.7      25.7       902.1      11.5       809.0
United States...................  4,021.3      13.8     3,534.9      11.9     3,159.7
Continental Europe..............  2,230.2      21.1     1,841.2      19.6     1,539.0
Canada, Asia Pacific, Latin
  America, Africa & Middle
  East..........................  1,960.7      13.9     1,721.9      (3.2)    1,779.6
                                  -------      ----     -------     -----     -------
                                  9,345.9      16.8     8,000.1       9.8     7,287.3
                                  =======      ====     =======     =====     =======

REVENUE
United Kingdom..................    434.7      10.5       393.5      17.8       334.0
United States...................    915.2      19.7       764.4       9.1       700.8
Continental Europe..............    426.2       7.6       396.0      17.8       336.2
Canada, Asia Pacific, Latin
  America, Africa & Middle
  East..........................    396.5       8.8       364.5      (3.0)      375.7
                                  -------      ----     -------     -----     -------
                                  2,172.6      13.3     1,918.4       9.8     1,746.7
                                  =======      ====     =======     =====     =======

PBIT(1)
United Kingdom..................     51.5      22.0        42.2      27.9        33.0
United States...................    139.0      24.6       111.6      26.2        88.4
Continental Europe..............     55.8       1.5        55.0      37.2        40.1
Canada, Asia Pacific, Latin
  America, Africa & Middle
  East..........................     44.5      22.3        36.4     (17.3)       44.0
                                  -------      ----     -------     -----     -------
                                    290.8      18.6       245.2      19.3       205.5
                                  =======      ====     =======     =====     =======
--------------
</TABLE>

        NOTE:

        (1)     PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and
             taxation.

There is no significant cross-border trading.

                                       22
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

1  SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Contributions by operating sector were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    1999      CHANGE      1998      CHANGE      1997
                                  --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                     LM         %          LM         %          LM
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
TURNOVER
Advertising, media investment
  management....................  7,690.1      16.8     6,582.5       7.6     6,115.8
Information & consultancy.......    425.5       8.6       391.9      31.6       297.7
Public relations & public
  affairs.......................    199.1      20.9       164.7      44.0       114.4
Branding & identity, healthcare
  and specialist
  communications................  1,031.2      19.8       861.0      13.4       759.4
                                  -------      ----     -------     -----     -------
                                  9,345.9      16.8     8,000.1       9.8     7,287.3
                                  =======      ====     =======     =====     =======

REVENUE
Advertising, media investment
  management....................  1,013.1       6.5       951.3       4.1       914.1
Information & consultancy.......    419.7      14.3       367.2      23.3       297.7
Public relations & public
  affairs.......................    178.9      32.7       134.8      17.8       114.4
Branding & identity, healthcare
  and specialist
  communications................    560.9      20.6       465.1      10.6       420.5
                                  -------      ----     -------     -----     -------
                                  2,172.6      13.3     1,918.4       9.8     1,746.7
                                  =======      ====     =======     =====     =======

PBIT(1)
Advertising, media investment
  management....................    155.9      10.3       141.3       7.1       131.9
Information & consultancy.......     42.1       7.1        39.3      51.7        25.9
Public relations & public
  affairs.......................     23.9      52.2        15.7      70.7         9.2
Branding & identity, healthcare
  and specialist
  communications................     68.9      40.9        48.9      27.0        38.5
                                  -------      ----     -------     -----     -------
                                    290.8      18.6       245.2      19.3       205.5
                                  =======      ====     =======     =====     =======
--------------
</TABLE>

        NOTE:

        (1)     PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and
             taxation.

                                       23
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

2  OPERATING COSTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Total staff costs (note 3)..................................  1,091.3      952.9      877.8
Establishment costs.........................................    158.3      142.4      133.9
Other operating expenses (net)..............................    341.3      307.2      262.0
Loss on sale of tangible fixed assets.......................      0.9        0.9        0.1
                                                              -------    -------    -------
                                                              1,591.8    1,403.4    1,273.8
                                                              =======    =======    =======

OPERATING EXPENSES INCLUDE:
Depreciation................................................     42.2       33.7       29.1
Operating lease rentals:
Property (excluding real estate taxes)......................     83.1       72.5       71.9
Plant and machinery.........................................     19.6       16.4       15.0
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Auditors' remuneration:                                         102.7       88.9       86.9
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Audit fees
-- Arthur Andersen..........................................      2.4        2.0        1.8
-- other....................................................      0.3        0.3        0.2
                                                              -------    -------    -------
                                                                  2.7        2.3        2.0
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Fees in respect of other advisory work......................      3.7        2.8        2.4
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

Fees paid to the auditors in respect of other advisory work include advice to
the Group on taxation, acquisitions and, in 1999, on the implementation and
structuring of "LEAP" ("Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan").

MINIMUM COMMITTED ANNUAL RENTALS

Amounts payable (net of taxes) in 2000 under the foregoing leases will be as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PLANT AND MACHINERY                    PROPERTY
                                                         ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                           2000       1999       1998       2000       1999       1998
                                                         --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                            LM         LM         LM         LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
In respect of operating leases which expire:
-- within one year.....................................     4.7        5.1        3.9        4.8        7.0        6.5
-- within two to five years............................    15.9       13.2       10.9       24.7       20.4       15.0
-- after five years....................................     1.5        0.2        0.6       65.8       49.2       49.8
                                                           ----       ----       ----       ----       ----       ----
                                                           22.1       18.5       15.4       95.3       76.6       71.3
                                                           ====       ====       ====       ====       ====       ====
</TABLE>

Future minimum annual amounts payable (net of taxes) under lease commitments in
existence at 31 December 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              MINIMUM      LESS
                                                               RENTAL    SUB-LET      NET
                                                              PAYMENTS   RENTALS    PAYMENT
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Year ended 31 December
2000........................................................   117.4       (8.6)     108.8
2001........................................................   107.9       (6.9)     101.0
2002........................................................   100.3       (6.5)      93.8
2003........................................................    88.2       (6.1)      82.1
2004........................................................    83.1       (6.0)      77.1
Later years (to 2010).......................................   290.1      (21.0)     269.1
                                                               -----      -----      -----
                                                               787.0      (55.1)     731.9
                                                               =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

                                       24
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

3  OUR PEOPLE

Our staff numbers averaged 27,711 against 25,589 in 1998, up 8.3%, including
acquisitions. Their geographical distribution was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                               NUMBER     NUMBER     NUMBER
                                                              --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
United Kingdom..............................................    4,439      3,973      3,625
United States...............................................    8,033      7,082      6,571
Continental Europe..........................................    5,650      4,922      4,291
Canada, Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa &
  Middle East...............................................    9,589      9,612      8,422
                                                               ------     ------     ------
                                                               27,711     25,589     22,909
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

At the end of 1999 staff numbers were 29,168 compared with 26,184 in 1998.

Total staff costs were made up as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Wages and salaries..........................................    763.6      666.4      615.4
Payments and provisions charged under short- and long-term
  incentive plans...........................................     71.3       58.6       56.8
Social security costs.......................................     86.3       76.7       70.4
Other pension costs.........................................     27.7       20.7       20.2
Other staff costs...........................................    142.4      130.5      115.0
                                                              -------     ------     ------
                                                              1,091.3      952.9      877.8
                                                              =======     ======     ======
STAFF COST TO REVENUE RATIO.................................    50.2%      49.7%      50.3%
</TABLE>

Directors' emoluments are disclosed in note 24.

4  NET INTEREST PAYABLE AND SIMILAR CHARGES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
On bank loans and overdrafts, and other loans
-- repayable within five years, by instalments..............     3.7        2.0        1.2
-- repayable within five years, not by instalments..........    16.0       21.1       23.8
-- on all other loans (including corporate bond)............    14.1        6.9        1.4
Interest payable............................................    33.8       30.0       26.4
Interest receivable.........................................   (10.4)     (10.8)     (10.3)
Net interest payable........................................    23.4       19.2       16.1
Charges in respect of working capital facilities............    12.0       13.2       12.0
                                                               -----      -----      -----
                                                                35.4       32.4       28.1
                                                               =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

Net interest payable increased to L23.4 million from L19.2 million, reflecting
the increased level of acquisitions and share repurchases during the year ended
31 December 1999.

Interest on the majority of the Group's borrowings, other than the USA bond, is
payable at a margin of between 0.20% and 0.55% over relevant LIBOR depending on
certain covenant conditions being met and, for a significant proportion of
borrowings, is hedged to January 2003 at US dollar LIBOR rates of 6.25% or less
(excluding margin costs).

The majority of the Group's long-term debt is represented by $300 million of USA
bonds at a weighted average interest rate of 6.71%. Average borrowings under the
$500 million Syndicated Revolving Credit Facility amounted to $228 million at an
average interest rate of 6.1% (1998: 5.7%, 1997: 6.2%) inclusive of margin.

                                       25
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

4  NET INTEREST PAYABLE AND SIMILAR CHARGES (CONTINUED)
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Group entered into various types of US dollar interest rate contracts in
managing its interest rate risk, as below. The rates below exclude margin costs.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999          1998         1997
SWAPS                                                    -----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>          <C>
Notional principal amount..............................   $    350M    $    350m    $    350m
Average pay rate.......................................       6.17%        5.84%        5.84%
Average receive rate...................................       LIBOR        LIBOR        LIBOR
Average term...........................................   5 MONTHS     6 months     6 months
Latest maturity date...................................    JAN 2003     Jan 2003     Jan 2003
</TABLE>

The Group enters into interest rate swap agreements to reduce the impact of
changes in interest rates on its floating rate debt. Under the swap agreements
the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at specified intervals, the
difference between the fixed strike rate and prevailing relevant floating US
dollar LIBOR calculated by reference to the agreed notional principal amount.

The differential paid or received by the Group on the swap agreements is
charged/(credited) to interest expense in the year to which it relates.

The term of such instruments is not greater than the term of the debt being
hedged and any anticipated refinancing or extension of the debt.

The Group is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of non-performance by
counterparties to financial instruments, but it does not expect any
counterparties to fail to meet their obligations given the Group's policy of
selecting only counterparties with high credit ratings.

Other than the above, the Group has no significant utilisation of derivative
financial instruments.

The fair value of derivatives is disclosed in note 21. The Group's policy on
derivatives and financial instruments is discussed in the Operating and
financial review on pages 25 and 26 of the 31 December 1999 audited financial
statements.

5  TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES

The tax charge is based on the profit for the year and comprises:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1999         1998         1997
                                                                 --------     --------     --------
                                                                    LM           LM           LM
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>          <C>
Corporation tax at 30.25% (1998: 31.0%, 1997: 31.5%)........       12.4         12.9          6.1
Deferred taxation...........................................       (0.7)          --         (2.6)
Overseas taxation...........................................       56.5         51.4         52.0
Tax on profits of associate companies.......................        8.1          6.8          3.9
Write-back of previously written-off ACT....................         --         (4.1)        (2.7)
Advance corporation tax written off.........................        0.3           --           --
                                                                   ----         ----         ----
                                                                   76.6         67.0         56.7
                                                                   ====         ====         ====
Effective tax rate on profit before tax.....................       30.0%        31.5%        32.0%
</TABLE>

                                       26
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

5  TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES (CONTINUED)
Reconciliation of the Group's tax to the United Kingdom statutory tax rate:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1999         1998         1997
                                                                 --------     --------     --------
                                                                    LM           LM           LM
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>          <C>
Tax on pre-tax income at statutory rates of 30.25%..........       77.3         66.0         55.9
(1998 31.0% and 1997: 31.5%)
Effects of:
Permanent differences between expenditures charged in
  arriving at income and expenditures allowed for tax
  purposes..................................................       (3.4)         4.3          2.6
Utilisation of tax losses brought forward...................       (4.7)        (5.6)        (4.1)
Unused tax losses carried forward...........................        6.3          4.6          3.8
Differences between UK and overseas statutory standard
  tax rates.................................................        0.8          1.8          1.2
Write-back of previously written-off ACT....................         --         (4.1)        (2.7)
Advance corporation tax written off.........................        0.3           --           --
                                                                   ----         ----         ----
Tax on profit on ordinary activities........................       76.6         67.0         56.7
</TABLE>

6  ORDINARY DIVIDENDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1999       1998        1997        1999        1998        1997
                                                    --------   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
                                                            PENCE PER SHARE               LM          LM          LM
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Interim dividend paid.............................    1.0P       0.84p       0.70p        7.8         6.2         5.2
Final dividend proposed...........................    2.1P       1.72p       1.43p       16.2        13.4        10.5
                                                      ---        ----        ----        ----        ----        ----
                                                      3.1P       2.56p       2.13p       24.0        19.6        15.7
                                                      ===        ====        ====        ====        ====        ====
</TABLE>

No ACT is payable in respect of the 1998 final dividend and the 1999 dividends,
owing to the abolition of ACT with effect from April 1999.

7  EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE

Basic and diluted earnings per share have been calculated in accordance with FRS
14 "Earnings per Share".

Basic earnings per share have been calculated using earnings of L172.8 million
(1998: L140.3 million, 1997: L116.0 million) and weighted average shares in
issue during 1999 of 753,324,054 shares (1998: 735,700,122 shares, 1997:
732,426,990 shares).

Diluted earnings per share have been calculated using earnings of
L172.8 million (1998: L140.3 million, 1997: L116.0 million) on a weighted
average of 768,691,993 shares (1998: 746,939,733 shares, 1997: 738,922,627
shares). This takes into account the exercise of employee share options where
these are expected to dilute earnings.

Basic and diluted earnings per ADS have been calculated using the same method as
for earnings per share, multiplied by a factor of five. The comparative figures
have been restated following a change in the ratio of ordinary shares per ADS
from 10 ordinary shares per ADS to five ordinary shares per ADS.

                                       27
<PAGE>
3.7  Notes to the WPP financial information (continued)

8  SOURCES OF FINANCE

The following table is a supplementary disclosure to the consolidated cash flow
statement, summarising the equity and debt financing of the Group, and changes
during the year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1999       1999       1998       1998       1997       1997
                                                 SHARES      DEBT      SHARES      DEBT      SHARES      DEBT
                                                --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                   LM         LM         LM         LM         LM         LM
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN FINANCING
Beginning of year.............................   639.5      194.2      495.2       97.3      490.6       215.4
Shares issued in respect of acquisitions......      --         --      132.7         --         --          --
Other issues of share capital.................    40.9         --       12.2         --        5.3          --
Shares bought back and cancelled..............      --         --       (0.6)        --       (0.7)         --
Repayment of bank loans.......................      --         --         --         --         --       (18.5)
Increase/(reduction) in drawings on bank
  loans.......................................      --      258.0         --       97.3         --      (106.4)
Amortisation/(payment) of financing costs
  included in net debt........................      --        1.7         --       (1.2)        --        (0.2)
Exchange adjustments on long-term borrowings..      --        5.6         --        0.8         --         7.0
                                                 -----      -----      -----      -----      -----      ------
End of year...................................   680.4      459.5      639.5      194.2      495.2        97.3
</TABLE>

The above table excludes bank overdrafts which fall within cash for the purposes
of the consolidated cash flow statement.

SHARES

At 31 December 1999, the Company's share base was entirely composed of ordinary
equity share capital and share premium of L680.4 million (1998: L639.5 million,
1997: L495.2 million).

DEBT

USA BOND  The Group has in issue US$200 million of 6.625% Notes due 2005 and
US$100 million of 6.875% Notes due 2008.

REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY  The Group's debt is also funded by a $500 million
syndicated Revolving Credit Facility dated July 1998. The facility is due to
expire in July 2002. The Group's syndicated borrowings drawn down under the
agreement averaged $228 million during the year ended 31 December 1999.

REVOLVING FACILITY AGREEMENT  During 1999, the Group entered into a further
Revolving Facility Agreement for US$150 million. This facility has a 364-day
maturity.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Revolving Facility
Agreement are governed by certain financial covenants based on the results and
financial position of the Group.

The following table is an analysis of net funds with debt analysed by year of
repayment:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  CHANGE                CHANGE
                                                        1999     IN YEAR      1998     IN YEAR      1997
                                                      --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                         LM         LM         LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
DEBT
Within one year.....................................    (92.7)     (92.7)        --        9.3      (9.3)
Between one and two years...........................       --         --         --         --        --
Between two and five years..........................   (183.1)    (168.0)     (15.1)      71.9     (87.0)
Over five years--by instalments.....................   (183.7)      (4.6)    (179.1)    (178.1)     (1.0)
                                                       ------     ------     ------     ------     -----
DEBT FINANCING UNDER THE CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT
  AND FROM UNSECURED LOAN NOTES.....................   (459.5)    (265.3)    (194.2)     (96.9)    (97.3)
Short-term overdrafts--within one year..............    (55.6)      39.8      (95.4)     (22.9)    (72.5)
Cash at bank and in hand............................    607.0      183.1      423.9       59.4     364.5
                                                       ------     ------     ------     ------     -----
NET FUNDS...........................................     91.9      (42.4)     134.3      (60.4)    194.7
                                                       ------     ------     ------     ------     -----
</TABLE>

                                       28
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

8  SOURCES OF FINANCE (CONTINUED)
Analysis of fixed and floating rate debt by currency:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FIXED       FLOATING       PERIOD
CURRENCY                                                  LM         RATE1        BASIS       (MONTHS)(1)
--------                                               --------     --------     --------     -----------
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
US$..................................................   401.7(2)    6.42  %      n/a               52
US$..................................................   136.6       n/a          LIBOR            n/a
L....................................................   132.0       n/a          LIBOR            n/a
Other................................................     3.3       n/a          various          n/a
                                                        -----
                                                        673.6
</TABLE>

--------------

NOTES:

(1)     Weighted average.

(2)     Including drawings on working capital facility as described in note 17.

9  RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING PROFIT TO NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING
ACTIVITIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING PROFIT............................................   263.5      229.1      194.9
Depreciation charge (note 13)...............................    42.2       33.7       29.1
Decrease/(increase) in working capital and provisions.......    41.9       (7.7)      58.9
Loss on sale of tangible fixed assets.......................     0.9        0.9        0.1
                                                               -----      -----      -----
NET CASH INFLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES...................   348.5      256.0      283.0
</TABLE>

The following table analyses the changes in working capital and provisions that
have contributed to the net cash inflow from operating activities in the
consolidated cash flow statement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
CHANGES IN WORKING CAPITAL AND PROVISIONS
(Increase)/decrease in stocks and work in progress..........     (1.5)      0.2       (2.5)
(Increase)/decrease in debtors..............................   (165.3)     23.9      (66.3)
Increase/(decrease) in creditors--short term................    155.4     (29.2)     120.0
                            --long term.....................     43.2      (7.9)       6.9
Increase in provisions......................................     10.1       5.3        0.8
                                                               ------     -----      -----
DECREASE/(INCREASE) IN WORKING CAPITAL AND PROVISIONS.......     41.9      (7.7)      58.9
</TABLE>

                                       29
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

10  ANALYSIS OF NON-OPERATING CASH FLOWS

The following tables analyse the items included within the main cash flow
headings on page 16:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1998       1997
                                                                1999        LM         LM
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
RETURNS ON INVESTMENTS AND SERVICING OF FINANCE
Interest and similar charges paid...........................    (42.0)     (36.8)     (39.9)
Interest received...........................................      9.3       10.6       10.6
Dividends paid to minorities................................     (4.4)      (2.5)      (1.2)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
NET CASH OUTFLOW............................................    (37.1)     (28.7)     (30.5)

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND FINANCIAL INVESTMENT
Purchase of tangible fixed assets (note 13).................    (64.6)     (51.6)     (36.3)
Purchase of own shares by ESOP trust (note 14)..............    (17.9)     (33.3)     (12.7)
Proceeds from sale of tangible fixed assets.................      2.0        2.8        3.2
                                                               ------     ------     ------
NET CASH OUTFLOW............................................    (80.5)     (82.1)     (45.8)

ACQUISITION PAYMENTS
Cash consideration for acquisitions.........................   (242.2)    (111.8)     (51.3)
Less cash acquired..........................................     51.8        6.1        0.1
NET PURCHASE OF OTHER INVESTMENTS...........................    (11.8)      (9.8)     (17.3)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
                                                               (202.2)    (115.5)     (68.5)

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net repayment of bank loans.................................       --         --      (18.5)
Increase/(reduction) in drawings on bank loans..............    258.0      (81.4)    (106.4)
Share buy-backs.............................................       --      (21.3)     (18.5)
Financing costs.............................................       --       (2.3)      (1.3)
Proceeds from issue of shares...............................     12.0        4.3        2.4
Proceeds from issue of bond.................................       --      178.8         --
                                                               ------     ------     ------
NET CASH INFLOW/(OUTFLOW)...................................    270.0       78.1     (142.3)
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

11  SEGMENT INFORMATION

Assets by geographical area were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                NON-INTEREST BEARING
                                              TOTAL ASSETS EMPLOYED             ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)
                                          ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                            1999       1998       1997       1999       1998       1997
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                             LM         LM         LM         LM         LM         LM
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
United Kingdom..........................    624.6      436.9      356.0      143.2       54.0       31.2
United States...........................    962.4      623.4      515.8     (324.0)    (359.9)    (420.5)
Continental Europe......................    714.7      621.2      489.0      144.4       95.6       61.9
Canada, Asia Pacific, Latin America,
  Africa & Middle East..................    904.7      771.0      618.5      271.2      271.8      114.4
                                          -------    -------    -------     ------     ------     ------
                                          3,206.4    2,452.5    1,979.3      234.8       61.5     (213.0)
                                          =======    =======    =======
NET INTEREST BEARING FUNDS..............                                      91.9      134.3      194.7
                                                                            ------     ------     ------
NET ASSETS/(LIABILITIES) IN THE
  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET............                                     326.7      195.8      (18.3)
                                                                            ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                       30
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

11  SEGMENT INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Assets by operating sector were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                NON-INTEREST BEARING
                                              TOTAL ASSETS EMPLOYED             ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)
                                          ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                            1999       1998       1997       1999       1998       1997
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                             LM         LM         LM         LM         LM         LM
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Advertising, media investment
  management............................  1,850.8    1,616.0    1,461.7     (259.3)    (139.2)    (212.2)
Information & consultancy...............    455.0      294.8      157.7      173.5       71.8      (11.3)
Public relations & public affairs.......    247.7      167.8       81.4      121.4       68.3       11.7
Branding & identity, healthcare and
  specialist communications.............    652.9      373.9      278.5      199.2       60.6       (1.2)
                                          -------    -------    -------     ------     ------     ------
                                          3,206.4    2,452.5    1,979.3      234.8       61.5     (213.0)
                                          =======    =======    =======
Net interest bearing funds..............                                      91.9      134.3      194.7
                                                                            ------     ------     ------
NET ASSETS/(LIABILITIES) IN THE
  CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET............                                     326.7      195.8      (18.3)
                                                                            ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

Certain items, including the valuation of corporate brand names, have been
allocated within the above analyses on the basis of the revenue of the
subsidiary undertakings to which they relate.

12  INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Corporate brand names.......................................   350.0      350.0      350.0
</TABLE>

Corporate brand names represent J. Walter Thompson, Hill and Knowlton and
Ogilvy & Mather Worldwide. These assets are carried at historical cost in
accordance with the Group's accounting policy for intangible fixed assets.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GOODWILL                                                          LM
--------                                                       --------
<S>                                                            <C>
1 January 1998..............................................       --
Additions...................................................    158.0
                                                                -----
31 December 1998............................................    158.0
Additions...................................................    252.3
                                                                -----
31 DECEMBER 1999............................................    410.3
</TABLE>

Additions represent goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiary
undertakings. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of associate undertakings is
shown within fixed asset investments in note 14.

                                       31
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

13  TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

The movements in 1999 and 1998 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              LAND AND BUILDINGS
                                             --------------------    FIXTURES,
                                                          SHORT     FITTINGS AND   COMPUTER
                                             FREEHOLD   LEASEHOLD    EQUIPMENT     EQUIPMENT    TOTAL
                                             --------   ---------   ------------   ---------   --------
                                                LM         LM            LM           LM          LM
<S>                                          <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>
Cost:
1 January 1998.............................    12.0       113.1         82.5         107.9      315.5
Additions..................................     0.1        13.3         13.4          24.8       51.6
New acquisitions...........................     0.1         2.4          5.5           4.3       12.3
Disposals..................................    (0.6)       (2.6)        (2.6)         (6.3)     (12.1)
Exchange adjustments.......................      --        (1.3)        (0.5)          0.9       (0.9)
                                               ----       -----        -----         -----      -----
31 December 1998...........................    11.6       124.9         98.3         131.6      366.4
Additions..................................     0.3        13.0         15.3          36.0       64.6
New acquisitions...........................     0.4         5.0          7.7           5.3       18.4
Disposals..................................      --        (2.8)        (3.0)         (7.7)     (13.5)
Exchange adjustments.......................     0.1         1.5          0.6          (1.0)       1.2
                                               ----       -----        -----         -----      -----
31 DECEMBER 1999...........................    12.4       141.6        118.9         164.2      437.1
                                               ====       =====        =====         =====      =====

Depreciation:
1 January 1998.............................     2.4        45.8         51.6          72.2      172.0
New acquisitions...........................      --         1.7          0.5           0.4        2.6
Charge.....................................     0.7         5.1         11.4          16.5       33.7
Disposals..................................      --        (1.5)        (1.6)         (5.3)      (8.4)
Exchange adjustments.......................    (0.3)       (0.2)          --           0.3       (0.2)
                                               ----       -----        -----         -----      -----
31 December 1998...........................     2.8        50.9         61.9          84.1      199.7
New acquisitions...........................     0.1         2.2          3.5           2.4        8.2
Charge.....................................     0.3         8.7         11.8          21.4       42.2
Disposals..................................      --        (1.9)        (2.0)         (6.7)     (10.6)
Exchange adjustments.......................     0.1         1.0          0.4          (0.6)       0.9
                                               ----       -----        -----         -----      -----
31 DECEMBER 1999...........................     3.3        60.9         75.6         100.6      240.4
                                               ====       =====        =====         =====      =====

Net book value:
31 DECEMBER 1999...........................     9.1        80.7         43.3          63.6      196.7
31 December 1998...........................     8.8        74.0         36.4          47.5      166.7
                                               ----       -----        -----         -----      -----
1 January 1998.............................     9.6        67.3         30.9          35.7      143.5
                                               ====       =====        =====         =====      =====
</TABLE>

Leased assets (other than leasehold property) included above have a net book
value of L3.1 million (1998: L2.3 million, 1997: L1.8 million).

At the end of the year, capital commitments contracted, but not provided for
were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Capital commitments.........................................    1.4        0.6        2.2
                                                                ===        ===        ===
</TABLE>

                                       32
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

14  FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS

The following are included in the net book value of fixed asset investments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           GOODWILL
                                                              ON
                                           ASSOCIATE      ASSOCIATE       OWN         OTHER
                                          UNDERTAKINGS   UNDERTAKINGS    SHARES    INVESTMENTS    TOTAL
                                          ------------   ------------   --------   -----------   --------
                                               LM             LM           LM          LM           LM
<S>                                       <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>           <C>
1 January 1998..........................       22.7             --        27.0        20.8         70.5
Additions...............................       52.4             --        33.3        13.7         99.4
Goodwill arising on acquisition of new
  associates............................         --           90.6          --          --         90.6
Share of profits after tax of associate
  undertakings..........................        9.3             --          --          --          9.3
Dividends and other movements...........       (8.0)            --          --         2.5         (5.5)
Exchange adjustments....................       10.0             --          --          --         10.0
Disposals...............................         --             --        (2.2)       (3.9)        (6.1)
                                              -----          -----        ----        ----        -----
31 December 1998........................       86.4           90.6        58.1        33.1        268.2
Additions...............................        2.6             --        17.9        19.2         39.7
Goodwill arising on acquisition of new
  associates............................         --           40.5          --          --         40.5
Share of profits after tax of associate
  undertakings..........................       19.2             --          --          --         19.2
Dividends and other movements...........       (6.3)            --          --        (1.5)        (7.8)
Exchange adjustments....................        7.6             --          --          --          7.6
Disposals...............................       (2.3)            --        (4.7)       (3.5)       (10.5)
                                              -----          -----        ----        ----        -----
31 DECEMBER 1999........................      107.2          131.1        71.3        47.3        356.9
                                              =====          =====        ====        ====        =====
</TABLE>

The Group's principal associate undertakings include:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               COUNTRY OF
                                                              % CONTROLLED   INCORPORATION
                                                              ------------   --------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Asatsu-DK...................................................      20.0       Japan
Batey Ads (Pte) Limited.....................................      30.0       Singapore
Chime Communications PLC....................................      29.9       United Kingdom
High Co S.A.(1).............................................      30.0       France
IBOPE Group.................................................      31.0       Brazil
Ogilvy & Mather Rightford Pty Limited.......................      40.0       South Africa
Singleton, Ogilvy & Mather (Holdings) Pty Limited...........      40.7       Australia
</TABLE>

--------------

NOTE:

1      acquired in 1999

The Company's holdings of own shares are stated at cost and represent purchases
by the Employee Share Option Plan ("ESOP") trust of shares in WPP Group plc for
the purpose of funding certain of the Group's long-term incentive plan
liabilities.

The trustees of the ESOP purchase the Company's ordinary shares in the open
market using funds provided by the Company. The Company also has an obligation
to make regular contributions to the ESOP to enable it to meet its
administrative costs.

The number and market value of the ordinary shares of the Company held by the
ESOP at 31 December 1999 was 27,888,766, (1998: 25,532,484, 1997: 16,456,119)
and L273.6 million (1998: L93.4 million, 1997: L44.3 million) respectively.

The market value of the Group's shares in its principal listed associate
undertakings at 31 December 1999 was as follows: Asatsu-DK--L419.6 million,
Chime Communications PLC--L61.6 million, High Co S.A.--L28.7 million. The
Group's investments in its principal associate undertakings are represented by
ordinary shares.

                                       33
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

14  FIXED ASSET INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)
Other investments include a UK listed investment of L24.3 million (1998:
L19.9 million, 1997: L14.3 million). This represents an interest of 18.1% (1998:
17.9%, 1997: 13.7%) in the ordinary share capital of Tempus Group PLC, Europe's
second largest independent media buyer.

15  STOCKS AND WORK IN PROGRESS

The following are included in the net book value of stocks and work in progress:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Work in progress............................................   110.4      104.5       97.0
Stocks......................................................     3.1        2.8        2.7
                                                               -----      -----       ----
                                                               113.5      107.3       99.7
                                                               =====      =====       ====
</TABLE>

16  DEBTORS

The following are included in debtors:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR
Trade debtors outside working capital facility..............    770.0     678.9      633.9
VAT and sales taxes recoverable.............................     13.5       4.0        7.2
Corporate income taxes recoverable..........................      8.7       9.9        6.5
Other debtors...............................................    143.4     126.5      103.3
Prepayments and accrued income..............................     64.3      46.8       53.5
                                                              -------     -----      -----
                                                                999.9     866.1      804.4
                                                              =======     =====      =====

AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR
Other debtors...............................................     34.7      20.5       18.9
Prepayments and accrued income..............................      5.8       6.5        4.3
                                                              -------     -----      -----
                                                                 40.5      27.0       23.2
                                                              -------     -----      -----
                                                              1,040.4     893.1      827.6
                                                              =======     =====      =====
</TABLE>

MOVEMENTS ON BAD DEBT PROVISIONS WERE AS FOLLOWS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of year................................    16.5       15.6       14.7
Charged/(credited):
  To costs and expenses.....................................     4.0        4.6        6.6
  Exchange adjustments......................................    (0.1)      (0.4)      (0.5)
Other.......................................................    (3.8)      (3.3)      (5.2)
                                                               -----      -----      -----
Balance at end of year......................................    16.6       16.5       15.6
                                                               =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

The allowance for doubtful debts is equivalent to 1.8% (1998: 2.1%, 1997: 2.0%)
of gross trade accounts receivable.

                                       34
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

17  DEBTORS WITHIN WORKING CAPITAL FACILITY

The following are included in debtors within the Group's working capital
facilities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Gross debts.................................................    345.7      294.5      335.2
Non-returnable proceeds.....................................   (214.1)    (209.2)    (211.7)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
                                                                131.6       85.3      123.5
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

Within the Group's overall working capital facilities, certain trade debts have
been assigned as security against the advance of cash. This security is
represented by the assignment of a pool of trade debts, held by one of the
Group's subsidiaries, to a trust for the benefit of the providers of this
working capital facility. The financing provided against this pool takes into
account, inter alia, the risks that may be attached to individual debtors and
the expected collection period.

The Group is not obliged (and does not intend) to support any credit-related
losses arising from the assigned debts against which cash has been advanced. The
providers of the finance have confirmed in writing that, in the event of default
in payment by a debtor, they will only seek repayment of cash advanced from the
remainder of the pool of debts in which they hold an interest, and that
repayment will not be sought from the Group in any other way.

18  CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR

The following are included in creditors falling due within one year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Bank loans and overdrafts (note 8)..........................    148.3       95.4       81.8
Trade creditors.............................................  1,315.0    1,102.4    1,113.0
Corporate income taxes payable..............................     34.6       50.0       49.2
Other taxation and social security..........................     68.9       52.0       58.5
Dividends proposed..........................................     16.2       13.4       10.5
Payments due to vendors (note 23)...........................     41.2       14.3        9.1
Other creditors and accruals................................    398.0      338.7      282.2
Deferred income.............................................    125.8      111.1       97.3
                                                              -------    -------    -------
                                                              2,148.0    1,777.3    1,701.6
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

Bank loans and overdrafts include overdrafts of L55.6 million (1998:
L95.4 million, 1997: L72.5 million).

19  CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR

The following are included in creditors falling due after more than one year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Bank loans (note 8).........................................   366.8      194.2       88.0
Corporate income taxes payable..............................   122.9       91.3       75.3
Payments due to vendors (note 23)...........................   131.2       83.6       25.3
Other creditors and accruals................................    31.6       32.4       32.9
                                                               -----      -----      -----
                                                               652.5      401.5      221.5
                                                               =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

                                       35
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

20  PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES, CHARGES AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The movement in the year on provisions comprises:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PENSION    LONG-TERM
                                                           DEFERRED     AND      INCENTIVE
                                                           TAXATION    OTHER       PLANS      TOTAL
                                                           --------   --------   ---------   --------
                                                              LM         LM         LM          LM
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
1 January 1998...........................................     8.4       43.3        22.8       74.5

Charged to the profit and loss account...................     0.4        5.8        11.2       17.4
New acquisitions.........................................      --        0.2          --        0.2
Utilised.................................................    (0.9)      (4.0)      (12.2)     (17.1)
Transfers................................................     0.7        1.3          --        2.0
Exchange adjustments.....................................     0.1        0.8          --        0.9
                                                             ----       ----       -----      -----
31 December 1998.........................................     8.7       47.4        21.8       77.9

(Credited)/charged to the profit and loss account........    (0.7)       7.3        15.2       21.8
New acquisitions.........................................      --        0.8          --        0.8
Utilised.................................................    (0.6)      (4.4)      (14.4)     (19.4)
Transfers................................................    (2.5)       2.6          --        0.1
Exchange adjustments.....................................    (0.2)      (1.8)         --       (2.0)
                                                             ----       ----       -----      -----
31 DECEMBER 1999.........................................     4.7       51.9        22.6       79.2
                                                             ====       ====       =====      =====
</TABLE>

DEFERRED TAXATION

Deferred tax has been provided to the extent that the directors have concluded
that it is probable that liabilities will crystallise. No provision is made for
tax that would arise on the remittance of overseas earnings. There is no
material unprovided deferred tax at 31 December 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1999          1998       1997
                                                              --------------   --------   --------
                                                                    LM            LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
-- Unutilised tax losses....................................             7.7     13.3       24.6
-- Deferred compensation....................................            32.2     29.0       28.4
-- Acquisition related provisions (principally property,
   working capital and staff-related liabilities)...........             5.4      8.8        9.0
-- Advance corporation tax written off......................             0.3       --        4.1
-- Other....................................................             7.8      7.6        5.3
                                                              --------------     ----       ----
                                                                        53.4     58.7       71.4
                                                              --------------     ----       ----

Less:
-- Provision against deferred tax assets....................            30.8     36.1       55.5
Deferred tax liabilities:
-- Accelerated capital allowances...........................             5.2      5.6        5.5
-- Interest receivable......................................            17.2     16.1       10.9
-- Other....................................................             4.9      9.6        7.9
Temporary timing differences................................            27.3     31.3       24.3
                                                              --------------     ----       ----
                                                                         4.7      8.7        8.4
                                                              ==============     ====       ====
</TABLE>

The provision against deferred tax assets represents a provision for uncertainty
as to the realisation of the Group's deferred tax assets. The net decrease in
the year in the total provision was L5.3 million (1998: L19.4 million, 1997:
L10.9 million).

Unutilised tax losses include tax losses arising in the US. These losses do not
expire for more than 10 years. UK losses may be carried forward for an
indefinite period. The life of losses carried forward in other international
jurisdictions varies according to local tax laws. Deferred tax liabilities and
assets attributable to different tax jurisdictions have not been offset.

                                       36
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

20  PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES, CHARGES AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
PENSION PROVISIONS AND PENSION ARRANGEMENTS

Companies within the Group operate a large number of pension schemes, the forms
and benefits of which vary with conditions and practices in the countries
concerned. The schemes are administered by trustees and, in most cases, are
independent of the Group.

Pension and other provisions relate primarily to unfunded pension costs which
are provided for in the Group's balance sheet, and arise mainly in the United
States and Continental Europe.

The Group's pension costs are analysed as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Defined contribution schemes................................    21.4       14.7       13.2
Defined benefit schemes.....................................     6.4        5.9        7.0
                                                                ----       ----       ----
                                                                27.8       20.6       20.2
                                                                ====       ====       ====
</TABLE>

Where defined benefit schemes exist the pension cost is assessed in accordance
with the advice of qualified actuaries using the projected unit credit and
attained age methods. The latest actuarial assessments of the schemes were
undertaken within the last three years.

Actuarial valuations in aggregate over the last three years are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1999           1998           1997
                                                              PER            PER            PER
                                                             ANNUM          ANNUM          ANNUM
                                                          ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSUMPTIONS
Return on plan assets...................................            9%             9%             9%
Salary increases........................................          2-8%           3-8%           5-8%
Pension increases.......................................          3-6%           3-6%           3-6%
ASSESSMENTS
Market value of plan assets at year-end.................         L176M          L129m          L128m
Value of assets to benefits ratio.......................          100%           102%           100%
</TABLE>

OTHER PROVISIONS

Long-term incentive plans are operated by certain of the Group's subsidiaries,
the provision representing accrued compensation to 31 December 1999 that may
become payable after more than one year, as described in the Compensation
committee report on pages 90 to 95 of the 31 December 1999 audited financial
statements.

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Company and various of its subsidiaries are, from time to time, parties to
legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. The
directors do not anticipate that the outcome of these proceedings and claims
will have a material adverse effect on the Group's financial position or on the
results of its operations.

21  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The fair value of derivatives, based on the amount that would be receivable or
(payable) if the Group had sought to enter into such transactions, based on
quoted market prices where possible, was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               31 MARCH 2000   31 DECEMBER 1999   31 DECEMBER 1998
                                                   SWAPS            SWAPS              SWAPS
                                               -------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                    LM                LM                 LM
<S>                                            <C>             <C>                <C>
Fair value...................................       3.7              2.1                (6.9)
Book value...................................       nil              nil                 nil
</TABLE>

                                       37
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

21  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
NON-DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Group estimates that the aggregate fair value of non-derivative financial
instruments at 31 December 1999 does not differ materially from their aggregate
carrying values recorded in the consolidated balance sheet.

The Group has used the methods and assumptions detailed below to estimate the
fair values of the Group's financial instruments.

Cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, overdrafts and short-term
borrowings considered to approximate to fair value because of the short maturity
of such instruments.

Long term borrowings--fair value at 31 December 1999 L171.7 million, based on
estimates received from the Group's external advisors. Considerable judgement is
required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value,
and, accordingly, the estimates are not necessarily indicative of the amounts
that could be realised in a current market exchange.

22  AUTHORISED AND ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1999                  1998                  1997
                                                 NUMBER      1999      NUMBER      1998      NUMBER      1997
                                                --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                   M          LM         M          LM         M          LM
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
AUTHORISED:
Ordinary shares of 10p each...................   1,250      125.0      1,250      125.0      1,000      100.0

ISSUED:
Ordinary shares of 10p each...................   774.5       77.5      766.5       76.6      736.3       73.6
</TABLE>

SHARE OPTIONS

As at 31 December 1999, unexercised options totalling 26,647,209 have been
granted under the WPP Executive Share Option Scheme as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF ORDINARY                                 EXERCISE PRICE
SHARES UNDER OPTION                                PER SHARE (L)     EXERCISE DATES
-------------------                                --------------   ----------------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>
   7,012.........................................      5.430              1995--2000
  19,549.........................................      3.970              1995--2000
  92,751.........................................      1.330              1996--2001
 164,339.........................................      0.560              1997--2002
 116,052.........................................      0.295              1995--2002
  85,387.........................................      1.020              1996--2003
  38,657.........................................      1.150              1997--2004
2,203,028........................................      1.190              1997--2004
1,181,193........................................      1.080              1998--2005
4,471,445........................................      1.540              1998--2005
1,216,829........................................      2.140              1999--2006
4,441,626........................................      2.335              1999--2006
  37,014.........................................      2.535              2000--2007
5,011,830........................................      2.835              2000--2007
  25,110.........................................      3.030              2001--2008
4,904,852........................................      2.930              2001--2008
  51,100.........................................      3.270              2001--2008
 430,484.........................................      5.185              2002--2009
2,148,951........................................      5.700              2002--2009
</TABLE>

                                       38
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

22  AUTHORISED AND ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL (CONTINUED)
As at 31 December 1999, unexercised options totalling 6,293,625 have been
granted under the WPP Worldwide Share Ownership Programme as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF ORDINARY                                 EXERCISE PRICE
SHARES UNDER OPTION                                PER SHARE (L)     EXERCISE DATES
-------------------                                --------------   ----------------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>
1,955,925........................................      2.695              2000--2007
2,498,625........................................      3.030              2001--2008
1,839,075........................................      5.315              2002--2009
</TABLE>

On 21 March 2000 a further grant was made of 317,008 options at L10.77. On
31 May 2000 a further grant was made of 1,261,475 options at L7.79.

The aggregate status of the WPP Share Option Schemes during 1999 was as follows:

MOVEMENT ON OPTIONS GRANTED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      1 JANUARY                                             31 DECEMBER
        1999             GRANTED    EXERCISED    LAPSED        1999
       NUMBER            NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER       NUMBER
---------------------   ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------
<S>                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
37,685,730.....         4,452,090   8,067,860   1,129,126   32,940,834
</TABLE>

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      RANGE OF          WEIGHTED AVERAGE   WEIGHTED AVERAGE
   EXERCISE PRICES       EXERCISE PRICE    CONTRACTUAL LIFE
          L                    L                MONTHS
---------------------   ----------------   ----------------
<S>                     <C>                <C>
0.295-5.70.....               2.74                89
</TABLE>

The weighted average fair value of options granted in the year calculated using
the Black-Scholes model, was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1999       1998       1997
                                                           --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Fair value...............................................   134.0P     71.5p      64.5p
Weighted average assumptions:
  Risk-free interest rate................................    5.23%     5.84%      6.15%
  Expected life (months).................................       36        36         36
  Expected volatility....................................      28%       25%        24%
  Dividend yield.........................................     0.6%      0.6%       0.9%
</TABLE>

Options are issued at an exercise price equal to market value on the date of
grant.

The weighted average fair value of the awards made under the Leadership Equity
Acquisition Program ("LEAP"), calculated using the Black-Scholes model, were as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Fair value..................................................   233.8p
Weighted average assumptions:
  Risk-free interest rate...................................    5.23%
  Expected life (months)....................................       60
  Expected volatility.......................................      28%
  Dividend yield............................................     0.6%
</TABLE>

                                       39
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

23  ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS

Goodwill arising on acquisitions in the year was calculated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  BOOK
                                                VALUE OF       FAIR
                                      CASH       OTHER         VALUE        FAIR       COST OF
                                    ACQUIRED     ASSETS     ADJUSTMENTS    VALUE     ACQUISITION   GOODWILL
                                    --------   ----------   -----------   --------   -----------   --------
                                       LM          LM           LM           LM          LM           LM
<S>                                 <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>
IntelliQuest Information Group,
  Inc.............................    44.4        (3.4)         (1.6)       39.4         67.5        28.1
Other.............................     7.4        (2.0)        (20.9)      (15.5)       249.2       264.7
                                      ----        ----         -----       -----        -----       -----
                                      51.8        (5.4)        (22.5)       23.9        316.7       292.8
                                      ====        ====         =====       =====        =====       =====
</TABLE>

The Group made a number of acquisitions during 1999 across several operational
sectors and geographic markets.

Total goodwill of L292.8 million arising during the year includes
L252.3 million in respect of the acquisition of subsidiary undertakings and
L40.5 million in respect of associate undertakings. Included in these amounts
are L220.5 million of cash paid and L96.2 million of additional future
anticipated payments to vendors, based on the directors' best estimates of
future obligations, which are dependent on future performance of the interests
acquired. Cash paid to vendors in respect of consideration accrued in prior
years amounted to L21.7 million.

INTELLIQUEST INFORMATION GROUP, INC.

During the year, the Group acquired IntelliQuest Information Group, Inc, a
leading US provider of information services for technology companies. Total fair
value adjustments of L1.6 million primarily related to additional tax
liabilities.

OTHER

Fair value adjustments of L20.9 million arising on other acquisitions include
L6.8 million of additional tax liabilities and L14.1 million of other
liabilities.

Acquisitions during 1999 did not have a significant impact on the Group's
results for the year, nor were there any material disposals.

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS

The compensation of all executive directors is determined by the Compensation
committee of the Board ("the Compensation committee") which is comprised wholly
of independent non-executive directors. The Compensation committee is advised by
independent executive remuneration consultants on all aspects of executive
compensation as well as by the director of human resources.

The compensation of the Chairman and other non-executive directors is determined
by the Board, which is similarly advised by independent executive remuneration
consultants and the director of human resources.

                                       40
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
Remuneration of the directors was as follows:

1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SHORT-TERM
                                                                       INCENTIVE
                                                                         PLANS                     LONG-TERM           PENSION
                                                  SALARY     OTHER      (ANNUAL                INCENTIVE PLANS(3)   CONTRIBUTIONS
                                                 AND FEES   BENEFITS   BONUS)(1)     TOTAL     ------------------   -------------
                                      LOCATION     L000       L000        L000        L000         TOTAL L000        TOTAL L000
CHAIRMAN                              --------   --------   --------   ----------   --------   ------------------   -------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>                  <C>
H Maxwell...........................  USA            102        --          --           102             --               --
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
M S Sorrell.........................  UK             761        23         540         1,324(2)           --             324
B J Brooks..........................  USA            176         3          88           267            904               26
P W G Richardson....................  UK             214        22         113           349          2,844               21
E R Salama..........................  UK             161        21          83           265          1,094               16
G C Sampson(6)......................  UK              73         6           3            82             17               --

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS(6)
J J D Bullmore(4)...................  UK              71        11          --            82             --               --
E Dyson(5)..........................  USA             13        --          --            13             --               --
M Inagaki...........................  Japan           --        --          --            --             --               --
J B H Jackson.......................  UK              25        --          --            25             --               --
S W Morten..........................  USA             29        --          --            29             --               --
J A Quelch..........................  UK              23        32          --            55             --               --
J Smilow............................  USA             25        --          --            25             --               --
                                                  ------      ----        ----      --------         ------             ----
TOTAL REMUNERATION                                 1,673       118         827         2,618          4,859              387
                                                  ------      ----        ----      --------         ------             ----
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     Amounts included in short-term incentive plans represent bonuses in
      respect of 1999 performance, paid in 2000.

(2)     The amount of salary and fees comprises the fees payable under the UK
      Agreement with JMS and the salary payable under the US Agreement referred
      to on page 92 of the 31 December 1999 audited financial statements. In
      1999, as in previous years, JMS discharged all relevant UK national
      insurances costs attributable to the provision of the services of
      Sir Martin Sorrell under the UK Agreement. The salary and pension
      contribution payable under the US Agreement converted into L sterling at
      $1.6178 : L1. The salary and fees were increased with effect from
      1 September 1999.

(3)     The amounts represent gains realised on the exercise of share options
      and, where relevant, payments under the Performance Share Plan.

(4)     J J D Bullmore has a consulting arrangement with the Company in addition
      to his fee as a non-executive Director.

(5)     Appointed 28 June 1999.

(6)     C Mackenzie and S Heyer were appointed after the year end in March 2000
      and in May 2000 respectively and
      G C Sampson retired in May 2000.

                                       41
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SHORT-TERM
                                                                       INCENTIVE
                                                                         PLANS                     LONG-TERM           PENSION
                                                  SALARY     OTHER      (ANNUAL                INCENTIVE PLANS(4)   CONTRIBUTIONS
                                                 AND FEES   BENEFITS   BONUS)(1)     TOTAL     ------------------   -------------
                                      LOCATION     L000       L000        L000        L000         TOTAL L000        TOTAL L000
CHAIRMAN                              --------   --------   --------   ----------   --------   ------------------   -------------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>                  <C>

H Maxwell...........................     USA        100        --          --           100             --                --

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS.................

M S Sorrell(3)......................      UK        712        23         605         1,340(2)          --               315
B J Brooks..........................     USA        172         2          95           269            188                21
P W G Richardson....................      UK        180        22          99           301            107                18
E R Salama..........................      UK        150        19          90           259            126                15
G C Sampson.........................      UK         70         7           5            82             --                --

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

J J D Bullmore(5)...................      UK         77        18          --            95             --                --
M Inagaki(6)........................   Japan          5        --          --             5             --                --
J B H Jackson.......................      UK         20        --          --            20             --                --
S W Morten..........................     USA         21        --          --            21             --                --
J A Quelch(5).......................     USA         33        44          --            77             --                --
J Smilow(7).........................     USA         15        --          --            15             --                --

Other resigned in 1998..............      --         --        --          --            --             --                --
                                                  -----       ---         ---       -------          -----               ---
TOTAL REMUNERATION..................              1,555       135         894         2,584            421               369
                                                  -----       ---         ---       -------          -----               ---
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     Amounts included in short-term incentive plans represent bonuses in
      respect of 1998 performance, paid in 1999.

(2)     The amount of salary and fees comprises the fees payable under the UK
      Agreement with JMS and the salary payable under the US Agreement referred
      to on page 88 of the 31 December 1998 audited financial statements. In
      1998, as in previous years, JMS discharged all relevant UK national
      insurances costs attributable to the provision of the services of
      M S Sorrell under the UK Agreement. The salary and pension contribution
      payable under the US Agreement has been converted into L sterling at
      $1.6574 to L1.

(3)     The performance conditions for the final tranches of the Capital
      Investment Plan and the Notional Share Award Plan respectively were met on
      4 June 1998. The value of these Plans is not shown in the above table as
      the ultimate value will depend on the share price in September 1999.

(4)     This amount represents a payment under the Performance Share Plan.

(5)     Messrs. Bullmore and Quelch have consulting arrangements with the
      Company in addition to their respective fees as non-executive Directors.
      Following his appointment as Dean to the London Business School on 1 July
      1998, Mr. Quelch has ceased to carry out additional consultancy services.

(6)     Appointed 14 September 1998.

(7)     Appointed 23 April 1998.

                                       42
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)

1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          SHORT-TERM
                                                                          INCENTIVE                  LONG-TERM         PENSION
                                                                            PLANS                 INCENTIVE PLANS   CONTRIBUTIONS
                                                     SALARY     OTHER      (ANNUAL                ---------------   -------------
                                                    AND FEES   BENEFITS   BONUS)(1)     TOTAL       1997 TOTAL       1997 TOTAL
                                         LOCATION     L000       L000        L000        L000          L000             L000
                                         --------   --------   --------   ----------   --------   ---------------   -------------
<S>                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>               <C>
CHAIRMAN
H Maxwell(7)...........................   UK/USA       100        --          --           100              --            --
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
M S Sorrell............................   UK/USA       717        23         609         1,349(2)        1,219(3)        316
B J Brooks.............................      USA       153         3          84           240             831(4)         14
P W G Richardson(8)....................       UK       180        21          90           291              87(5)         18
E R Salama.............................       UK       140        13          82           235              47(5)         14
G C Sampson(9).........................       UK        69         7          --            76              --            --
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
J J D Bullmore(6)......................       UK        78        18          --            96              --            --
J B H Jackson..........................       UK        20        --          --            20              --            --
Sir Paul Judge(10).....................       UK        10        --          --            10              --            --
S W Morten.............................      USA        21        --          --            21              --            --
J A Quelch(6)..........................      USA        65        33          --            98              --            --
                                                     -----       ---         ---       -------       ---------           ---
TOTAL REMUNERATION.....................              1,553       118         865         2,536           2,184           362
                                                     -----       ---         ---       -------       ---------           ---
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     Amounts included in short-term incentive plans represent bonuses in
      respect of 1997 performance, paid in 1998.

(2)     The amount of salary and fees comprises the fees payable under the UK
      Agreement with JMS and the salary payable under the US Agreement referred
      to on page 90 of the 31 December 1997 audited financial statements. In
      1997, as in previous years, JMS discharged all relevant UK national
      insurances costs attributable to the provision of the services of
      M S Sorrell under the UK Agreement. The salary and pension contribution
      payable under the US Agreement has been converted into L sterling at
      $1.6381 to L1.

(3)     The amount of L1.219 million is in respect of phantom options granted in
      relation to 1993. In addition the performance requirements were satisfied
      on 18 March 1997 in respect of the second tranche of the Capital
      Investment Plan and the first tranche of the Notional Share Award Plan
      (see page 90 of the 31 December 1997 audited financial statements). The
      value of these tranches was L3.1 million and L1.5 million respectively
      (265.5p per share on 18 March 1997). These amounts are not shown in the
      above table as the ultimate value will depend on the share price in
      September 1999.

(4)     This amount represents a payment under the performance share plan of
      L131,702 and the gain on the exercise of share options of L699,163.

(5)     This amount represents a payment under the performance share plan.

(6)     Messrs. Bullmore and Quelch have consulting arrangements with the
      Company in addition to their respective fees as non-executive directors.

(7)     Appointed 1 October 1996.

(8)     Appointed 5 December 1996.

(9)     Appointed 15 July 1996.

(10)   Retired 30 June 1997.

                                       43
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
OTHER LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS(1)
Long-term incentive plan awards granted to directors are as follows: (continued)

1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              GRANTED/                  AT       GRANTED/
                                  AT 1 JAN    (LAPSED)     VESTED     31 DEC     (LAPSED)    VESTED    AT 10 MAY
                                    1999        1999        1999       1999      2000(4)      2000       2000
                                  ---------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   ---------
                       PLAN(1)     NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER     NUMBER      NUMBER     NUMBER     NUMBER
                       --------   ---------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   ---------
<S>                    <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
B J Brooks...........  PSP           73,933          --   (36,966)      36,967       122    (18,544)      18,545
                        PSP          60,864          --        --       60,864      (883)   (29,991)      29,990
                        PSP          46,728          --        --       46,728        --         --       46,728
                        PSP              --      50,623        --       50,623        --         --       50,623
                        PSP              --          --        --           --    32,185         --       32,185
                        LEAP             --     272,600        --      272,600        --         --      272,600
P W G Richardson.....  PSP           42,172          --   (21,086)      21,086        68    (10,577)      10,577
                        PSP          67,925          --        --       67,925      (985)   (33,470)      33,470
                        PSP          55,513          --        --       55,513        --         --       55,513
                        PSP              --      65,944        --       65,944        --         --       65,944
                        PSP              --          --        --           --    36,765         --       36,765
                        LEAP             --     299,030        --      299,030        --         --      299,030
E R Salama...........  PSP           49,438          --   (24,719)      24,719        80    (12,399)      12,400
                        PSP          56,604          --        --       56,604      (820)   (27,892)      27,892
                        PSP          46,261          --        --       46,261        --         --       46,261
                        PSP              --      48,359        --       48,359        --         --       48,359
                        PSP              --          --        --           --    26,961         --       26,961
                        LEAP             --     272,645        --      272,645        --         --      272,645
M S Sorrell(3).......  --         6,445,912          --        --    6,445,912        --         --    6,445,912
                        PSP              --     219,812        --      219,812        --         --      219,812
                        PSP              --          --        --           --   137,255         --      137,255
                        LEAP             --   5,369,070        --    5,369,070        --         --    5,369,070

<CAPTION>
                                                   PRICE
                                                    PAR
                                                 SHARE OF
                                                  VESTED
                                                 UNITS ON
                                                 VALUATION
                         PERFORMANCE PERIOD       DATE(2)
                       -----------------------   ---------
<S>                    <C>                       <C>
B J Brooks...........  1 Jan 1996-31 Dec 1998     365.8p
                       1 Jan 1997-31 Dec 1999     981.0p
                       1 Jan 1998-31 Dec 2000        n/a
                       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2001        n/a
                       1 Jan 2000-31 Dec 2002        n/a
                       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2003        n/a
P W G Richardson.....  1 Jan 1996-31 Dec 1998      365.8p
                       1 Jan 1997-31 Dec 1999      981.0p
                       1 Jan 1998-31 Dec 2000        n/a
                       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2001        n/a
                       1 Jan 2000-31 Dec 2002        n/a
                       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2003        n/a
E R Salama...........  1 Jan 1996-31 Dec 1998      365.8p
                       1 Jan 1997-31 Dec 1999      981.0p
                       1 Jan 1998-31 Dec 2000        n/a
                       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2001        n/a
                       1 Jan 2000-31 Dec 2002        n/a
                       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2003        n/a
M S Sorrell(3).......           n/a                  n/a
                       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2001        n/a
                       1 Jan 2000-31 Dec 2002        n/a
                       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2003        n/a
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     The long-term incentive plans operated by the Company consist of the
      Performance Share Plans (PSP) and the Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan
      (LEAP). Details of the PSP and LEAP can be found on page 91 of the
      31 December 1999 audited financial statements. The number of shares shown
      for LEAP represents the maximum number of Matching Shares which is capable
      of vesting at the end of the performance period, if the performance
      requirement is satisfied to the fullest extent and subject to the
      retention of WPP Investment shares until the end of the Investment period
      which expires in September 2004. The number of Sir Martin Sorrell's
      Matching Shares includes those attributable to JMS. The 6,445,912 shares
      referred to in note 3 are not awarded under either the PSP or LEAP.

(2)     Valuation date is 31 December at the end of the relevant performance
      period.

(3)     The 6,445,912 shares represent the number of shares, or cash equivalent
      of shares which vest under the Capital Investment Plan (CIP) and the
      Notional Share Award Plan (NSAP). Details of these two plans are set out
      on page 92 of the 31 December 1999 audited financial statements. The
      performance conditions were satisfied under the CIP and NSAP before these
      plans were due to mature in September 1999. Each plan has been extended
      until September 2004, subject to good leaver and change of control
      provisions, when the awards vest. Consequently their value cannot be
      established until that time. Under arrangements made with Sir Martin
      Sorrell relating to the payment on his behalf of US withholding tax under
      the Capital Investment Plan and pension payments made under the US
      Agreement, WPP Group USA Inc. has made payments of which the maximum
      amount outstanding during the year was $552,543 and which remained
      outstanding at 31 December 1999.

(4)     Includes dividends received in respect of vested restricted stock which
      have been reinvested in the acquisition of further ordinary shares.

                                       44
<PAGE>
3.7  Notes to the WPP financial information (continued)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
OTHER LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS(1)
Long-term incentive plan awards granted to directors are as follows: (continued)

1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   GRANTED/                 AT 31
                       AT 1 JAN    (LAPSED)     VESTED       DEC      GRANTED     VESTED     AT 6 MAY
                         1998        1998        1998       1998        1999       1999        1999
                        NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER     NUMBER      NUMBER     NUMBER      NUMBER
                       ---------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
B J Brooks...........     48,869        --      48,869           --        --         --            --
                          73,933        --          --       73,933        --     36,966        36,966
                          60,864        --          --       60,864        --         --        60,864
                              --    46,728          --       46,728        --         --        46,728
P W G Richardson.....     32,265        --      32,265           --        --         --            --
                          42,172        --          --       42,172        --     21,086        21,086
                          67,925        --          --       67,925        --         --        67,925
                              --    55,513          --       55,513        --         --        55,513
E R Salama...........     17,559        --      17,559           --        --         --            --
                          49,438        --          --       49,438        --     24,719        24,719
                          56,604        --          --       56,604        --         --        56,604
                              --    46,261          --       46,261        --         --        46,261
M S Sorrell(3).......  6,445,912        --          --    6,445,912        --         --     6,445,912

<CAPTION>
                                                          PRICE PER
                                                          SHARE OF
                                                           VESTED
                                                          UNITS ON
                                                          VALUATION
                              PERFORMANCE PERIOD           DATE(2)
                       --------------------------------   ---------
<S>                    <C>                                <C>
B J Brooks...........          1 Jan 1995 - 31 Dec 1997      269.5p
                               1 Jan 1996 - 31 Dec 1998      365.8p
                               1 Jan 1997 - 31 Dec 1999        n/a
                               1 Jan 1998 - 31 Dec 2000        n/a
P W G Richardson.....          1 Jan 1995 - 31 Dec 1997      269.5p
                               1 Jan 1996 - 31 Dec 1998      365.8p
                               1 Jan 1997 - 31 Dec 1999        n/a
                               1 Jan 1998 - 31 Dec 2000        n/a
E R Salama...........          1 Jan 1995 - 31 Dec 1997      269.5p
                               1 Jan 1996 - 31 Dec 1998      365.8p
                               1 Jan 1997 - 31 Dec 1999        n/a
                               1 Jan 1998 - 31 Dec 2000        n/a
M S Sorrell(3).......           4 Sep 1994 - 4 Sep 1999        n/a
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     All awards shown on this table, except the 6,445,912 shares referred to
      in note 3, were made under the Performance Share Plan, details of which
      can be found on page 87 of the 31 December 1998 audited financial
      statements.

(2)     Valuation date is 31 December at the end of the relevant performance
      period.

(3)     The 6,445,912 shares represent the maximum number of shares, or cash
      equivalent of shares which could vest, under the Capital Investment Plan
      and the Notional Share Award Plan. Details of these two Plans which expire
      in September 1999 are set out on page 88 of the 31 December 1998 audited
      financial statements. All shares and awards, must be retained until
      September 1999 and consequently their value cannot be established until
      that time. As of 6 May 1999, the performance conditions in respect of all
      four tranches of the Capital Investment Plan and all three tranches of the
      Notional Share Award Plan had been satisfied. Under arrangements made with
      M S Sorrell relating to the payment on his behalf of US withholding tax
      under the Capital Investment Plan and pension payments made under the US
      Agreement, WPP Group USA Inc. has made payments of which the maximum
      amount outstanding during the year was $500,967 and which remained
      outstanding at 31 December 1998.

                                       45
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
OTHER LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN AWARDS(1)
Long-term incentive plan awards granted to directors are as follows: (continued)
1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   GRANTED/                 AT 31
                       AT 1 JAN    (LAPSED)     VESTED       DEC      GRANTED     VESTED     AT 6 MAY
                         1997        1997        1997       1997        1998       1998        1998
                        NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER     NUMBER      NUMBER     NUMBER      NUMBER
                       ---------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
B J Brooks...........     72,000        --      72,000           --        --         --            --
                          48,869        --          --       48,869        --     48,869            --
                          73,933        --          --       73,933        --         --        73,933
                              --    60,864          --       60,864        --         --        60,864
                              --        --          --           --    46,728         --        46,728
P W G Richardson.....     45,370        --      45,370           --        --         --            --
                          32,265        --          --       32,265        --     32,265            --
                          42,172        --          --       42,172        --         --        42,172
                              --    67,925          --       67,925        --         --        67,925
                                        --          --           --    55,513         --        55,513
E R Salama...........     17,559        --          --       17,559        --     17,559            --
                          49,438        --          --       49,438        --         --        49,438
                              --    56,604          --       56,604        --         --        56,604
                              --        --          --           --    46,261         --        46,261
M S Sorrell(3).......    386,420        --     386,420           --        --         --            --
                       6,445,912        --          --    6,445,912        --         --     6,445,912

<CAPTION>
                                                          PRICE PER
                                                          SHARE OF
                                                           VESTED
                                                          UNITS ON
                                                          VALUATION
                              PERFORMANCE PERIOD           DATE(2)
                       --------------------------------   ---------
<S>                    <C>                                <C>
B J Brooks...........          1 Jan 1994 - 31 Dec 1996      254.0p
                               1 Jan 1995 - 31 Dec 1997      269.5p
                               1 Jan 1996 - 31 Dec 1998        n/a
                               1 Jan 1997 - 31 Dec 1999        n/a
                               1 Jan 1998 - 31 Dec 2000        n/a
P W G Richardson.....          1 Jan 1994 - 31 Dec 1996      254.0p
                               1 Jan 1995 - 31 Dec 1997      269.5p
                               1 Jan 1996 - 31 Dec 1998        n/a
                               1 Jan 1997 - 31 Dec 1999        n/a
                               1 Jan 1998 - 31 Dec 2000        n/a
E R Salama...........          1 Jan 1995 - 31 Dec 1997      269.5p
                               1 Jan 1996 - 31 Dec 1998        n/a
                               1 Jan 1997 - 31 Dec 1999        n/a
                               1 Jan 1998 - 31 Dec 2000        n/a
M S Sorrell(3).......          1 Jan 1994 - 31 Dec 1996      254.0p
                                4 Sep 1994 - 4 Sep 1999        n/a
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     All awards shown on this table, except the 6,445,912 shares referred to
      in note 3, were made under the Performance Share Plan (formerly
      performance unit plan), details of which can be found on page 88 of the
      31 December 1997 audited financial statements.

(2)     Valuation date is 31 December at the end of the relevant performance
      period.

(3)     The award of 386,420 performance shares represents entitlement to the
      cash equivalent of the market value of the equivalent number of ordinary
      shares at the date of vesting. The 6,445,912 shares represent the maximum
      number of shares, or cash equivalent of shares which could vest, assuming
      that all of the criteria specified were met under the Capital Investment
      Plan and the Notional Share Award Plan. Details of these two Plans are set
      out on page 90 of the 31 December 1997 audited financial statements. Any
      such shares and awards in respect of which the criteria are met, must be
      retained until September 1999 and consequently their value cannot be
      established until that time. As of 6 May 1998, the performance conditions
      in respect of the first three tranches of the Capital Investment Plan and
      the first two tranches of the Notional Share Award Plan had been
      satisfied. In view of the retention requirements referred to above the
      number of shares, or cash equivalent of shares, for which the performance
      conditions have been satisfied by 6 May 1998 has not been shown in the
      above table. Under arrangements made with M S Sorrell relating to the
      payment on his behalf of US withholding tax under the Capital Investment
      Plan and pension payments made under US Agreement, WPP Group USA, Inc has
      made payments of which the maximum amount outstanding during the year was
      $453,568 and which remained outstanding at 31 December 1997.

                                       46
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
ORDINARY SHARES
Directors' interests in the Company's share capital, all of which were
beneficial, were as follows: (continued)

1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   SHARES ACQUIRED        OTHER                     SHARES ACQUIRED
                                                    THROUGH LONG-       INTERESTS                    THROUGH LONG-
                                    AT 1 JAN       TERM INCENTIVE         AS AT                      TERM INCENTIVE
                                     1999 OR       PLAN AWARDS IN      31 DEC 1999                   PLAN AWARDS IN
                                     DATE OF           1999(1)         INC. SHARES                        2000
                                   APPOINTMENT   -------------------    PURCHASED    AT 31 DEC    --------------------
                                    IF LATER      VESTED     (SOLD)    IN 1999(2)     1999(1)      VESTED    (SOLD)(1)
                                   -----------   --------   --------   -----------   ----------   --------   ---------
<S>                                <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
B J Brooks.......................     381,705     36,966    (22,186)     (49,697)       346,788    48,535     (33,540)
J J D Bullmore...................      20,065         --         --           --         20,065        --          --
E Dyson..........................          --         --         --           --             --        --          --
M Inagaki(4).....................          --         --         --           --             --        --          --
J B H Jackson....................      12,500         --         --           --         12,500        --          --
C Mackenzie......................          --         --         --           --             --        --          --
H Maxwell........................      35,000         --         --           --         35,000        --          --
S W Morten.......................      20,000         --         --           --         20,000        --          --
J A Quelch.......................      10,000         --         --           --         10,000        --          --
P W G Richardson.................     375,644     21,086     (3,086)     (62,468)       331,176    44,047     (44,047)
E R Salama.......................     483,910     24,719     (9,719)     (89,733)       409,177    40,291     (19,892)
G C Sampson......................     554,313         --         --           --        554,313        --          --
J E Smilow.......................     100,000         --         --           --        100,000        --          --
M S Sorrell(2)...................  13,093,414         --         --      200,000     13,293,414        --          --

<CAPTION>

                                   OTHER INTERESTS
                                      ACQUIRED
                                    (DISPOSED OF)
                                    SINCE 31 DEC     AT 10 MAY
                                        1999            2000
                                   ---------------   ----------
<S>                                <C>               <C>
B J Brooks.......................          --           361,783
J J D Bullmore...................          --            20,065
E Dyson..........................          --                --
M Inagaki(4).....................          --                --
J B H Jackson....................          --            12,500
C Mackenzie......................      10,000            10,000
H Maxwell........................          --            35,000
S W Morten.......................          --            20,000
J A Quelch.......................          --            10,000
P W G Richardson.................          --           331,176
E R Salama.......................          --           429,576
G C Sampson......................          --           554,313
J E Smilow.......................          --           100,000
M S Sorrell(2)...................          --        13,293,414
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     Further details of long-term incentive plans are given in note 1 on page
      86 of the 31 December 1999 audited financial statements.

(2)     Interests include exercisable but unexercised options. In the case of
      Sir Martin Sorrell interests include 1,571,190 and 577,391 unexercised
      phantom options granted in 1993 and 1994 respectively as referred to on
      page 92 of the 31 December 1999 audited financial statements, 4,691,392
      shares in respect of the Capital Investment Plan and 1,754,520 shares in
      respect of the Notional Share Award Plan.

(3)     Each of the executive Directors has a technical interest as an employee
      and potential beneficiary in one of the Company's ESOPs in shares in the
      Company held under the relevant ESOP. At 31 December 1999, the Company's
      ESOPs held in total 27,888,766 shares in the Company (1998; 25,532,484
      shares).

(4)     Mr. M Inagaki is a director and chairman of Asatsu-DK Inc, which at 10
      May 2000 was interested in 31,295,646 WPP Ordinary Shares representing
      4.02% of the issued share capital of the Company.

(5)     Save as disclosed above and in the report of the Compensation committee,
      no Director had any interest in any contract of significance with the
      Group during the year.

                                       47
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
ORDINARY SHARES
Directors' interests in the Company's share capital, all of which were
beneficial, were as follows: (continued)
1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         OTHER                     SHARES ACQUIRED
                                                 SHARES ACQUIRED       INTERESTS                    THROUGH LONG-
                                  AT 1 JAN      THROUGH LONG-TERM        AS AT                      TERM INCENTIVE
                                    1998          INCENTIVE PLAN      31 DEC 1998                   PLAN AWARDS IN
                                 OR DATE OF     AWARDS IN 1998(2)     INC. SHARES                        1999
                                 APPOINTMENT   --------------------    PURCHASED    AT 31 DEC    --------------------
                                  IF LATER      VESTED      (SOLD)    IN 1998(1)     1998(1)      VESTED    (SOLD)(2)
                                 -----------   ---------   --------   -----------   ----------   --------   ---------
<S>                              <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
B J Brooks.....................     307,858       48,869   (43,989)     68,967         381,705    36,966     (22,186)
J J D Bullmore.................      20,065           --        --          --          20,065        --          --
M Inagaki(5)...................          --           --        --          --              --        --          --
J B H Jackson..................      12,500           --        --          --          12,500        --          --
H Maxwell......................      35,000           --        --          --          35,000        --          --
S W Morten.....................      20,000           --        --          --          20,000        --          --
J A Quelch.....................      10,000           --        --          --          10,000        --          --
P W G Richardson...............     316,176       32,265    (5,265)     32,468         375,644    21,086      (3,086)
E R Salama.....................     375,442       17,559        --      90,909         483,910    24,719      (9,719)
G C Sampson....................     550,000           --        --       4,313         554,313        --          --
J E Smilow.....................     100,000           --        --          --         100,000        --          --
M S Sorrell....................   9,578,038    3,515,376        --          --      13,093,414        --          --

<CAPTION>

                                 OTHER INTERESTS
                                    ACQUIRED
                                  (DISPOSED OF)
                                  SINCE 31 DEC      AT 6 MAY
                                     1998(3)        1999(1)
                                 ---------------   ----------
<S>                              <C>               <C>
B J Brooks.....................           --          396,485
J J D Bullmore.................           --           20,065
M Inagaki(5)...................           --               --
J B H Jackson..................           --           12,500
H Maxwell......................           --           35,000
S W Morten.....................           --           20,000
J A Quelch.....................           --           10,000
P W G Richardson...............           --          393,644
E R Salama.....................      (89,733)         409,177
G C Sampson....................           --          554,313
J E Smilow.....................           --          100,000
M S Sorrell....................           --       13,093,414
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     Interests include exercisable but unexercised options, in the case of
      M S Sorrell this includes interest or rights in 1,571,190 and 577,391
      unexercised phantom options granted in 1993 and 1994 respectively as
      referred to on page 88 of the 31 December 1998 audited financial
      statements, 4,691,392 shares in respect of all four tranches of the
      Capital Investment Plan and 1,754,520 shares in respect of all three
      tranches of the Notional Share Award Plan, in respect of which, in each
      case the performance had been satisfied prior to 31 December 1998.

(2)     Further details of the long-term incentive plan are given in note 3 on
      page 87 of the 31 December 1998 audited financial statements.

(3)     Each of the executive Directors has a technical interest as an employee
      and potential beneficiary in one of the Company's three ESOPs in shares in
      the Company held under the relevant ESOP. At 31 December 1998, the
      Company's ESOPs held in total 25,532,484 shares in the Company (1997:
      16,456,119 shares).

(4)     Mr M Inagaki is a director and chairman of Asatsu-DK Inc, which at
      6 May 1999 was interested in 31,295,646 shares representing 4.1% of the
      issued share capital of the Company.

(5)     Save as disclosed above and in the report of the Compensation committee
      in the 31 December 1998 audited financial statements, no Director had any
      interest in any contract of significance with the Group during the year.

                                       48
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
ORDINARY SHARES
Directors' interests in the Company's share capital, all of which were
beneficial, were as follows: (continued)
1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SHARES ACQUIRED
                                              THROUGH LONG-       OTHER INTERESTS                   SHARES ACQUIRED
                              AT 1 JAN        TERM INCENTIVE           AS AT                         THROUGH LONG-
                                1997          PLAN AWARDS IN        31 DEC 1997                      TERM INCENTIVE
                             OR DATE OF          1997(1)            INC. SHARES                   PLAN AWARDS IN 1998
                             APPOINTMENT   --------------------      PURCHASED       AT 31 DEC    --------------------
                              IF LATER      VESTED      (SOLD)      IN 1997(1)         1997        VESTED      (SOLD)
                             -----------   ---------   --------   ---------------   -----------   ---------   --------
<S>                          <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>               <C>           <C>         <C>
B J Brooks.................     139,858      428,048   (260,048)             --         307,858      48,869    (43,989)
J J D Bullmore.............      20,065           --         --              --          20,065          --         --
J B H Jackson..............      12,500           --         --              --          12,500          --         --
H Maxwell..................      35,000           --         --              --          35,000          --         --
S W Morten.................      20,000           --         --              --          20,000          --         --
J E Quelch.................      10,000           --         --              --          10,000          --         --
P W G Richardson...........          --       25,000         --         291,176         316,176      32,265     (5,265)
E R Salama.................     298,215           --         --          77,227         375,442      17,559         --
G C Sampson................     550,000           --         --                         550,000          --         --
J E Smilow.................     100,000           --         --              --         100,000          --         --
M S Sorrell................   4,012,501      386,420         --       5,179,117       9,578,038          --         --

<CAPTION>

                             OTHER INTERESTS
                             ACQUIRED SINCE      AT 6 MAY
                             31 DEC 1997(2)        1998
                             ---------------   ------------
<S>                          <C>               <C>
B J Brooks.................             --          312,738
J J D Bullmore.............             --           20,065
J B H Jackson..............             --           12,500
H Maxwell..................             --           35,000
S W Morten.................             --           20,000
J E Quelch.................             --           10,000
P W G Richardson...........             --          343,176
E R Salama.................             --          393,001
G C Sampson................          4,313          554,313
J E Smilow.................             --          100,000
M S Sorrell................      1,757,688       11,335,726
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     In the case of Messrs. Richardson and Salama, this represents their
      respective interests in 291,176 and 67,227 unexercised options granted
      under the WPP Executive Share Option Scheme or under an ESOP in previous
      periods and which had become exercisable prior to 31 December 1997. These
      interests are not included in the first column showing interests at
      1 January 1997, but are referred to in the table of Directors' interests
      in share options on page 84 of the 31 December 1997 audited financial
      statements. In the case of Mr. Salama this also includes 10,000 shares
      purchased during 1997, in the case of M S Sorrell this includes 100,000
      shares purchased during 1997; interest or rights in 1,571,190 and 577,391
      unexercised phantom options granted in 1993 and 1994 respectively, as
      referred to on page 90 of the 31 December 1997 audited financial
      statements; 2,345,696 shares for the first two tranches of the Capital
      Investment Plan and 584,840 shares in respect of the first tranche of the
      Notional Share Award Plan, in respect of which, in each case, the
      performance conditions had been satisfied prior to 31 December 1997.

(2)     Represents in the case of Mr. Sampson, his interest in unexercised
      options granted under the WPP Executive Share Option Scheme in previous
      periods and which became exercisable in April 1998. In the case of M
      S Sorrell his interest in 1,172,848 shares for the third tranche of the
      Capital Investment Plan and 584,840 shares for the second tranche of the
      Notional Share Award Plan in respect of which, in each case, the
      performance conditions were satisfied on 1 May 1998.

(3)     Each of the executive Directors has a technical interest as an employee
      and potential beneficiary in one of the Company's three ESOPs in shares in
      the Company held under the relevant ESOP. At 31 December 1997 the
      Company's ESOPs held in total 16,456,119 shares in the Company (1996:
      13,748,628 shares).

(4)     Save as disclosed above and in the Compensation committee report, no
      Director had any interest in any contract of significance with the Group
      during the year.

                                       49
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
SHARE OPTIONS(1)
Outstanding options granted to the directors are as follows:

1999
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      GRANTED/   EXERCISED/   EXERCISED/
                           AT 1 JAN   (LASPED)    REALISED     RETAINED    AT 31 DEC   EXERCISED   AT 10 MAY
                             1999       1999        1999         1999        1999        2000        2000
                           --------   --------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                            NUMBER     NUMBER      NUMBER       NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER     COMMENCEMENT
                           --------   --------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ------------
<S>                        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
B J Brooks...............   68,967       --        (49,697)     (19,270)       --          --          --        Dec 1998
P W G Richardson.........  100,000       --        (30,000)     (70,000)       --          --          --        Jan 1996
                           102,941       --             --     (102,941)       --          --          --        Oct 1996
                            88,235       --             --      (88,235)       --          --          --        Sep 1997
                            32,468       --        (32,468)          --        --          --          --        Sep 1998
                            24,497       --        (24,497)          --        --          --          --        Sep 1999
E R Salama...............   67,227       --        (16,121)     (51,106)       --          --          --        Sep 1997
                            90,909       --        (73,612)     (17,297)       --          --          --        Sep 1998
G C Sampson..............    4,313       --             --       (4,313)       --          --          --        Apr 1998

<CAPTION>
                                                        MARKET
                                                       PRICE PER
                                           EXERCISE    SHARE ON
                           EXERCISE DATE   PRICE PER    DATE OF
                              EXPIRY         SHARE     EXERCISE
                           -------------   ---------   ---------
<S>                        <C>             <C>         <C>
B J Brooks...............     Dec 2005      158.0p     553.0
P W G Richardson.........     Jan 2000       40.0p     760.5
                              Oct 2003      102.0p      750.5
                              Sep 2004      119.0p      750.5
                              Sep 2005      154.0p      760.5
                              Sep 2006      233.5p      760.5
E R Salama...............     Sep 2004      119.0p     499.5
                              Sep 2005      154.0p      499.5
G C Sampson..............     Apr 2005      108.0p     499.5
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     Share options were granted under the WPP Executive Share Option Plan or
      under an ESOP in which Directors and other executives participate. These
      options were granted at the market price at the time of grant.

(2)     2,196,190 phantom options were granted to JMS in relation to 1993 at at
      base price of 52.5p per share, exercisable between April 1996 and April
      2003 and 577,391 in relation to 1994 at a base price of 115p per share,
      exercisable in March 2004. In 1997, JMS exercised 625,000 phantom options
      granted in relation to 1993. This leaves 1,571,190 unexercised phantom
      options granted in relation to 1993. JMS has indicated that it does not
      intend to exercise the 1993 phantom options until March 2003, subject to
      good leaver and change of control provisions.

(3)     The closing share price at 31 December 1999 was 981.0p and the share
      price during the year ranged between 359.0p and 996.0p.

SHARE OPTIONS(2)
Outstanding options granted to the directors are as follows:

1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    GRANTED/   EXERCISED/   EXERCISED/
                         AT 1 JAN   (LAPSED)    REALISED     RETAINED    AT 31 DEC   EXERCISED   AT 6 MAY
                           1998       1998        1998         1998        1998        1999        1999
                         --------   --------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                          NUMBER     NUMBER      NUMBER       NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER     NUMBER(1)   COMMENCMENT
                         --------   --------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ------------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
B J Brooks.............   68,967       --           --           --        68,967          --      68,967      Dec 1998
P W G Richardson.......  100,000       --           --           --       100,000          --     100,000      Jan 1996
                         102,941       --           --           --       102,941          --     102,941      Oct 1996
                          88,235       --           --           --        88,235          --      88,235      Sep 1997
                          32,468       --           --           --        32,468          --      32,468      Sep 1998
                          24,497       --           --           --        24,497          --      24,497      Sep 1999
E R Salama.............   67,227       --           --           --        67,227     (67,227)         --      Sep 1997
                          90,909       --           --           --        90,909     (90,909)         --      Sep 1998
G C Sampson............    4,313       --           --           --         4,313      (4,313)         --      Apr 1998

<CAPTION>
                                                      MARKET
                                                     PRICE PER
                                         EXERICSE    SHARE ON
                         EXERCISE DATE   PRICE PER    DATE OF
                            EXPIRY         SHARE     EXERCISE
                         -------------   ---------   ---------
<S>                      <C>             <C>         <C>
B J Brooks.............     Dec 2005       158.0p        n/a
P W G Richardson.......     Jan 2000        40.0p        n/a
                            Oct 2003       102.0p        n/a
                            Sep 2004       119.0p        n/a
                            Sep 2005       154.0p        n/a
                            Sep 2006       233.5p        n/a
E R Salama.............     Sep 2004       119.0p      499.5p
                            Sep 2005       154.0p      499.5p
G C Sampson............     Apr 2005       108.0p      499.5p
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     As at 6 May 1999 all of Mr Brook's 68,967 options were exercisable but
      unexercised, as were 323,644 of Mr Richardsons's options.

(2)     Share options were granted under the WPP Executive Share Option Scheme
      or under an ESOP in which Directors and other executives participate.
      These options were granted at the market price at the time of grant.

(3)     2,196,190 phanton options were granted to JMS in relation to 1993 at a
      base price of 52.5p per share, exercisable between April 1996 and April
      2003 and 577,391 in relation to 1994 at a base price of 115p per share,
      exercisable between September 1999 and April 2004. In 1997, JMS exercised
      625,000 phanton options granted in relation to 1993. This leaves 1,571,190
      unexercised phanton options granted in relation to 1993.

(4)     The closing share price at 31 December 1998 was 365.9p and the share
      price during the year ranged between 200.0p and 470.0p.

                                       50
<PAGE>
3.7  NOTES TO THE WPP FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

24  DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS (CONTINUED)
SHARE OPTIONS(2)
Outstanding options granted to the directors are as follows: (continued)

1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            AT 31 DEC
                                                    EXERCISED   EXERCISED     1997
                                        GRANTED/       AND         AND         AND
                             AT 1 JAN   (LAPSED)    REALISED    RETAINED      6 MAY
                               1997       1997        1997        1997        1998                       EXERCISE DATES   EXERCISE
                             --------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------                    --------------   PRICE PER
                              NUMBER     NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER      NUMBER      COMMENCEMENT        EXPIRY         SHARE
                             --------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   --------------   --------------   ---------
<S>                          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>              <C>
B J Brooks................   229,331         --      154,331     75,000           --    Sep 1996         Sep 2003          102.0p
                             180,717         --      105,717     75,000                 Sep 1997         Sep 2004          119.0p
                              68,967         --           --         --       68,967    Dec 1998         Dec 2005          158.0p

P W G Richardson..........   100,000         --           --         --      100,000    Jan 1996         Jan 2000           40.0p
                             102,941         --           --         --      102,941    Sep 1996         Sep 2003          102.0p
                              88,235         --           --         --       88,235    Sep 1997         Sep 2004          119.0p
                              32,468         --           --         --       32,468    Sep 1998         Sep 2005          154.0p
                              24,497         --           --         --       24,497    Sep 1999         Sep 2006          233.5p

E R Salama................    67,227         --           --         --       67,227    Sep 1997         Sep 2004          119.0p
                              90,909         --           --         --       90,909    Sep 1998         Sep 2005          154.0p

G C Sampson...............     4,313         --           --         --        4,313    Apr 1998         Apr 2005          108.0p

<CAPTION>

                             MARKET
                            PRICE PER
                            SHARE ON
                             DATE OF
                            EXERCISE
                            ---------
<S>                         <C>
B J Brooks................   280.0p
                             280.0p
                                n/a
P W G Richardson..........      n/a
                                n/a
                                n/a
                                n/a
                                n/a
E R Salama................      n/a
                                n/a
G C Sampson...............      n/a
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     Share options were granted under the WPP Executive Share Option Scheme
      or under an ESOP in which directors and other senior executives
      participate. These options were granted at the market price at the time of
      grant.

(2)     2,196,190 phantom options were granted to JMS in relation to 1993 at a
      base price of 52.5p per share, exercisable between April 1996 and April
      2003 and 577,391 in relation to 1994 at a base price of 115p per share,
      exercisable between September 1999 and April 2004. On 21 April 1997, JMS
      exercised 625,000 phantom options granted in relation to 1993 at a price
      of 247.5p resulting in a payment after deduction of the base price of
      52.5p of L1,218,750. This leaves 1,571,190 unexercised phantom options
      granted in relation to 1993.

(3)     The closing share price at 31 December 1997 was 269.5p and the share
      price during the year ranged between 236.5p and 292p.

(4)     Share options existing prior to 8 April 1993, and their exercise prices,
      have been adjusted to reflect the impact of the rights issue which
      occurred on that date.

                                       51
<PAGE>
4. UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000

The following is an extract from the text of the WPP unaudited interim
announcement which was published on 14 August 2000.

                                     ``WPP

                              2000 INTERIM RESULTS

                    REVENUE UP ALMOST 19% TO L1.209 BILLION
     PROFIT BEFORE TAX UP OVER 22% TO L137.7 MILLION AGAINST L112.6 MILLION
           DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE UP OVER 22% TO 12.0P FROM 9.8P
               INTERIM ORDINARY DIVIDEND UP 20% TO 1.2P PER SHARE

- REVENUE UP ALMOST 19% TO L1.209 BILLION AND UP ALMOST 18% IN CONSTANT
  CURRENCIES

- PROFIT BEFORE INTEREST AND TAX UP ALMOST 25% TO L160.7 MILLION AND UP OVER 25%
  IN CONSTANT CURRENCIES

- OPERATING MARGIN UP 0.6 MARGIN POINTS AND 0.7 MARGIN POINTS IN CONSTANT
  CURRENCIES IN LINE WITH OBJECTIVES

- PROFIT BEFORE TAX UP OVER 22% TO L137.7 MILLION AND UP OVER 23% IN CONSTANT
  CURRENCIES

- DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE UP OVER 22% TO 12.0P FROM 9.8P AND UP OVER 23% IN
  CONSTANT CURRENCIES

- INTERIM ORDINARY DIVIDEND UP 20% TO 1.2P PER SHARE

- NET NEW BUSINESS BILLINGS OF OVER L1.1 BILLION ($1.7 BILLION) UP 13% OVER
  L1.0 BILLION ($1.5 BILLION) IN COMPARABLE PERIOD

SUMMARY OF RESULTS

The Board of WPP Group plc announces its results for the six months ended 30
June 2000, which show significant continued improvement.

Turnover was up 27% to L5.7 billion in the first six months of 2000.

Reportable revenue was up almost 19% at L1.209 billion. On a constant currency
basis revenue was up almost 18%. Excluding acquisitions constant currency
revenue was up over 15%.

Profit before interest and tax was up almost 25% to L160.7 million from
L128.9 million and up over 25% in constant currencies.

Reported operating margins rose by 0.6 margin points to 13.3% from 12.7% in line
with the Group's financial objectives. In constant currencies the operating
margin grew by 0.7 margin points. Reported operating costs rose by over 18% and
rose by over 17% in constant currencies.

The Group's staff cost to gross margin ratio excluding variable compensation
fell to 55.9% from 56.4%. On a like-for-like basis the average number of people
in the Group was 30,601 in the first half of the year, compared to 28,719 in
1999, an increase of 6.6%. The total number of people in the Group at the half
year end was 31,416 against 27,334 in 1999.

Net interest payable and similar charges increased to L23.0 million from
L16.3 million, reflecting improved profitability more than offset by the impact
of increased interest rates, share repurchases and acquisitions.

Reported profit before tax rose by over 22% to L137.7 million from
L112.6 million. In constant currency pre-tax profits rose by over 23%.

The tax rate on profit on ordinary activities fell to 30% from 31% last year.

Diluted earnings per share were up over 22% at 12.0p, and were up over 23% in
constant currencies.

The Board recommends an increase of 20% in the interim ordinary dividend to 1.2p
per share. The record date for this interim dividend is 15 September 2000,
payable on 20 November 2000.

                                       52
<PAGE>
Further details of WPP's financial performance are provided in Appendix I below

MERGER WITH YOUNG & RUBICAM INC ("Y&R")

On 12 May, 2000 it was announced that the Boards of WPP and Y&R had reached
agreement to merge by means of an all-share offer by WPP for Y&R. The terms were
0.835 WPP American Depositary shares or 4.175 WPP ordinary shares for every Y&R
share.

WPP's offer valued Y&R at L3.1 billion ($4.7 billion) on the day of the
announcement. The Hart-Scott-Rodino waiting period has expired without request
for further information and listing particulars, notice of the necessary WPP
Extraordinary General Meeting and proxy documents will be dispatched to WPP and
Y&R Share Owners in due course. It is anticipated that both sets of share owners
will vote on the transaction towards the end of September with closing shortly
thereafter.

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS

REVENUE BY REGION

The pattern of revenue growth differed regionally. The table below gives details
of the proportion of revenue and revenue growth (on a constant currency basis)
by region for the first six months of 2000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               REVENUE AS A %   REVENUE GROWTH%
REGION                                         OF TOTAL GROUP        00/99
------                                         --------------   ---------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>
North America................................       45.8             18.5
United Kingdom...............................       19.4             10.8
Continental Europe...........................       18.1             19.8
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle
  East.......................................       16.7             23.7
                                                    ----             ----
TOTAL GROUP..................................        100             17.9
                                                    ====             ====
</TABLE>

As can be seen, North America, UK and Continental Europe continued to grow
strongly. Strong recovery continued in Asia Pacific and Latin America.

Net new business billings of almost L1.1 billion ($1.7 billion) were won in the
first half of the year, 13% up on L1.0 billion ($1.5 billion) in the comparable
period last year.

REVENUE BY COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES SECTOR AND BRAND

The pattern of revenue growth varied by communications services sector and
company brand. The table below gives details of the proportion of revenue and
revenue growth by communications services sector (on a constant currency basis)
for the first six months of 2000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMUNICATIONS                                  REVENUE AS A     REVENUE GROWTH%
SERVICES                                      % OF TOTAL GROUP        00/99
--------------                                ----------------   ---------------
<S>                                           <C>                <C>
Advertising and media investment
  management................................        46.0               15.8
Information and consultancy.................        19.8               24.4
Public relations and public affairs*........        10.1               44.3
Branding and identity, healthcare and
  specialist communications.................        24.1                8.6**
                                                    ----             ------
TOTAL GROUP.................................         100               17.9
                                                    ====             ======
</TABLE>

------------------

*      The revenue figures submitted to the O'Dwyer Report reflect some public
      relations income which is included here in advertising and media
      investment management and branding and identity, healthcare and specialist
      communications. Total public relations and public affairs revenues grew
      almost 40% to $227 million.

**     Gross profit up over 22% on a like-for-like basis.

ADVERTISING AND MEDIA INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

On a constant currency basis, combined revenue at Ogilvy (including Cole & Weber
and OgilvyOne), J Walter Thompson Company, Conquest and MindShare rose by almost
22%, whilst operating margins continued to improve.

                                       53
<PAGE>
Ogilvy, J Walter Thompson Company, Conquest and MindShare generated net new
business billings of L900 million ($1.4 billion), 27% up on that achieved in the
first six months of 1999.

INFORMATION AND CONSULTANCY

The Group's information and consultancy businesses continued their growth, with
revenues increasing by over 24%, operating profit up over 27% and as a result
improving operating margins.

PUBLIC RELATIONS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS

The Group's public relations and public affairs revenues showed significant
continued growth, rising over 44%, with operating margins at almost 16% well
beyond previous objectives. Hill and Knowlton's revenues rose 29% and the
company continued to improve its operating margins significantly. Ogilvy Public
Relations Worldwide's revenues rose by almost 85%, also with significant
improvement in its operating margin.

BRANDING AND IDENTITY, HEALTHCARE AND SPECIALIST COMMUNICATIONS

The Group's branding and identity, healthcare and specialist communications
revenues grew by almost 9% over last year with gross margin, a more accurate
indicator of top-line growth, up over 22% on a like-for-like basis and operating
margins improving. Particularly good performance was registered by several
companies in this sector in the first half, including in promotion and direct
marketing by RTCdirect, Einson Freeman, Perspectives, OgilvyOne and A Eicoff &
Company; in branding and identity by Enterprise IG, Scott Stern, Coley Porter
Bell and Banner McBride; in healthcare by Shire Hall Group; and in other
specialist marketing services by The Henley Centre, JWT Specialized
Communications, P.Four Consultancy and Management Ventures.

CASH FLOW BALANCE SHEET

A summary of the Group's cash flow statement and balance sheet and notes as at
30 June 2000 are provided in Appendices I and II.

Improved profitability has continued to have a positive effect on the Group's
balance sheet. In the first half of 2000, operating profit was L147 million,
depreciation L25 million, interest paid L22 million, tax paid L32 million and
other cash inflows L13 million. This resulted in net cash generation of
L131 million for the first six months of 2000, compared to L102 million in the
comparable period last year. The Group invested L30 million in capital
expenditure, L116 million in cash acquisition payments and investments and
L46 million in share repurchases and dividends, a total outflow of
L192 million.

For the twelve months ended 30 June 2000 the net cash generation was
L265 million which was invested in capital expenditure of L72 million, cash
acquisition payments and investments of L272 million and share repurchases and
dividends of L82 million, a total expenditure of L426 million. Net debt averaged
L325 million for the first half of 2000 versus L189 million for the same period
last year. On 30 June 2000 net bank borrowings were L292 million against
L52 million on 30 June 1999.

The Board continues to examine ways of deploying its substantial cash flow of
almost L240 million per annum to enhance share owner value particularly given
that interest cover is almost seven times. Cash flow and interest cover will be
further improved by the proposed all-equity acquisition of Y&R. As necessary
capital expenditure normally approximates to 1-1.2x the depreciation charge, the
Company has concentrated on examining possible acquisitions or returning excess
capital to share owners in the form of dividends or share buy-backs.

In the first half of 2000, acquisitions have been completed in advertising and
media investment management in China, Israel, Italy, the Middle East,
Netherlands, Puerto Rico and Spain; in information and consultancy in Denmark
and Sweden; in public relations and public affairs in Poland and the United
States; and in branding and identity, healthcare and specialist
communications--in branding and identity in Australia, Singapore and the United
States; in direct in Australia, Canada, Poland, Spain and the United Kingdom;
and in interactive in Canada, Mexico and the United Sates.

In addition to increasing the interim dividend by 20% to L9.3 million or 1.2p
per share, the Company has continued its rolling share buy-back programme in the
first half of the year by repurchasing 4.8 million shares at an average price of
L9.57 per share and total cost of L46 million. The Company's objective

                                       54
<PAGE>
remains to buy-back approximately L100 million--L150 million of shares each
year, equivalent to 1-2% of the ordinary share capital.

WPP.COM

The new economy continues to have a significant impact on wpp.com. Despite the
recent correction of stock market valuations of internet businesses on both
sides of the Atlantic, web revenues continue to grow strongly. In particular,
traditional brands have increased their efforts and their expenditure as they
come to terms with the challenges and opportunities offered by the new
technologies. Work with traditional clients and with some of their spin-offs
continues to provide much of the growth in our interactive business. Demand from
traditional clients has allowed us to be selective in choosing the start-ups we
work with and to pick those that we feel are well funded with a compelling
offer.

Narrowly defined web revenues for the half year--confined to web based work and
excluding off-line expenditure for on-line brands--grew to over $90 million.
This is well above budget and compares favourably with over $30 million for the
same period in 1999. These figures exclude the operations of companies such as
Syzygy, Concept! and Roundarch in which we own minority interests. Particularly
strong performances were recorded by OgilvyInteractive, digital@jwt, Research
International and Millward Brown Interactive. Operating margins for these
businesses are similar to, or better than, those of WPP as a whole.

Off-line work for internet start-ups and "clicks and mortar" operations
continued to develop strongly in all regions. Particularly strong growth was
recorded at Ogilvy, AlexanderOgilvy, J Walter Thompson Company, Blanc & Otus and
Enterprise IG. A notable feature has been the growth of business-to-business
clients who now account for over half of our work in this area. While there has
been considerable "churn" amongst start-ups, demand continues to exceed supply
and we have been able to maintain or increase fee levels. As we suspected, it is
growing increasingly difficult to isolate web- related revenues given that much
of the work for clients involves the total integration of their web and
traditional activities. We estimate that these more broadly defined web
revenues--including off-line spending by on-line brands--have grown by 30% in
the first half of the year to over 15% of total revenues.

We have continued to invest in a range of start-ups in order to better
understand developments and the capabilities we need to develop and widen the
offer we can make to clients. Investments in the first half have been made in
Inferentia (Italy's leading e-commerce and web consulting company), Metapack (in
e-fulfilment and logistics), Advertising.com (a leader in targeting on-line
media), Imagine (e-crm), Intraspect (knowledge management software), Red Sheriff
(web traffic measurement and the dominant provider in Australia), Spydre (a
Latin American incubator) and BigWords (the US leader in targeting 18-24 year
olds for content and e-commerce).

In addition, a number of acquisitions have been made of companies with strong
technology and web capabilities to strengthen our core operating brands.

CLIENT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE FIRST HALF OF 2000

At the end of the half year, the Group worked with over 60 major national or
multi-national clients in three or more functions. This reflects the increasing
opportunities for co-ordination between activities both nationally and
internationally. The Group also works with well over 100 clients in 6 or more
countries. The Group now serves more than 300 of the Fortune 500 and
approximately half of the NASDAQ 100. Including associates the Group currently
employs over 39,000 people in 950 offices in 92 countries.

The Group estimates that more than 20% of new assignments in the first half of
the year were generated through the joint development of opportunities by two or
more Group companies.

CURRENT PROGRESS AND FUTURE PROSPECTS

The Group's performance has continued to improve in the first half of 2000.

The Company is firing on all cylinders, gaining market share in all geographic
regions including the United States, United Kingdom, Continental Europe, Asia
Pacific and Latin America.

Functionally, advertising and media investment management have accelerated their
top-line growth rates, whilst continuing to improve their operating profits and
margins. Information and consultancy, public relations and public affairs,
branding and identity, healthcare and specialist communications have

                                       55
<PAGE>
continued to improve operating profits and operating margins at higher levels of
revenue and gross margin growth.

Underlying revenue trends are sound with the Group growing faster than the
market and therefore increasing market share. Prospects for the latter half of
2000 look equally good (early indications are that July revenues are up over 20%
on a constant currency basis) and industry projections for advertising market
growth in 2001 look only slightly lower than 2000 in the range of 5-6%.
Marketing services expenditures will continue to grow at a faster rate.
Continual concerns about stock market valuations and economic over-heating on
both sides of the Atlantic are balanced by the focus of governments on fiscal
restraint and the independence of central banks in controlling interest rate
policies.

Although market conditions are good, plans, budgets and forecasts of revenues
will continue to be made on a conservative basis and considerable attention is
still being focused on achieving margin and staff cost to revenue or gross
margin targets. Continued progress is being made in these areas. For example, on
a comparable basis, the combined operating margins of Ogilvy, J Walter Thompson
Company and MindShare rose to 15.6% from 14.6% in the first half of 2000
compared to the same period in 1999.

In addition to influencing absolute levels of cost, the initiatives taken by the
parent company in the areas of human resources, property, procurement,
information technology and practice development continue to improve the
flexibility of the Group's cost base.

This will become increasingly important if and when economic activity stalls.
Over the last five years fixed staff and property costs have fallen from 56.7%
to 51.8% of revenue.

The Group continues to improve co-operation and co-ordination between companies
in order to add value to our clients' businesses and our people's careers, an
objective which has been specifically built into short-term incentive plans.
Particular emphasis and success has been achieved in the areas of media
investment management, healthcare, privatisation, new technologies, new markets,
retailing, internal communications, hi-tech, financial services and media and
entertainment.

The Group continues to concentrate on its objectives of improving operating
profits by 15-20% per annum; improving operating margins by 1 margin point per
annum or more depending on revenue growth; improving staff cost to revenue or
gross margin ratios by 0.6 margin points per annum or more depending on revenue
growth; converting 20-33 1/3% of incremental revenue to profit and growing
revenue faster than industry averages and encouraging co-operation between Group
companies.

In addition to introducing greater flexibility into its cost structure, the
Group is competitively well positioned to weather any economic uncertainty
because of its stronger financial position, its geographic spread, its
consistent new business record and its competitive strength in information and
consultancy, public relations and public affairs, identity and branding,
healthcare and specialist communications--particularly as clients decide to
spend an increasing proportion of their marketing budgets on "below-the-line"
activities.

                                       56
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX I
 UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATION INTERIM RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE, 2000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SIX        SIX
                                                            MONTHS     MONTHS               CONSTANT
                                                            ENDED      ENDED                CURRENCY
                                                           30 JUNE    30 JUNE                +/(-)        YEAR ENDED
                                                 NOTES       2000       1999      +/(-)     (NOTE 3)   31 DECEMBER 1999
                                                --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   ----------------
                                                              LM         LM         %          %              LM
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Turnover (gross billings).....................             5,655.9    4,445.1     +27.2%     +26.2%         9,345.9
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
Revenue.......................................     4       1,209.1    1,017.3     +18.9%     +17.9%         2,172.6
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
Gross profit..................................             1,071.1      861.2     +24.4%     +23.5%         1,855.3
Operating costs...............................              (924.6)    (740.6)    -24.8%     -23.8%        (1,591.8)
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
Operating profit..............................               146.5      120.6     +21.5%     +21.8%           263.5
Income from associates........................                14.2        8.3     +71.1%     +76.7%            27.3
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
  and taxation................................               160.7      128.9     +24.7%     +25.3%           290.8
Net interest payable and similar charges......               (23.0)     (16.3)    -41.1%     -39.0%           (35.4)
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
Profit on ordinary activities before
  taxation....................................               137.7      112.6     +22.3%     +23.2%           255.4
Tax on profit on ordinary activities..........     5         (41.3)     (34.9)    -18.3%     -19.2%           (76.6)
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
Profit on ordinary activities after
  taxation....................................                96.4       77.7     +24.1%     +25.0%           178.8
Minority interests............................                (3.3)      (2.4)    -37.5%     -37.5%            (6.0)
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
Profit attributable to ordinary share
  owners......................................                93.1       75.3     +23.6%     +24.6%           172.8
Ordinary dividends............................     6          (9.3)      (7.8)    +19.2%     +21.3%           (24.0)
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
Retained profit for the period................                83.8       67.5     +24.1%     +25.0%           148.8
                                                           =======    =======     =====      =====         ========
PBIT margin*..................................                13.3%      12.7%     +0.6%      +0.7%            13.4%
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per ordinary share.............     7          12.3p      10.0p    +23.0%     +23.8%            22.9p
Diluted earnings per ordinary share...........     7          12.0p       9.8p    +22.4%     +23.5%            22.5p
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
Ordinary dividend per share --interim.........     6           1.2p       1.0p    +20.0%     +20.0%             1.0p
                          --final.............                  --         --        --         --              2.1p
                                                           -------    -------     -----      -----         --------
EARNINGS PER ADS**
Basic earnings per ADS........................             $  0.97    $  0.81     +19.8%     +19.8%        $   1.85
Diluted earnings per ADS......................             $  0.94    $  0.80     +17.5%     +19.0%        $   1.82
ORDINARY DIVIDEND PER ADS**
  Interim.....................................                 9.4 CENTS     8.1 CENTS  +16.0%  +16.0%          8.1 CENTS
  Final.......................................                  --         --        --         --             17.0 CENTS
                                                           =======    =======     =====      =====         ========
</TABLE>

------------------

*      PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and taxation.

**     These figures have been translated for convenience purposes only, using
      the profit and loss exchange rate shown in note 3. The comparative figures
      have been restated following a change in the ratio of ordinary shares per
      ADS from 10 ordinary shares per ADS to 5 ordinary shares per ADS.

 The accompanying notes form an integral part of this profit and loss account.

                                       57
<PAGE>
                                 WPP GROUP PLC
           UNAUDITED SUMMARY INTERIM CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT
                       FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED   SIX MONTHS ENDED    31 DECEMBER
                                               30 JUNE 2000       30 JUNE 1999          1999
                                             ----------------   ----------------   --------------
                                                    LM                 LM                LM
<S>                                          <C>                <C>                <C>
  RECONCILIATION OF OPERATING PROFIT TO NET
    CASH (OUTFLOW)/INFLOW FROM OPERATING
    ACTIVITIES:
  Operating profit.........................        146.5              120.6             263.5
  Depreciation charge......................         24.8               19.7              42.2
  Movements in working capital and
    provisions.............................       (309.0)            (202.9)             42.8
                                                  ------             ------            ------
  Net cash (outflow)/inflow from operating
    activities.............................       (137.7)             (62.6)            348.5
  Dividends received from associates.......          3.2                1.8               4.3
  Returns on investments and servicing of
    finance................................        (23.9)             (13.9)            (37.1)
  United Kingdom and overseas tax paid.....        (31.5)             (31.6)            (58.4)
  Purchase of tangible fixed assets........        (29.9)             (22.1)            (64.6)
  Purchase of own shares by ESOP Trust.....        (46.2)              (4.1)            (17.9)
  Other movements..........................          3.2                1.6               2.0
                                                  ------             ------            ------
  Capital expenditure and financial
    investment.............................        (72.9)             (24.6)            (80.5)
  Cash consideration for acquisitions......        (97.8)             (57.3)           (242.2)
  Less cash acquired.......................          2.0                3.3              51.8
  Net purchase of other investments........        (20.3)                --             (11.8)
  Total acquisitions.......................       (116.1)             (54.0)           (202.2)
  Equity dividends paid....................           --                 --             (21.1)
                                                  ------             ------            ------
  Net cash outflow before financing........       (378.9)            (184.9)            (46.5)
  Increase in drawings on bank loans.......        100.3               42.3             258.0
  Proceeds from issue of shares............          8.2                4.0              12.0
                                                  ------             ------            ------
Net cash inflow from financing.............        108.5               46.3             270.0
                                                  ------             ------            ------
  (Decrease)/increase in cash and
    overdrafts for the period..............       (270.4)            (138.6)            223.5
  Translation difference...................          8.0                6.8              (0.6)
  Balance of cash and overdrafts at
    beginning of period....................        551.4              328.5             328.5
                                                  ------             ------            ------
  Balance of cash and overdrafts at end of
    period.................................        289.0              196.7             551.4
                                                  ------             ------            ------
  RECONCILIATION OF NET CASH FLOW TO
    MOVEMENT IN NET (DEBT)/FUNDS:
  (Decrease)/increase in cash and
    overdrafts for the period..............       (270.4)            (138.6)            223.5
  Cash inflow from debt financing..........       (100.3)             (42.3)           (258.0)
  Other movements..........................         (0.8)              (0.7)             (1.7)
  Translation difference...................        (12.4)              (5.1)             (6.2)
                                                  ------             ------            ------
  Movement of net funds in the period......       (383.9)            (186.7)            (42.4)
  Net funds at beginning of period.........         91.9              134.3             134.3
Net (debt)/funds at end of period (note
  11)......................................       (292.0)             (52.4)             91.9
                                                  ======             ======            ======
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes form an integral part of this cash flow statement.

                                       58
<PAGE>
                                 WPP GROUP PLC
            UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AS AT 30 JUNE 2000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  30 JUNE    30 JUNE    1 DECEMBER
                                                                    2000       1999        1999
                                                        NOTES        LM         LM          LM
                                                       --------   --------   --------   -----------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Intangible assets:
  Corporate brands...................................                350.0      350.0       350.0
  Goodwill...........................................      8         511.0      204.1       410.3
Tangible assets......................................                211.1      178.1       196.7
Investments..........................................      8         448.9      290.7       356.9
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
                                                                   1,521.0    1,022.9     1,313.9
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks and work in progress..........................                198.1      140.2       113.5
Debtors..............................................              1,336.3    1,058.0     1,040.4
Debtors within working capital facility:
  Gross debts........................................                396.3      326.0       345.7
  Non-returnable proceeds............................               (228.1)    (219.5)     (214.1)
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
                                                                     168.2      106.5       131.6
Cash at bank and in hand.............................                395.9      302.7       607.0
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
                                                                   2,098.5    1,607.4     1,892.5
CREDITORS: amounts falling due within one year.......      9      (2,404.2)  (1,846.6)   (2,148.0)
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
NET CURRENT LIABILITIES..............................               (305.7)    (239.2)     (255.5)
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES................              1,215.3      783.7     1,058.4
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after more than one
  year...............................................     10        (754.9)    (468.6)     (652.5)
PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND CHARGES...............                (75.7)     (80.0)      (79.2)
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
NET ASSETS...........................................                384.7      235.1       326.7
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
CAPITAL AND RESERVES
Share capital........................................                 77.9       77.0        77.5
Reserves.............................................                296.6      149.6       240.7
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
SHARE OWNERS' FUNDS..................................                374.5      226.6       318.2
Minority interests...................................                 10.2        8.5         8.5
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
TOTAL CAPITAL EMPLOYED...............................                384.7      235.1       326.7
                                                                  --------   --------    --------
</TABLE>

      The accompanying notes form an integral part of this balance sheet.

                                       59
<PAGE>
                                 WPP GROUP PLC
   UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS IN CONSOLIDATED SHARE OWNERS' FUNDS
                       FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED   SIX MONTHS ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                              30 JUNE 2000       30 JUNE 1999     31 DECEMBER 1999
                                            ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                   LM                 LM                 LM
<S>                                         <C>                <C>                <C>
Profit for the period.....................         93.1               75.3             172.8
Ordinary dividends payable................         (9.3)              (7.8)            (24.0)
                                                  -----              -----             -----
                                                   83.8               67.5             148.8
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency
  net investments.........................        (36.1)             (33.4)            (31.2)
Other movements...........................          8.6                4.8              12.9
                                                  -----              -----             -----
Net additions to share owners' funds......         56.3               38.9             130.5
Opening share owners' funds...............        318.2              187.7             187.7
                                                  -----              -----             -----
Closing share owners' funds...............        374.5              226.6             318.2
                                                  -----              -----             -----
</TABLE>

        UNAUDITED STATEMENT OF CONSOLIDATED RECOGNISED GAINS AND LOSSES
                       FOR THE PERIOD ENDED 30 JUNE 2000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SIX MONTHS ENDED   SIX MONTHS ENDED      YEAR ENDED
                                              30 JUNE 2000       30 JUNE 1999     31 DECEMBER 1999
                                            ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
                                                   LM                 LM                 LM
<S>                                         <C>                <C>                <C>
Profit for the period.....................         93.1               75.3             172.8
Exchange adjustments on foreign currency
  net investments.........................        (36.1)             (33.4)            (31.2)
                                                  -----              -----             -----
Total recognised gains....................         57.0               41.9             141.6
                                                  -----              -----             -----
</TABLE>

                                       60
<PAGE>
                                 WPP GROUP PLC

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

The consolidated interim financial statements are prepared under the historical
cost convention.

2. ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The consolidated interim financial statements comply with relevant accounting
standards and have been prepared using accounting policies set out on pages 56
and 57 of the Group's 1999 Annual Report and Accounts.

The policies set out in the 1999 Annual Report and Accounts are in accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom (UK GAAP).

3. CURRENCY CONVERSION

The 2000 unaudited interim consolidated profit and loss account is prepared
using, among other currencies, an average exchange rate of US$ 1.5700 to the
pound (period ended 30 June, 1999: US$1.6197; year ended 31 December, 1999
US$1.6178). The balance sheet as at 30 June, 2000 has been prepared using the
exchange rate on that day of US$ 1.5166 to the pound (30 June, 1999: US$1.5763;
31 December, 1999: US$1.6182).

The constant currency percentage changes shown on the face of the profit and
loss account have been calculated by applying 2000 exchange rates to the results
for 1999 and 2000.

4. SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS

Reported contributions by geographical area were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              30 JUNE    30 JUNE    31 DECEMBER
                                                                2000       1999        1999
                                                              --------   --------   -----------
                                                                 LM         LM          LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
REVENUE
United Kingdom..............................................    234.9      212.0        434.7
United States...............................................    531.6      432.4        915.2
Continental Europe..........................................    218.7      199.1        426.2
Canada, Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East...    223.9      173.8        396.5
                                                              -------    -------      -------
                                                              1,209.1    1,017.3      2,172.6
                                                              =======    =======      =======
PBIT(1)
United Kingdom..............................................     28.1       25.2         51.5
United States...............................................     86.3       68.0        139.0
Continental Europe..........................................     28.1       25.0         55.8
Canada, Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East...     18.2       10.7         44.5
                                                              -------    -------      -------
                                                                160.7      128.9        290.8
                                                              =======    =======      =======
</TABLE>

                                       61
<PAGE>
4. SEGMENTAL ANALYSIS (CONTINUED)
Reported contributions by operating sector were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              30 JUNE    30 JUNE    31 DECEMBER
                                                                2000       1999        1999
                                                              --------   --------   -----------
                                                                 LM         LM          LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
REVENUE
Advertising & media investment management...................    556.6      477.2      1,013.1
Information & consultancy...................................    239.5      191.9        419.7
Public relations & public affairs...........................    121.7       82.8        178.9
Branding & identity, healthcare and specialist
  communications............................................    291.3      265.4        560.9
                                                              -------    -------      -------
                                                              1,209.1    1,017.3      2,172.6
                                                              =======    =======      =======
PBIT(1)
Advertising & media investment management...................     84.5       69.2        155.9
Information & consultancy...................................     22.5       18.0         42.1
Public relations & public affairs...........................     18.7       11.6         23.9
Branding & identity, healthcare and specialist
  communications............................................     35.0       30.1         68.9
                                                              -------    -------      -------
                                                                160.7      128.9        290.8
                                                              =======    =======      =======
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTE:

(1)     PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and taxation.

5. TAXATION

The Group tax rate on profit on ordinary activities before taxation is 30% (30
June, 1999: 31%; year ended 31 December, 1999: 30%). The tax charge relates
mainly to overseas operations, except for L5.8 million in respect of UK
corporation tax and L3.1 million in respect of associated companies.

6. INTERIM DIVIDEND

An interim dividend of 1.2p (1999: 1.0p) per ordinary share has been declared by
the Board. This is expected to be paid on 20 November 2000 to share owners on
the register at 15 September 2000.

7. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic and diluted earnings per share have been calculated in accordance with
FRS 14 "Earnings per share".

(a)   Basic earnings per share have been calculated using earnings of
     L93.1 million (30 June, 1999: L75.3 million; year ended 31 December, 1999:
     L172.8 million) and weighted average shares in issue during the six months
     to 30 June, 2000 of 757,499,254 shares (30 June, 1999: 752,798,633 shares;
     year ended 31 December, 1999: 753,324,054 shares).

(b)   Diluted earnings per share have been calculated using earnings of
     L93.1 million (30 June, 1999: L75.3 million; year ended 31 December, 1999:
     L172.8 million) on a weighted average of 775,155,818 shares (30 June, 1999:
     768,181,423 shares; year ended 31 December, 1999: 768,691,993 shares). This
     takes into account the exercise of employee share options where these are
     expected to dilute earnings.

(c)   At 30 June, 2000 there were 778,921,600 ordinary shares in issue.

8. GOODWILL

Total goodwill of L117.4 million arising during the period includes
L100.7 million in respect of acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings. In
addition, investments include L16.7 million of goodwill in respect of associate
undertakings acquired during the period.

Cash paid in respect of these acquisitions was L97.8 million (30 June 1999:
L57.3 million and 31 December, 1999: L242.2 million). Future anticipated
payments to vendors totalled L179.5 million

                                       62
<PAGE>
8. GOODWILL (CONTINUED)
(30 June 1999: L97.2 million; 31 December 1999: L172.4 million), based on the
directors' best estimates of future obligations, which are dependent on future
performance of the interests acquired.

These acquisitions do not have a significant impact on the Group's results for
the six months to 30 June 2000.

9. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR

The following are included in creditors falling due within one year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              30 JUNE    30 JUNE    31 DECEMBER
                                                                2000       1999        1999
                                                              --------   --------   -----------
                                                                 LM         LM          LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Bank loans and overdrafts...................................    230.8      105.9        148.3
Trade creditors.............................................  1,416.7    1,160.5      1,315.0
Corporate income tax payable................................     37.8       58.7         34.6
Deferred income.............................................    137.5      103.6        125.8
Payments due to vendors (note 8)............................     52.6        6.1         41.2
Other creditors and accruals................................    528.8      411.8        483.1
                                                              -------    -------      -------
                                                              2,404.2    1,846.6      2,148.0
                                                              =======    =======      =======
</TABLE>

Overdraft balances included within bank loans and overdrafts amount to
L106.9 million (30 June 1999: L105.9 million; 31 December 1999: L55.6 million).

10. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR

The following are included in creditors falling due after more than one year:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              30 JUNE    30 JUNE    31 DECEMBER
                                                                2000       1999        1999
                                                              --------   --------   -----------
                                                                 LM         LM          LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Corporate bond and bank loans...............................    457.1      249.2        366.8
Corporate income taxes payable..............................    125.9       99.2        122.9
Payments due to vendors (note 8)............................    126.9       91.1        131.2
Other creditors and accruals................................     45.0       29.1         31.6
                                                              -------    -------      -------
                                                                754.9      468.6        652.5
                                                              =======    =======      =======
</TABLE>

The corporate bond, bank loans and overdrafts included within short and long
term creditors fall due for repayment as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              30 JUNE    30 JUNE    31 DECEMBER
                                                                2000       1999        1999
                                                              --------   --------   -----------
                                                                 LM         LM          LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Within one year.............................................    230.8      105.9        148.3
Between 1 and 2 years.......................................       --         --           --
Between 2 and 5 years.......................................    261.0       60.8        183.1
Over 5 years................................................    196.1      188.4        183.7
                                                              -------    -------      -------
                                                                687.9      355.1        515.1
                                                              =======    =======      =======
</TABLE>

                                       63
<PAGE>
11. NET (DEBT)/FUNDS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              30 JUNE    30 JUNE    31 DECEMBER
                                                                2000       1999        1999
                                                              --------   --------   -----------
                                                                 LM         LM          LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash at bank and in hand....................................    395.9      302.7        607.0
Bank loans and overdrafts due within one year (note 9)......   (230.8)    (105.9)      (148.3)
Corporate bond and loans due after one year (note 10).......   (457.1)    (249.2)      (366.8)
                                                              -------    -------      -------
Net (debt) / funds..........................................   (292.0)     (52.4)        91.9
                                                              =======    =======      =======
</TABLE>

12. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENT

Since 30 June 2000, the Group has entered into a further Revolving Credit
Facility for US$700 million. This facility has a 364 day maturity. Under this
agreement the Group has the ability to draw funds for a period of up to 3 years
from the date of the agreement. This facility is subject to share owners'
approval.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility are governed by certain financial
covenants based on the results and financial position of the Group.

13. STATUTORY INFORMATION AND AUDIT REVIEW

The results for the six months to 30 June 2000 and 1999 do not constitute
statutory accounts. The statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 1999
received an unqualified auditors' report and have been filed with the Registrar
of Companies. The interim financial statements are unaudited but have been
reviewed by the auditors and their report to the directors is set out below.

                                       64
<PAGE>
INDEPENDENT REVIEW REPORT TO WPP GROUP PLC

INTRODUCTION

We have been instructed by the company to review the financial information set
out on pages 11 to 20(1) and we have read the other information contained in the
interim report and considered whether it contains any apparent misstatements or
material inconsistencies with the financial information.

DIRECTORS' RESPONSIBILITIES

The interim report, including the financial information contained therein, is
the responsibility of, and has been approved by, the directors. The directors
are responsible for preparing the interim report in accordance with the Listing
Rules of the Financial Services Authority and applicable United Kingdom
accounting standards. The Listing Rules require that the accounting policies and
presentation applied to the interim figures should be consistent with those
applied in preparing the preceding annual accounts except where any changes, and
the reasons for them, are disclosed.

REVIEW WORK PERFORMED

We conducted our review in accordance with guidance contained in Bulletin 1999/4
issued in the United Kingdom by the Auditing Practices Board and with our
profession's ethical guidance. A review consists principally of making enquiries
of group management and applying analytical procedures to the financial
information and underlying financial data and, based thereon, assessing whether
the accounting policies and presentation have been consistently applied unless
otherwise disclosed. A review excludes audit procedures such as tests of
controls and verification of assets, liabilities and transactions. It is
substantially less in scope than an audit performed in accordance with Auditing
Standards and therefore provides a lower level of assurance than an audit.
Accordingly we do not express an audit opinion on the financial information.

REVIEW CONCLUSION

On the basis of our review we are not aware of any material modifications that
should be made to the financial information as presented for the six months
ended 30 June 2000.

Arthur Andersen
Chartered Accountants
London

--------------

(1)     These page references refer to the interim announcement dated 14 August
      2000. These pages have been reproduced in this document on pages 57 to 64.

                                       65
<PAGE>
                    ILLUSTRATIVE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA WPP/Y&R
                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                           Y&R      COMBINED
                                                                WPP      UK GAAP    UK GAAP
                                                              --------   --------   --------
                                                                 LM         LM         LM
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
REVENUE.....................................................  1,209.1      600.8     1,809.9
                                                              -------     ------    --------
Gross profit................................................  1,071.1      600.8     1,671.9
Operating costs.............................................   (924.6)    (524.1)   (1,448.7)
                                                              -------     ------    --------
OPERATING PROFIT PRE EXCEPTIONAL CHARGE.....................    146.5       76.7       223.2
Exceptional operating charge................................       --      (36.7)      (36.7)
                                                              -------     ------    --------
Operating profit............................................    146.5       40.0       186.5
Income from associates......................................     14.2        2.4        16.6
                                                              -------     ------    --------
Profit on ordinary activities before interest and
  taxation..................................................    160.7       42.4       203.1
                                                              -------     ------    --------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE INTEREST, TAX AND
  EXCEPTIONAL CHARGE........................................    160.7       79.1       239.8
Net interest payable and similar charges....................    (23.0)      (5.2)      (28.2)
                                                              -------     ------    --------
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation...............    137.7       37.2       174.9
Tax on profit on ordinary activities........................    (41.3)     (28.9)      (70.2)
Exceptional tax credit arising on exercised stock options...       --       18.1        18.1
                                                              -------     ------    --------
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation................     96.4       26.4       122.8
Minority interests..........................................     (3.3)      (0.9)       (4.2)
                                                              -------     ------    --------
Profit attributable to ordinary share owners................     93.1       25.5       118.6
                                                              =======     ======    ========
PBIT* margin................................................     13.3%      13.2%       13.2%
                                                              -------     ------    --------
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Diluted earnings per ordinary share.........................     12.0p       n/a        10.6p
Diluted earnings per ordinary share pre exceptional items...     12.0p       n/a        12.2p
                                                              =======     ======    ========
</TABLE>

--------------

* PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and taxation, excluding
exceptional operating charge.

                                       66
<PAGE>
Notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information

1. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE ENLARGED WPP GROUP PLC

The following unaudited pro forma profit and loss account for the six months 30
June 1999 and 2000 (the "Unaudited pro forma Financial Information") for WPP
Group plc have been prepared for illustrative purposes only to show the effects
of the combination with Y&R as if it had occurred at 1 January 1999 for the six
months ended 30 June 1999 and 1 January 2000 for the six months ended 30
June 2000. Because of its nature, the Unaudited pro forma Financial Information
may not give a true picture of the financial position of WPP Group plc. It has
been prepared in accordance with the Listing Rules.

The financial information for Y&R for the six months ended 30 June 1999 and 2000
is based on the unaudited results extracted from Y&R's form 10-Q filed with the
SEC on 3 August 2000, prepared in accordance with US GAAP adjusted to reflect
WPP's accounting policies under UK GAAP

2. RECLASSIFICATIONS

Reclassifications have been made to Y&R's historical financial information
presented under US GAAP to conform to WPP's presentation and disclosed
accounting policies under UK GAAP. None of these reclassifications impact net
profit.

The reclassification that impacts the profit and loss account is:

EQUITY ACCOUNTING

In accordance with UK GAAP, the investor's share of operating profit or loss of
associated undertakings and joint ventures is shown separately on the face of
the profit and loss account and the investor's share of the taxation charge of
associated undertakings and joint ventures is included within the taxation
charge shown in the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, net after-tax
profits or losses are included in the income statement as a single line item.

3. US TO UK GAAP ADJUSTMENTS

Accounting principles generally accepted in the UK differ in certain material
respects from those generally accepted in the US. The differences which are
material to restating the historical consolidated financial information of Y&R
to conform to WPP's disclosed accounting policies under UK GAAP are set out
below.

(A) GOODWILL

In accordance with UK GAAP and FRS 10 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets," goodwill
resulting from acquisitions made by Y&R on or after 1 January 1998 has been
capitalised as an intangible asset. Under WPP's disclosed accounting policy this
goodwill has an indefinite life and as a result no amortisation has been
provided. Under UK GAAP, goodwill assumed to have an indefinite life is subject
to an annual impairment review in accordance with FRS 11 "Impairment of Fixed
Assets and Goodwill".

Under US GAAP, goodwill resulting from a business combination accounted for as a
purchase is amortised over its estimated useful life, not to exceed 40 years.
Additionally, Y&R's management evaluates the carrying value of Y&R's tangible
and intangible assets each year, or whenever events or circumstances indicate
that these assets may be impaired. Intangible assets are determined to be
impaired if the future anticipated undiscounted cash flows arising from the use
of the intangible assets are less than their carrying value. If an impairment is
deemed to have occurred, the asset is written down to its fair value. The impact
of this adjustment is to increase operating profit by $10.9m (L6.9m).

(B) NON-OPERATING ITEMS

For the six months to 30 June 2000 in accordance with US GAAP, Y&R recognised
gains largely relating to the sale of certain assets and rights known as Y&R
TeamSpace in exchange for an ownership interest in eMotion Inc. and other net
gains on investing activities largely relating to additional consideration
received from Luminant. Under UK GAAP, these gains would be included in the
statement of total recognised gains and losses which has not been separately
presented. The impact of this adjustment is to reduce profit on ordinary
activities by $12.2m (L7.8m).

                                       67
<PAGE>
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

3. US TO UK GAAP ADJUSTMENTS (CONTINUED)
(C) DEFERRED TAXES

Under UK GAAP, deferred tax assets are accounted for only to the extent that it
is considered probable that a liability or asset will crystallise in the
foreseeable future. Under US GAAP, deferred taxes are accounted for on all
timing differences and a valuation allowance is established in respect of those
deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that some portion will
remain unrealised. This reduces the tax charge in the profit and loss account by
$28.4m (L18.1m) under UK GAAP.

(D) TREASURY STOCK

Under UK GAAP, if repurchased Treasury stock is used for the purpose of
satisfying the Company's obligation upon exercise of stock options issued to
employees, the Company should record as an operating cost, the excess of the
cost of repurchasing the treasury stock over the proceeds received from
employees on exercising stock options. Under US GAAP, this is recorded as a
reduction in equity. For the six months ended 30 June 2000, under UK GAAP, this
results in a charge of $57.6 (L36.7m) million which has been reflected as an
operating exceptional item within this restatement. For prior years, the
difference between the proceeds on exercise of employee share options less the
cost of satisfying these options is not material.

4. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

The tables below present unaudited pro forma segment information, including Y&R
segments presented to conform with the segments as reported by WPP and to UK
GAAP. "PBIT" means profit on ordinary activities before interest and taxation,
excluding exceptional operating charge.

INFORMATION BY DISCIPLINE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               REVENUE BY DISCIPLINE--POUND
                                                                   STERLING INFORMATION
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                           Y&R      COMBINED
LM                                                              WPP      UK GAAP    UK GAAP
--                                                            --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Advertising & media investment management...................    556.6     274.3       830.9
Information & consultancy...................................    239.5        --       239.5
Public relations & public affairs...........................    121.7     125.4       247.1
Branding & identity, healthcare and specialist
  communications............................................    291.3     201.1       492.4
                                                              -------     -----     -------
                                                              1,209.1     600.8     1,809.9
                                                              =======     =====     =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PBIT* BY DISCIPLINE--POUND
                                                                   STERLING INFORMATION
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                           Y&R      COMBINED
LM                                                              WPP      UK GAAP    UK GAAP
--                                                            --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Advertising & media investment management...................     84.5      43.7       128.2
Information & consultancy...................................     22.5        --        22.5
Public relations & public affairs...........................     18.7      17.4        36.1
Branding & identity, healthcare and specialist
  communications............................................     35.0      18.0        53.0
                                                              -------     -----     -------
                                                                160.7      79.1       239.8
                                                              =======     =====     =======
</TABLE>

--------------

*      PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and taxation,
      excluding exceptional operating charge.

                                       68
<PAGE>
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

4. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               REVENUE BY DISCIPLINE--U.S.
                                                                    DOLLAR INFORMATION
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                           Y&R      COMBINED
$M                                                              WPP      UK GAAP    UK GAAP
--                                                            --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Advertising & media investment management...................    873.8     430.7     1,304.5
Information & consultancy...................................    376.0        --       376.0
Public relations & public affairs...........................    191.1     196.9       388.0
Branding & identity, healthcare and specialist
  communications............................................    457.3     315.7       773.0
                                                              -------     -----     -------
                                                              1,898.2     943.3     2,841.5
                                                              =======     =====     =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PBIT* BY DISCIPLINE--U.S. DOLLAR
                                                                         INFORMATION
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                             Y&R      COMBINED
$M                                                               WPP       UK GAAP     UK GAAP
--                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
Advertising & media investment management...................     132.8       68.7        201.5
Information & consultancy...................................      35.3         --         35.3
Public relations & public affairs...........................      29.3       27.4         56.7
Branding & identity, healthcare and specialist
  communications............................................      54.9       28.2         83.1
                                                               -------      -----      -------
                                                                 252.3      124.3        376.6
                                                               =======      =====      =======
</TABLE>

--------------

*      PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and taxation,
      excluding exceptional operating charge.

INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHY--POUND
                                                                   STERLING INFORMATION
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                           Y&R      COMBINED
LM                                                              WPP      UK GAAP    UK GAAP
--                                                            --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
North America...............................................    553.6     331.2       884.8
UK..........................................................    234.9      55.1       290.0
Continental Europe..........................................    218.7     134.9       353.6
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East...........    201.9      79.6       281.5
                                                              -------     -----     -------
                                                              1,209.1     600.8     1,809.9
                                                              =======     =====     =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PBIT* BY GEOGRAPHY--POUND
                                                                   STERLING INFORMATION
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                           Y&R      COMBINED
LM                                                              WPP      UK GAAP    UK GAAP
--                                                            --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
North America...............................................     88.1      55.6       143.7
UK..........................................................     28.1      -0.2        27.9
Continental Europe..........................................     28.1      16.7        44.8
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East...........     16.4       7.0        23.4
                                                              -------     -----     -------
                                                                160.7      79.1       239.8
                                                              =======     =====     =======
</TABLE>

--------------

*      PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and taxation,
      excluding exceptional operating charge.

                                       69
<PAGE>
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

4. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHY--U.S.
                                                                    DOLLAR INFORMATION
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                           Y&R      COMBINED
$M                                                              WPP      UK GAAP    UK GAAP
--                                                            --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
North America...............................................    869.2     520.1     1,389.3
UK..........................................................    368.7      86.5       455.2
Continental Europe..........................................    343.3     211.8       555.1
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East...........    317.0     124.9       441.9
                                                              -------     -----     -------
                                                              1,898.2     943.3     2,841.5
                                                              =======     =====     =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PBIT* BY GEOGRAPHY--U.S. DOLLAR
                                                                         INFORMATION
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                             Y&R      COMBINED
$M                                                               WPP       UK GAAP     UK GAAP
--                                                            ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
North America...............................................     138.3       87.4        225.7
UK..........................................................      44.2       -0.3         43.9
Continental Europe..........................................      44.1       26.2         70.3
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa & Middle East...........      25.7       11.0         36.7
                                                               -------      -----      -------
                                                                 252.3      124.3        376.6
                                                               =======      =====      =======
</TABLE>

--------------

*      PBIT: Profit on ordinary activities before interest and taxation,
      excluding exceptional operating charge.

5. TRANSLATION OF UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Solely for convenience, the unaudited pro forma information is shown in both
pounds sterling and US dollars using the approximate average rate for the
periods for the profit and loss account (2000: $1.57 = L1, 1999: $1.6197 = L1).

6. DILUTED EARNINGS

The number of shares used in the calculation of unaudited pro forma earnings per
share are based on the average weighted number of WPP shares during the
respective periods aggregated with the weighted average number of Y&R shares
during the respective period, multiplied by 4.175 to reflect the exchange ratio.

Diluted earnings per share takes into account the exercise of WPP employee share
options where these are expected to be diluted, aggregated with the number of
Y&R options expected to dilute, multiplied by 4.175 to reflect the exchange rate
into WPP new shares. The 30 June 2000 calculation also includes the dilutive
impact of the Y&R convertible loan stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DILUTED NUMBER OF SHARES (MILLION)
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                                              ------------------------------------
                                                                 WPP          Y&R       PRO FORMA
                                                              ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>
Weighted average............................................      775.2        86.4           n/a
Multiplication factor.......................................        n/a       4.175           n/a
Weighted average, new WPP shares............................      775.2       360.7       1,135.9
</TABLE>

Unaudited pro forma diluted earnings per share have been calculated using
unaudited pro forma earnings of L120.1m which includes L1.5m in respect of the
Y&R convertible loan stock in 2000.

Unaudited pro forma diluted earnings per share pre exceptional items has been
calculated using earnings of L138.7m which reflect the removal of the Y&R
exceptional operating charge in respect of Treasury Stock and the Y&R
exceptional tax credits arising on the exercise of stock options."

                                       70
<PAGE>
                                    PART III

                    INFORMATION RELATING TO YOUNG & RUBICAM

1.    BUSINESS DESCRIPTION OF Y&R

     Y&R provides communications services to approximately 5,500 client
     accounts, including a number of large multinational organisations such as
     AT&T, Citibank, Colgate-Palmolive, Ford, Philip Morris and Sony. Y&R
     provides clients with creative services and extensive research capabilities
     and operates through recognised market leaders, including:

     - Young & Rubicam Advertising (full-service advertising);

     - Dentsu, Young & Rubicam (full-service advertising in the Asia/Pacific
       region);

     - Y&R 2.1 (full-service on-line and off-line advertising and marketing
       services);

     - The Bravo Group and Kang & Lee (multi-cultural marketing and
       communications);

     - impiric (customer relationship management, direct marketing and sales
       promotion);

     - KnowledgeBase Marketing (customer relationship marketing);

     - Brand Dialogue (digital interactive branding and digital commerce);

     - The Media Edge (media planning, buying and placement services);

     - The Digital Edge (internet media planning, buying and placement
       services);

     - Burson-Marsteller (perception management and public relations);

     - Cohn & Wolfe (full-service public relations);

     - Robinson Lerer & Montgomery (strategic corporate public relations);

     - Landor Associates (branding consultation and design services); and

     - Sudler & Hennessey (healthcare communications).

     Y&R is a Delaware corporation founded over 75 years ago. Y&R's executive
     offices are located at 285 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017.

2.    EXTRACTION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The financial information on Y&R set out in Section 3 below has been
     extracted without material adjustment from the audited financial statements
     contained in Y&R's annual reports filed on Form 10-K with the SEC for each
     of the two years ended 31 December 1999 and 1998. On 15 May 1998, Y&R
     closed an initial public offering of its common stock with the New York
     Stock Exchange. The 1998 Form 10-K includes audited financial statements
     for the year ended 31 December 1997. The financial information has been
     prepared in accordance with US GAAP. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have issued
     independent accountants' reports on Y&R's consolidated financial statements
     for the three years ended 31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997 that are required
     to be included in Y&R's annual report filed on Form 10-K under the US
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Each such report was unqualified.
     Additionally, the financial information for the half years ended 30 June
     2000 and 30 June 1999 on Y&R set out in Section 3 below has been extracted
     without material adjustment from the unaudited financial statements filed
     on Form 10-Q with the SEC. References in Sections 1 to 5 of this Part III
     to ``Directors" shall be construed as a reference to the Y&R Directors.

                                       71
<PAGE>
3. FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON Y&R

3.1 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999, 1998
AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER,
                                                         ------------------------------------------
                                                             1999           1998           1997
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE
                                                                          AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues...............................................   $1,717,186     $1,522,464     $1,382,740
Compensation expense, including employee benefits......      994,119        903,948        836,150
General and administrative expenses....................      514,981        455,578        463,936
Other operating charges................................           --        234,449         11,925
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
Operating expenses.....................................    1,509,100      1,593,975      1,312,011
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
Operating profit (loss)................................      208,086        (71,511)        70,729
Interest income........................................        9,221          8,315          8,454
Interest expense.......................................      (24,069)       (26,001)       (42,879)
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
Net interest expense...................................      (14,848)       (17,686)       (34,425)
Other income...........................................       84,982          2,220             --
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes......................      278,220        (86,997)        36,304
Income tax provision (benefit).........................      111,288         (2,644)        58,290
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                             166,932        (84,353)       (21,986)
Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates......        4,509          4,707            342
Minority interest in net income of consolidated
  companies............................................       (4,342)        (1,989)        (2,294)
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary charge..............      167,099        (81,635)       (23,938)
Extraordinary charge for early retirement of debt, net
  of tax...............................................           --         (4,433)            --
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
Net income (loss)......................................   $  167,099     $  (86,068)    $  (23,938)
                                                          ==========     ==========     ==========
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary charge............   $     2.43     $    (1.34)    $    (0.51)
  Extraordinary charge.................................           --          (0.08)            --
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
  Net income (loss)....................................   $     2.43     $    (1.42)    $    (0.51)
                                                          ==========     ==========     ==========
Diluted:
  Income (loss) before extraordinary charge............   $     2.02     $    (1.34)    $    (0.51)
  Extraordinary charge.................................           --          (0.08)            --
                                                          ----------     ----------     ----------
  Net income (loss)....................................   $     2.02     $    (1.42)    $    (0.51)
                                                          ==========     ==========     ==========
Weighted average shares outstanding
  Basic................................................   68,688,848     60,673,994     46,949,355
                                                          ==========     ==========     ==========
  Diluted..............................................   82,871,725     60,673,994     46,949,355
                                                          ==========     ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

                                       72
<PAGE>
3.2 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS AT 31 DECEMBER 1999, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  31 DECEMBER
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1999              1998              1997
                                                              ---------------   ---------------   ---------------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                         SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>               <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................    $  144,517        $  122,138        $  160,263
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $25,012, $17,938 and $14,125 at 31 December
    1999, 31 December 1998 and 31 December 1997,
    respectively............................................     1,031,445           835,284           790,342
  Costs billable to clients.................................        76,982            55,187            60,267
  Other receivables.........................................        43,138            37,177            35,218
  Deferred tax benefits.....................................        50,302            46,803            32,832
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................        27,803            25,979            17,989
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------
    Total Current Assets....................................     1,374,187         1,122,568         1,096,911
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------

NONCURRENT ASSETS
  Property, leasehold improvements and equipment at cost,
    net of accumulated depreciation and amortisation of
    $248,112, $231,655 and $224,951 at 31 December 1999,
    31 December 1998 and 31 December 1997, respectively.....       194,569           150,413           125,014
  Deferred income taxes.....................................        34,875           158,510           124,192
  Intangibles, net of accumulated amortisation of $91,285,
    $87,283 and $82,889 at 31 December 1999, 31 December
    1998 and 31 December 1997, respectively.................       353,860           121,005           118,303
  Equity in net assets of and advances to unconsolidated
    affiliates..............................................        36,001            38,397            26,393
  Investments in equity securities..........................       366,590                --                --
  Other noncurrent assets...................................        54,199            44,226            46,994
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------
    Total Assets............................................    $2,414,281        $1,635,119        $1,537,807
                                                                ==========        ==========        ==========

CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable..........................................    $1,206,385        $  886,632        $  755,020
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities............       226,006           202,433           232,023
  Accrued payroll and bonuses...............................        78,531            77,078            65,458
  Advance billings..........................................       132,130           121,992           106,918
  Accrued taxes on income...................................        24,844            19,290            29,665
  Short-term debt...........................................        31,710            32,031            13,996
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------
    Total Current Liabilities...............................     1,699,606         1,339,456         1,203,080
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------

NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
  Long-term debt............................................       127,568            31,894           337,055
  Deferred compensation.....................................        31,328            30,635            31,077
  Other noncurrent liabilities..............................       117,405           113,064           112,851

Minority Interests..........................................        14,194             4,573             6,987
Commitments and Contingencies
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------

MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE EQUITY SECURITIES
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share; authorised--
    250,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding--0 shares at
    31 December 1999 and 1998 and 50,658,180 shares at
    31 December 1997........................................            --                --           508,471

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Money Market Preferred Stock--cumulative variable
    dividend: liquidating value of $115 per share, one-tenth
    of one vote per share, authorised--50,000 shares, issued
    and outstanding--87 shares..............................            --                --                --
  Cumulative Participating Junior Preferred Stock--minimum
    $1.00 dividend, liquidating value of $1.00 per share,
    100 votes per share, authorised--2,500,000 shares,
    issued and outstanding--0 shares........................            --                --                --
  Common stock--par value $.01 per share; authorised--
    250,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding-- 72,950,004
    shares, 66,374,569 shares and 11,086,950 shares at
    31 December 1999, 31 December 1998 and 31 December 1997,
    respectively (excluding 2,471 shares, 3,976,941 shares
    and 1,115,160 shares in treasury).......................           730               704               111
  Capital surplus...........................................       908,969           934,676            23,613
  Accumulated deficit.......................................      (596,470)         (758,292)         (522,866)
  Unrealised appreciation in equity securities..............       144,977                --                --
  Cumulative translation adjustment.........................       (33,092)          (10,810)          (16,577)
  Pension liability adjustment..............................          (817)           (1,210)             (706)
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------
                                                                   424,297           165,068          (516,425)
  Common stock in treasury, at cost.........................          (117)          (49,571)           (8,550)
  Unearned compensation--Restricted Stock...................            --                --          (136,739)
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------
    Total Stockholders' Equity..............................       424,180           115,497          (661,714)
                                                                ----------        ----------        ----------
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity..............    $2,414,281        $1,635,119        $1,537,807
                                                                ==========        ==========        ==========
</TABLE>

                                       73
<PAGE>
3.3 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     ACCUMULATED
                                                                           COMMON                       OTHER
                                   COMMON      CAPITAL     ACCUMULATED    STOCK IN    RESTRICTED    COMPREHENSIVE
                                    STOCK      SURPLUS       DEFICIT      TREASURY      STOCK          INCOME          TOTAL
                                  ---------   ---------   -------------   ---------   ----------   ---------------   ---------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>          <C>               <C>
BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 1996.....    $111      $ 106,825     $(498,928)    $      --   $ (85,000)      $ (3,041)      $(480,033)
                                    ====      =========     =========     =========   =========       ========       =========
Net loss........................      --             --       (23,938)           --          --             --         (23,938)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustments...................      --             --            --            --          --        (14,255)        (14,255)
Minimum pension liability
  adjustments...................      --             --            --            --          --             13              13
                                    ----      ---------     ---------     ---------   ---------       --------       ---------
Comprehensive income (loss).....                              (23,938)                                 (14,242)        (38,180)

Common stock issued.............      --          1,501            --            --          --             --           1,501
Purchase of treasury shares.....      --             --            --        (8,550)         --             --          (8,550)
Unearned compensation--
  restricted stock..............      --         51,739            --            --     (51,739)            --              --
Common stock options exercised..      44          8,711            --            --          --             --           8,755
Accretion of mandatorily
  redeemable equity
  securities....................     (44)      (145,163)           --            --          --             --        (145,207)
                                    ----      ---------     ---------     ---------   ---------       --------       ---------
BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 1997.....    $111      $  23,613     $(522,866)    $  (8,550)  $(136,739)      $(17,283)      $(661,714)
                                    ====      =========     =========     =========   =========       ========       =========
Net loss........................      --             --       (86,068)           --          --             --         (86,068)
Foreign currency translation
  adjustments...................      --             --            --            --          --          5,767           5,767
Minimum pension liability
  adjustments...................      --             --            --            --          --           (504)           (504)
                                    ----      ---------     ---------     ---------   ---------       --------       ---------
Comprehensive income (loss).....      --             --       (86,068)           --          --          5,263         (80,805)

Issuance of restricted stock....      --         94,039            --            --     136,739             --         230,778
Common stock options exercised
  and other.....................      17          1,134            --        19,935          --             --          21,086
Purchase of treasury shares.....      --             --            --       (60,956)         --             --         (60,956)
Issuance of common stock in
  initial public offering, net
  of expenses...................      69        158,568            --            --          --             --         158,637
Accretion of mandatorily
  redeemable equity
  securities....................      (3)      (137,942)     (149,358)           --          --             --        (287,303)
Conversion of mandatorily
  redeemable equity
  securities....................     510        795,264            --            --          --             --         795,774
                                    ----      ---------     ---------     ---------   ---------       --------       ---------
BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 1998.....    $704      $ 934,676     $(758,292)    $ (49,571)  $      --       $(12,020)      $ 115,497
                                    ====      =========     =========     =========   =========       ========       =========
Net income......................      --             --       167,099            --          --             --         167,099
Foreign currency translation
  adjustments...................      --             --            --            --          --        (22,282)        (22,282)
Unrealised appreciation in
  equity securities, net of
  $92,690 of deferred income
  taxes.........................      --             --            --            --          --        144,977         144,977
Minimum pension liability
  adjustments...................      --             --            --            --          --            393             393
                                    ----      ---------     ---------     ---------   ---------       --------       ---------
Comprehensive income (loss).....      --             --       167,099            --          --        123,088         290,187
Common stock options exercised..      26        (69,771)           --       153,962          --             --          84,217
Purchase of treasury shares.....      --             --            --      (146,028)         --             --        (146,028)
Common stock issued in
  acquisitions..................      --         44,064            --        41,520          --             --          85,584
Dividends paid..................      --             --        (5,277)           --          --             --          (5,277)
                                    ----      ---------     ---------     ---------   ---------       --------       ---------
BALANCE AT 31 DECEMBER 1999.....    $730      $ 908,969     $(596,470)    $    (117)  $      --       $111,068       $ 424,180
                                    ====      =========     =========     =========   =========       ========       =========
</TABLE>

                                       74
<PAGE>
3.4 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999,
1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                1999        1998        1997
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)...........................................  $ 167,099   $ (86,068)  $ (23,938)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortisation.............................     71,217      60,610      56,721
  Other non-cash operating charges..........................         --     234,449      11,925
  Other non-cash income.....................................    (84,982)     (2,200)         --
  Extraordinary charge for early retirement of debt, net of
    tax.....................................................         --       4,433          --
  Deferred income tax expense (benefit).....................     73,341     (38,664)       (384)
  Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates.........     (4,509)     (4,707)       (342)
  Dividends from unconsolidated affiliates..................      3,714       3,467       2,728
  Minority interest in net income of consolidated
    companies...............................................      4,342       1,989       2,294
Change in assets and liabilities, excluding effects from
  acquisitions, dispositions and foreign exchange:
  Accounts receivables......................................   (138,036)    (29,398)     42,144
  Costs billable to clients.................................    (12,900)      5,418      15,834
  Other receivables.........................................     (2,885)     (2,346)     13,930
  Prepaid expenses and other assets.........................     13,083      (6,702)        269
  Accounts payable..........................................    232,277      72,216     109,205
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities............     (9,590)    (29,374)    (15,368)
  Accrued payroll and bonuses...............................     (1,900)      8,869       2,179
  Advance billings..........................................     10,139      15,074     (39,881)
  Accrued taxes on income...................................      4,246     (10,652)     19,352
  Deferred compensation.....................................        926       3,234      13,052
  Other.....................................................      1,346      (4,033)     14,791
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES...................  $ 326,928   $ 195,615   $ 224,511
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Additions to property, leasehold improvements and
    equipment...............................................  $ (86,174)  $ (76,378)  $ (51,899)
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired........................   (154,715)    (17,423)    (11,281)
  Investments in equity securities..........................    (61,364)     (7,072)     (5,640)
  Proceeds from investing activities........................        978       1,190       1,678
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES.......................  $(301,275)  $ (99,683)  $ (67,142)
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Proceeds from long-term debt..............................  $ 107,590   $ 225,834   $ 226,770
  Repayments of long-term debt..............................    (10,421)   (524,883)   (105,870)
  Net proceeds from short-term debt.........................     30,318      71,997      20,103
  Net proceeds from issuance of common stock in initial
    public offering.........................................         --     158,637          --
  Common stock issued.......................................     35,940       7,995      10,390
  Purchase of treasury shares...............................   (146,028)    (60,956)     (1,500)
  Dividends paid............................................     (5,277)         --          --
  Payment of deferred compensation..........................     (1,356)     (3,535)     (1,118)
  Recapitalisation payments.................................         --          --    (247,789)
  Net payment of installment notes..........................       (399)     (8,883)         --
  Other financing activities................................     (1,802)     (2,448)        347
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES.........  $   8,565   $(136,242)  $ (98,667)
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
  equivalents...............................................    (11,839)      2,185      (8,619)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS........     22,379     (38,125)     50,083
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..............    122,138     160,263     110,180
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....................  $ 144,517   $ 122,138   $ 160,263
                                                              =========   =========   =========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Interest paid.............................................  $  24,108   $  29,439   $  39,986
                                                              =========   =========   =========
  Income taxes paid.........................................  $  29,655   $  36,288   $  25,020
                                                              =========   =========   =========
NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITY:
  Common stock issued in acquisitions.......................  $  85,584   $      --   $   1,126
                                                              =========   =========   =========
</TABLE>

                                       75
<PAGE>
3.5 Notes to the Y&R historical financial information

1--DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BUSINESS:  Young & Rubicam is a global marketing communications company which
offers clients integrated services in the creation and production of
advertising, strategic media planning and buying, direct marketing and customer
relationship management, perception management and public relations, branding
consultancy and design services, and healthcare communications. Young & Rubicam
operates through wholly owned subsidiaries, joint ventures and non-equity
affiliations worldwide. Operations cover the major geographic regions of North
America, Europe, Latin America, the Far East, Australia, New Zealand, the Middle
East and Africa.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION:  The accompanying consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of Young & Rubicam and its majority owned subsidiaries. The
equity in net income attributable to minority share owner interests are shown
separately in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of
operations. Investments in entities owned 20% or more but less than majority
owned and not otherwise controlled by Young & Rubicam are accounted for under
the equity method. All significant intercompany transactions are eliminated.

CASH EQUIVALENTS:  Young & Rubicam considers all highly liquid instruments with
an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents at the time
of purchase. Young & Rubicam records book overdrafts in accounts payable.
Accounts payable included $88.6 million and $51.8 million of book overdrafts as
of 31 December 1999 and 1998, respectively.

REVENUE RECOGNITION:  Substantially all revenues are derived from commissions
for placement of advertisements in various media and from fees for manpower and
for production of advertisements and other marketing and communications
services. Commission revenue is recognised when media is placed and when labor
and production costs are billed. Fee revenue is recognised when services are
rendered.

COSTS BILLABLE TO CLIENTS:  Costs billable to clients consist principally of
costs incurred in providing communication services to clients. Such amounts are
generally billed to clients when manpower is used, when costs are incurred for
production and when print production is completed.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTISATION:  Depreciation charges are computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the respective asset up
to 25 years. Leasehold improvements are amortised on a straight-line basis over
the lesser of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful life of
these assets.

INTANGIBLES:  Intangibles, including goodwill, are carried at cost less
accumulated amortisation which is being provided on a straight line basis over
the economic lives of the respective assets with a maximum life of 40 years.
Each year, the intangibles are written down if, and to the extent they are
determined to be impaired. Intangibles are determined to be impaired if the
future anticipated undiscounted cash flows arising from the use of the
intangibles is less than the net unamortised cost of the intangibles.

INCOME TAXES:  In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting
and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured by applying enacted
tax rates and laws to taxable years in which such differences are expected to
reverse. Young & Rubicam's practice is to provide currently for taxes that will
be payable upon remittance of foreign earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates to
the extent that such earnings are not considered to be reinvested indefinitely.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION:  SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," encourages entities to account for employee stock options or
similar equity instruments using a fair value approach. However, it also allows
an entity to continue to measure compensation costs using the method prescribed
by Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees." Young & Rubicam has elected to continue to account for
such plans under the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and has included, in
Note 15, the required SFAS No. 123 pro forma

                                       76
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

1--DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(CONTINUED)
disclosures of net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share as if the fair
value-based method of accounting had been applied.

TREASURY STOCK:  Young & Rubicam accounts for treasury share purchases at cost.
The reissuance of treasury shares is accounted for at the average cost. Gains or
losses on the reissuance of treasury shares are accounted for as capital
surplus.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION:  Young & Rubicam's financial statements were
prepared in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 52, "Foreign Currency
Translation." Under this method, net foreign currency transaction gains of
$0.5 million and net losses of $1.3 million were recorded in 1999 and 1997,
respectively. Net losses in 1998 were immaterial.

DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:  Derivative financial instruments are used by
Young & Rubicam principally in the management of its interest rate and foreign
currency exposures. Young & Rubicam does not hold or issue derivative financial
instruments for trading purposes. Gains and losses on hedges of existing assets
and liabilities are included in the carrying amounts of those assets and
liabilities and are ultimately recognised in income as part of those carrying
amounts. Gains and losses related to hedges of firm commitments are also
deferred and included in the basis of the transaction when it is completed.

INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY SECURITIES:  Young & Rubicam accounts for its investments
in publicly traded equity securities under SFAS No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." In accordance with SFAS No. 115,
unrealised gains on securities owned by Young & Rubicam, which are classified as
available-for-sale securities, are carried net of tax as a separate component of
stockholders' equity under the consolidated balance sheet caption "Unrealised
appreciation in equity securities." Unrealised appreciation in equity securities
included in stockholder's equity at 31 December 1999, was $145.0 million, net of
$92.7 million of related income taxes. Investments which are not publicly traded
are accounted for at cost.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK:  Young & Rubicam's clients are engaged in various
businesses located primarily in North America, Europe, Latin America and the
Asia/Pacific region. Young & Rubicam performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
clients. Allowances for credit losses are maintained at levels considered
adequate by management. Young & Rubicam invests its excess cash in deposits with
major banks and in money market securities. These securities typically mature
within 90 days and are highly rated instruments. Young & Rubicam's top 10
clients accounted for approximately 37%, 36% and 31% of consolidated revenues in
1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Young & Rubicam's largest client accounted
for approximately 13%, 10% and 10% of consolidated revenues for the years ended
31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

USE OF ESTIMATES:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:  In June 1998, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS No. 133"), which provides a
comprehensive and consistent standard for the recognition and measurement of
derivatives and hedging activities. In June 1999, the FASB issued Statement
No. 137, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities--Deferral
of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133", which delays implementation of
SFAS No. 133 until fiscal years beginning after 15 June 2000. We do not
anticipate that the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will have a significant effect on
our financial condition.

RECLASSIFICATIONS:  Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years'
financial statements to conform to the 1999 presentation.

                                       77
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

2--EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) by
the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the years ended
31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997. Diluted earnings per share reflect the dilutive
effect of stock options, primarily stock options granted to employees under
stock-based compensation plans, and other dilutive securities.

Shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1999         1998         1997
                                                         ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
Basic--weighted average shares.........................  68,688,848   60,673,994   46,949,355
Effect of dilutive securities..........................  14,182,877           --           --
                                                         ----------   ----------   ----------
Diluted--weighted average shares.......................  82,871,725   60,673,994   46,949,355
                                                         ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

In the years ended 31 December 1998 and 1997, basic and diluted weighted average
shares used in the calculation were the same since the inclusion of the effect
of stock options on loss per share would have been antidilutive.

In computing basic loss per share for the year ended 31 December 1997, Young &
Rubicam's 11.1 million shares of restricted stock were excluded from the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Such shares vested upon
the consummation of Young & Rubicam's initial public offering on 15 May 1998, a
condition which was not satisfied at 31 December 1997 (see note 3).

3--INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

On 15 May 1998,Young & Rubicam closed an initial public offering of its common
stock (the "Offering"). An aggregate of 19,090,000 shares of Young & Rubicam's
common stock was offered to the public, of which 6,912,730 shares were sold by
Young & Rubicam and 12,177,270 shares were sold by certain selling share owners.
Young & Rubicam used the net proceeds of $158.6 million, together with
$155 million of borrowings under a new credit facility to repay all of the
outstanding borrowings under its then existing $700 million senior secured
credit facility.

The completion of the Offering gave rise to non-recurring, non-cash, pre-tax
compensation charges of $234.4 million, or $169.8 million net of the related tax
benefit, from the vesting of an aggregate of 9,231,105 shares of restricted
stock allocated to employees as of the date of the completion of the Offering.
These charges have been reflected as other operating charges in Young &
Rubicam's consolidated statement of operations for the year ended 31 December
1998. Young & Rubicam redeemed the remaining 1,855,845 shares of restricted
stock held in the restricted stock trust upon the consummation of the Offering.

4--COMMON STOCK DIVIDEND

On 6 April 1998, the Board of Directors declared a stock dividend of 14 shares
of common stock payable for each share of common stock outstanding, which became
effective and was paid on 11 May 1998. Young & Rubicam's historical financial
statements have been presented to give retroactive effect to this stock
dividend.

                                       78
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

5--EQUITY IN NET ASSETS OF UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1999                  1998                  1997
                                             -------------------   -------------------   -------------------
                                              EQUITY     EQUITY     EQUITY     EQUITY     EQUITY     EQUITY
                                OWNERSHIP     IN NET     IN NET     IN NET     IN NET     IN NET     IN NET
AFFILIATE                       INTEREST      ASSETS     INCOME     ASSETS     INCOME     ASSETS     INCOME
---------                      -----------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                            <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Dentsu, Y&R Partnerships.....      15%-50%   $20,816    $ 2,354    $27,790    $ 2,389    $17,510    $ 2,587
Eco S.A......................          40%     2,249        231      2,085        (75)     2,206         96
Cresswell, Munsell, Fultz &
  Zirbel.....................          33%     2,210        151      2,183        500      1,922        508
Team Holdings................          25%     4,078         --         --         --         --         --
National Public Relations....          22%       749        167        527        (19)       647         98
Other........................  50% or less     5,899      1,606      5,812      1,912      4,108     (2,947)
                                             -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    -------
                                             $36,001    $ 4,509    $38,397    $ 4,707    $26,393    $   342
                                             =======    =======    =======    =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

Effective 2 August 1999, the ownership and management structure of Dentsu,
Young & Rubicam ("DY&R") was amended. The agreement resulted in Young & Rubicam
acquiring majority ownership in and operational control of all DY&R companies
throughout principal markets in Asia, with the exception of Japan. In Japan,
Dentsu has acquired a majority share. Effective August 2, 1999, Young & Rubicam
commenced consolidating the results of DY&R for those markets where it holds a
majority ownership interest. For periods prior to 2 August 1999, the financial
information reflects the DY&R partnerships in which Young & Rubicam held a
minority equity ownership interest.

The summarised unaudited financial information below represents an aggregation
of Young & Rubicam's unconsolidated affiliates.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999        1998        1997
                                                              ---------   ---------   ---------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
EARNINGS DATA
  Revenues..................................................  $241,183    $218,973    $207,668
  Operating profit..........................................    27,557      22,320      13,768
  Net income................................................    15,189      15,424       4,347
BALANCE SHEET DATA
  Current assets............................................  $276,183    $317,916    $321,372
  Noncurrent assets.........................................    52,658      60,624      40,147
  Current liabilities.......................................   234,441     266,090     287,101
  Noncurrent liabilities....................................    22,308      17,023      13,215
  Equity....................................................    72,092      95,427      61,203
</TABLE>

6--INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY SECURITIES

On 21 September 1999, Young & Rubicam contributed $15 million and certain net
assets of its Brand Dialogue operations (the "Brand Dialogue Contributed
Assets") in exchange for an ownership interest in Luminant Worldwide Corporation
("Luminant"), an internet and e-commerce services firm that provides strategic
consulting, content development and systems integration capabilities to its
clients. Young & Rubicam recognised a net after-tax gain of approximately
$42 million on the sale of the Brand Dialogue Contributed Assets in the third
quarter of 1999. Young & Rubicam accounts for its investment in Luminant equity
securities at fair value under SFAS No. 115. Since September 1999, the value of
these equity securities has appreciated significantly. However, the value of the
equity securities may fluctuate based on the volatility of Luminant's stock
price and other general market conditions. We have classified the Luminant
securities as available-for-sale securities. At 31 December 1999, the cost basis
of these securities was $91.5 million. The securities are carried at their fair
value of $306.5 million and are included in other investments on the balance
sheet. The difference between cost and fair value of $215.0 million is carried
net of $83.9 million of related income taxes as a separate component of

                                       79
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

6--INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY SECURITIES (CONTINUED)
stockholders' equity under the consolidated balance sheet caption "Unrealised
appreciation in equity securities." Under the terms of the contribution
agreement between Luminant and Young & Rubicam, Young & Rubicam recorded a net
after-tax gain of approximately $9 million in the fourth quarter of 1999
reflecting the realisation of contingent consideration as a result of achieving
certain revenue and operating profit performance targets of the Brand Dialogue
Contributed Assets, and is eligible to receive, in 2000, future contingent
consideration from Luminant, in the form of cash and/or non-voting shares of
Luminant common stock, at Luminant discretion, based on the consolidated
performance of Luminant for the first six months of 2000.

During 1999, Young & Rubicam also made strategic investments in marketable
equity securities of certain other entities for an aggregate cost of
approximately $45 million and also received certain marketable equity securities
in exchange for services rendered. Young & Rubicam accounts for its investments
in equity securities with readily determinable fair values under SFAS No. 115.
At 31 December 1999, all equity securities covered by SFAS No. 115 were
designated as available-for-sale. Accordingly, these securities are stated at
fair value, with unrealised holding gains, net of taxes, reported in a separate
component of share owners' equity. Such equity securities at 31 December 1999,
excluding Luminant, had an aggregate cost basis of $14.7 million. These
securities are carried at their fair value of $37.3 million and are included in
investments in equity securities on the balance sheet. Differences between cost
and fair value of $22.6 million are carried net of $8.8 million of related
income tax as a separate component of stockholders' equity under the
consolidated balance sheet caption "Unrealised appreciation in equity
securities."

When readily determinable fair values are not available, marketable securities
are carried on the balance sheet at cost, except in cases where it is determined
that a decline in the estimated fair value of the investment is other than
temporary. At 31 December 1999, the carrying value of such cost investments was
$22.8 million, which includes our investment in DigitalConvergence.com Inc. of
approximately $20 million.

7--ACQUISITIONS

Effective 2 August 1999, the ownership and management structure of DY&R was
amended. The agreement resulted in Young & Rubicam acquiring majority ownership
in and operational control of all DY&R companies throughout principal markets in
Asia, with the exception of Japan, Philippines and India. In Japan, Philippines
and India Dentsu has acquired a majority share. Effective 2 August 1999, Young &
Rubicam commenced consolidating the results of DY&R for those markets where it
holds a majority ownership interest. Young & Rubicam paid approximately
$6 million for the incremental ownership interest and will pay $4 million in the
first quarter of 2001. This transaction has been accounted for under the
purchase method of accounting for business combinations. A preliminary
allocation of the cost to acquire the additional interest in DY&R has been made
based upon the fair value of DY&R's net assets.

On 21 May 1999, Young & Rubicam acquired KnowledgeBase Marketing Inc. (``KBM"),
a provider of database and analytical services, in a stock and cash transaction
valued at approximately $175 million. This transaction has been accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting for business combinations. A preliminary
allocation of the cost to acquire KBM has been made based upon the fair value of
KBM's net assets.

Also during 1999, Young & Rubicam acquired The Direct Impact Company, a company
specialising in grassroots issues management; Rainey, Kelly, Campbell, Roalfe, a
London-based advertising agency; a majority ownership interest in The Banner
Corporation, a European marketing and communications firm specialising in the
technology sector, and made several other acquisitions and equity investments
for which the aggregate purchase price was approximately $80 million. All of
these acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting,
and a preliminary allocation of the costs to acquire these entities has been
made based on the fair value of the net assets.

During 1998 and 1997, Young & Rubicam acquired full or partial interests in
certain domestic and international entities and obtained additional interests in
certain partially owned entities for an aggregate purchase price of
$17.6 million and $14.7 million, respectively. In 1998, acquisitions included
Young &

                                       80
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

7--ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
Rubicam's purchase of a multi-cultural advertising agency and certain other
assets located in the United States. In 1997, Young & Rubicam acquired an
additional 37.5% equity interest in the DY&R companies in Australia and New
Zealand. In consideration for this additional equity interest, Young & Rubicam
contributed to Dentsu 12.5% of its equity interest in its advertising and direct
marketing agencies in Australia and New Zealand. All of these acquisitions were
accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. During 1997, Young &
Rubicam also recorded $11.9 million in other operating charges for certain asset
impairment writedowns.

Certain acquisitions completed in 1999 and prior years require payments in
future years if certain results are achieved by the companies that were
acquired. Formulas for these contingent future payments differ from acquisition
to acquisition. Contingent future payments are not expected to be material to
Young & Rubicam's results of operations or financial position.

8--PROPERTY, LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS AND EQUIPMENT

Property, leasehold improvements and equipment are recorded at cost and are
comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AS OF 31 DECEMBER
                                                                        ---------------------
                                               USEFUL LIVES               1999        1998
                                    ----------------------------------  ---------   ---------
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>         <C>
Land and buildings................  20-25 years                         $ 31,038    $ 29,706
Furniture, fixtures and             3-10 years
  equipment.......................                                       303,853     252,673
                                    Shorter of 10 years or life of
Leasehold improvements............  lease                                104,235      93,797
Automobiles.......................  3-5 years                              3,555       5,892
                                                                        --------    --------
                                                                         442,681     382,068
                                                                        --------    --------
Less--Accumulated depreciation and
  amortisation....................                                       248,112     231,655
                                                                        --------    --------
                                                                        $194,569    $150,413
                                                                        ========    ========
</TABLE>

During 1999, 1998 and 1997, depreciation expense amounted to $53.6 million,
$49.2 million and $47.6 million, respectively.

9--INCOME TAXES

Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of the amounts shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999        1998        1997
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
Domestic....................................................  $191,920    $(127,325)  $12,304
Foreign.....................................................    86,300       40,328    24,000
                                                              --------    ---------   -------
Total.......................................................  $278,220    $ (86,997)  $36,304
                                                              ========    =========   =======
</TABLE>

                                       81
<PAGE>
3.5 Notes to the Y&R historical financial information (continued)

9--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

The following summarises the provision (benefit) for income taxes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999        1998       1997
                                                              ---------   --------   --------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
CURRENT:
  Federal...................................................  $  3,365    $  3,938   $18,195
  State and local...........................................     1,110       3,512     4,220
  Foreign...................................................    33,472      28,570    36,259
                                                              --------    --------   -------
                                                                37,947      36,020    58,674
                                                              --------    --------   -------
DEFERRED:
  Federal...................................................    67,707     (28,126)    7,547
  State and local...........................................     5,551      (6,415)    2,472
  Foreign...................................................        83      (4,123)  (10,403)
                                                              --------    --------   -------
                                                                73,341     (38,664)     (384)
                                                              --------    --------   -------
  Total.....................................................  $111,288    $ (2,644)  $58,290
                                                              ========    ========   =======
</TABLE>

Young & Rubicam's effective income tax rate varied from the statutory federal
income tax rate as a result of the following factors:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1999       1998       1997
                                                              --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Statutory federal income tax rate...........................    35.0%     (35.0)%     35.0%
Effect of Y&R's initial public offering.....................      --       32.1         --
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax effect.....     2.4       (6.3)      17.1
Foreign subsidiaries' tax rate differential.................     1.9        7.2      107.2
Nondeductible goodwill amortisation.........................     0.8        0.7        8.5
Other, net..................................................    (0.1)      (1.7)      (7.2)
                                                                ----      -----      -----
Consolidated effective tax rate.............................    40.0%      (3.0)%    160.6%
                                                                ====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

Young & Rubicam's share of the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries
not included in its consolidated Federal income tax return that could be subject
to additional income taxes if remitted was approximately $102.9 million and
$59.1 million at 31 December 1999 and 1998, respectively. No provision has been
recorded for the United States in respect of foreign taxes that could result
from the remittance of such undistributed earnings since the earnings are
permanently reinvested outside the United States and it is not practicable to
estimate the amount of such taxes. Withholding taxes of approximately
$5.1 million and $8.1 million would be payable upon remittance of all previously
unremitted earnings at 31 December 1999 and 1998, respectively.

                                       82
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

9--INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
The components of Young & Rubicam's net deferred income tax assets are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AS OF 31 DECEMBER
                                                              ---------------------
                                                                1999        1998
                                                              ---------   ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Allowance for doubtful accounts.............................  $   4,633   $  4,274
Net operating loss carryforwards............................     54,624     45,126
Deferred compensation.......................................      2,424      2,424
                                                              ---------   --------
                                                                 61,681     51,824
Valuation allowance.........................................    (11,379)    (5,021)
                                                              ---------   --------
Current portion.............................................     50,302     46,803
                                                              ---------   --------
Investments in equity securities............................   (116,260)        --
Deferred compensation.......................................     47,721     53,501
Depreciable and amortisable assets..........................     23,461     30,417
Long-term leases............................................      7,154      7,377
Other noncurrent items......................................     20,900     15,235
Net operating loss carryforwards............................     57,526     65,300
Tax credit carryforwards....................................      3,658      3,658
                                                              ---------   --------
                                                                 44,160    175,488
Valuation allowance.........................................     (9,285)   (16,978)
                                                              ---------   --------
Noncurrent portion..........................................     34,875    158,510
                                                              ---------   --------
Net deferred income tax assets..............................  $  85,177   $205,313
                                                              =========   ========
</TABLE>

Young & Rubicam's net deferred income tax assets arise from temporary
differences which represent the cumulative deductible or taxable amounts
recorded in the financial statements in different years than recognised in the
tax returns. The majority of the temporary differences result from expenses
accrued for financial reporting purposes which are not deductible for tax
purposes until actually paid and net operating losses.

The net operating loss (``NOL") carryforwards represent the benefit recorded for
federal, state and local, and foreign NOLs. At 31 December 1999 and 1998, Young
& Rubicam had approximately $251.3 million and $258.3 million, respectively, of
NOL carryforwards for US tax purposes which expire in the year 2018 and
approximately $111.9 million and $91.4 million, respectively, of NOL
carryforwards for foreign tax purposes with carryforward periods ranging from
one year to an indefinite time. At 31 December 1999 and 1998, Young & Rubicam
had approximately $3.4 million and $3.2 million, respectively, of alternative
minimum tax credits which are not subject to expiration and $0.4 million of
foreign tax credits which expire in the year 2001.

Furthermore, Young & Rubicam, under its stock option plans, has a significant
number of non-qualified stock options issued to employees that remain
outstanding at 31 December 1999. These options, if exercised, would create
additional tax deductions that would further reduce Young & Rubicam's domestic
and international taxable income. The tax deduction has no impact on Young &
Rubicam's consolidated results of operations in accordance with APB Opinion
No. 25, except for payroll taxes imposed by certain taxing jurisdictions upon
exercise. It is impractical to quantify the future deduction as it is dependent
upon, among other factors, the fair market value of Young & Rubicam stock at the
time of exercise.

Young & Rubicam is required to provide a valuation allowance against deferred
income tax assets when it is more likely than not that some or all of the
deferred tax assets will not be realised. Valuation allowances of $20.7 million
and $22.0 million were recorded at 31 December 1999 and 1998, respectively. The
valuation allowances represent a provision for uncertainty as to the realisation
of certain deferred tax assets, including NOL carryforwards in certain
jurisdictions. Young & Rubicam has concluded that based upon expected future
results, it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax asset balance will
be realised.

                                       83
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

10--WORLDWIDE OPERATIONS

Young & Rubicam's wholly owned and partially owned businesses and affiliates
operate in the global marketing and communications operating segment. These
businesses provide marketing and communications services to clients on an
integrated basis, where appropriate, through several worldwide, regional and
national networks and brands. Young & Rubicam's financial information by
geographic area for the years ended 31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997 is presented
below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               UNITED STATES    EUROPE       OTHER       TOTAL
                                               -------------   ---------   ---------   ----------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>
1999
Revenues.....................................    $ 899,750     $582,267    $235,169    $1,717,186
Total assets.................................    1,393,600      638,649     382,032     2,414,281
1998
Revenues.....................................    $ 775,700     $532,404    $214,360    $1,522,464
Total assets.................................      844,070      589,128     201,921     1,635,119
1997
Revenues.....................................    $ 661,367     $472,225    $249,148    $1,382,740
Total assets.................................      697,250      582,424     258,133     1,537,807
</TABLE>

11--EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Young & Rubicam provides retirement benefits for their US full-time employees
primarily through a defined benefit pension plan ("the Plan"). Contributions to
the Plan are based upon current costs and prior service costs which are
actuarially computed, with the latter being amortised over the average remaining
service period.

During 1999, there were no contributions made to the Plan. Total contributions
to the Plan made in 1998 were $10.0 million. Pursuant to an agreement with the
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, Young & Rubicam has also agreed to make
contributions to the Plan in an amount required to cause the credit balance at
the end of each Plan year to be at least equal to $12.5 million plus interest.
Young & Rubicam is not required to make any payment that would not be deductible
under Internal Revenue Code section 404. Young & Rubicam's credit balance
maintenance requirement terminates when Young & Rubicam's indebtedness obtains
specified rating levels (or, if there are no such ratings from certain major
ratings agencies, when Young & Rubicam meets a fixed charge coverage ratio
test), but in no event earlier than 31 December 2001. In addition, such credit
balance maintenance requirements terminate if the Plan's unfunded benefit
liabilities are zero at the end of two consecutive Plan years.

Y&R also contributes to government mandated plans and maintains various
noncontributory retirement plans at certain foreign subsidiaries, some of which
are considered to be defined benefit plans for accounting purposes. Plans are
funded in accordance with the laws of the countries where the plans are in
effect and, in accordance with such local statutory requirements, may have no
plan assets.

A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost for the defined benefit
plans are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             1999                              1998                             1997
                                -------------------------------   ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                   US       NON-US      TOTAL        US       NON-US     TOTAL        US       NON-US     TOTAL
                                --------   ---------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Service costs for benefits
  earned during the period....  $  4,265    $  229     $  4,494   $  3,801     $254     $  4,055   $ 2,671     $  306    $ 2,977
Interest costs on projected
  benefit obligation..........     9,151       677        9,828      9,151      598        9,749     8,804        639      9,443
Expected return on plan
  assets......................   (11,125)       --      (11,125)   (10,263)      --      (10,263)   (9,281)        --     (9,281)
Amortisation of prior service
  costs.......................      (411)       --         (411)      (411)      --         (411)     (411)        --       (411)
Amortisation of transitional
  (asset)/ obligation.........       (61)      117           56        (61)     112           51       (61)       114         53
Recognised actuarial
  loss/(income)...............     2,150        28        2,178      1,910       (8)       1,902     1,057          2      1,059
                                --------    ------     --------   --------     ----     --------   -------     ------    -------
Net periodic pension cost of
  the plans...................  $  3,969    $1,051     $  5,020   $  4,127     $956     $  5,083   $ 2,779     $1,061    $ 3,840
                                ========    ======     ========   ========     ====     ========   =======     ======    =======
</TABLE>

                                       84
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

11--EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
Changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AS OF 31 DECEMBER
                                       -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1999                               1998
                                       --------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                          US        NON-US      TOTAL        US        NON-US      TOTAL
                                       ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation at beginning of
  year...............................  $138,416    $11,526    $149,942    $130,036    $  9,080   $139,116
Service costs........................     4,265        229       4,494       3,801         254      4,055
Interest costs.......................     9,151        677       9,828       9,151         598      9,749
Foreign currency exchange rate
  (gain)/ loss.......................        --     (1,595)     (1,595)         --         796        796
Actuarial (gain)/loss................   (12,399)      (352)    (12,751)      6,958         984      7,942
Benefits paid........................   (11,709)      (211)    (11,920)    (11,530)       (186)   (11,716)
                                       --------    -------    --------    --------    --------   --------
Benefit obligation at end of year....   127,724     10,274     137,998     138,416      11,526    149,942
                                       --------    -------    --------    --------    --------   --------
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets at
  beginning of year, primarily fixed
  income and equity securities.......   139,200         --     139,200     129,421          --    129,421
Actual return on plan assets.........    18,861         --      18,861      11,309          --     11,309
Company contributions................        --        211         211      10,000         186     10,186
Benefits paid........................   (11,709)      (211)    (11,920)    (11,530)       (186)   (11,716)
                                       --------    -------    --------    --------    --------   --------
Fair value of plan assets at end of
  year...............................   146,352         --     146,352     139,200          --    139,200
                                       --------    -------    --------    --------    --------   --------
Funded status........................    18,628    (10,274)      8,354         784     (11,526)   (10,742)
Unrecognised net transition (asset)/
  obligation.........................       (42)       401         359        (103)        581        478
Unrecognised prior service benefit...    (1,720)        --      (1,720)     (2,131)         --     (2,131)
Unrecognised net (gain)/loss.........    (1,931)       741      (1,190)     20,354       1,242     21,596
Additional liability.................        --       (817)       (817)         --      (1,210)    (1,210)
                                       --------    -------    --------    --------    --------   --------
Prepaid (accrued) pension costs for
  defined benefit plans..............  $ 14,935    $(9,949)   $  4,986    $ 18,904    $(10,913)  $  7,991
                                       ========    =======    ========    ========    ========   ========
</TABLE>

Assumptions used were:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1999                  1998                   1997
                                                   -------------------   -------------------   ---------------------
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS AS OF 31 DECEMBER        US       NON-US       US       NON-US       US        NON-US
----------------------------------------------     --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Discount and settlement rate.....................   8.3%       6.0%       7.0%       6.0%      7.25%      6.5%-7.0%
Rate of increase in compensation levels..........   7.6%       2.5%       5.0%       2.5%       5.0%        3.0%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets......   9.0%       N/A        9.0%       N/A        9.0%         N/A
</TABLE>

Young & Rubicam recorded liabilities of $0.8 million and $1.2 million at
31 December 1999 and 1998, respectively, for the portion of its unfunded pension
liabilities that had not been recognised as expense with corresponding
adjustments to equity.

Contributions to foreign defined contribution plans were $9.9 million,
$9.0 million and $8.4 million in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

Young & Rubicam also has an employee savings plan that qualifies as a deferred
salary arrangement under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the
plan, participating US employees may defer a portion of their pre-tax earnings
up to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Young & Rubicam
currently matches 100% of each employee's contribution up to a maximum of 5% of
the employee's earnings up to $160,000. Amounts expensed by Young & Rubicam for
its contributions to the plan were $9.1 million, $8.4 million and $7.8 million
in 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

At 31 December 1999 and 1998, other noncurrent liabilities include
$10.2 million and $8.6 million, respectively, relating to postretirement and
postemployment benefits other than pensions.

                                       85
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

11--EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (CONTINUED)
Young & Rubicam maintains certain deferred cash incentive plans which are either
tied to operating performance or contractual deferred compensation agreements.
The costs of these compensation plans were expensed over the applicable service
period. At 31 December 1999 and 1998, Young & Rubicam recorded deferred
compensation liabilities of $31.3 million and $30.6 million, respectively.

12--DEBT

Young & Rubicam's short-term debt consists principally of advances under bank
lines of credit and generally bears interest at prevailing market rates.
Young & Rubicam's short-term debt of $31.7 million and $32.0 million include
short-term portions of long-term debt of $2.0 million and $0.5 million at
31 December 1999 and 1998, respectively.

Long-term debt is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF 31 DECEMBER
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1999        1998
                                                              ---------   --------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Unsecured revolving credit facilities.......................  $123,500    $31,460
Capital lease obligations...................................     2,197         34
Other borrowings............................................     3,821        862
                                                              --------    -------
                                                               129,518     32,356
Less--Current portion.......................................     1,950        462
                                                              --------    -------
                                                              $127,568    $31,894
                                                              ========    =======
</TABLE>

On 30 June 1999, Young & Rubicam increased its borrowing capacity by entering
into a $200 million 364-day unsecured revolving credit facility. On 15 May 1998,
Young & Rubicam entered into a $400 million, five-year unsecured multicurrency
revolving credit facility and used the net proceeds from the Offering together
with $155 million of borrowings under this credit facility to repay all
outstanding borrowings outstanding under its then existing $700 million senior
secured credit facility. Approximately $7.3 million of unamortised deferred
financing costs related to the replaced credit facility were charged to expense
and have been reflected as an extraordinary charge, net of an applicable tax
benefit of approximately $2.8 million, in Young & Rubicam's consolidated
statement of operations for the year ended 31 December 1998. Amounts due under
the credit facility are required to be repaid on 15 May 2003. Young & Rubicam is
required to pay varying rates of interest on outstanding borrowings, generally
based on LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.275% to 0.70%, depending
on the leverage ratio, or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%. Young & Rubicam is
also required to pay a facility fee ranging from 0.10% to 0.20% and, if the
outstanding advances exceed 50% of the aggregate facility, a utilisation fee
will be charged ranging from 0.075% to 0.125%. In 1999 and 1998, the total
facility fees under the credit facilities were $0.6 million and $0.4 million,
respectively. Our credit facilities contain financial and operating restrictions
and covenant requirements, including maximum leverage ratio and minimum interest
coverage requirements, and permit the payment of cash dividends except in the
event of a continuing default under the credit agreements.

At 31 December 1999, the current portion of long-term debt includes installment
notes payable to management investors of $0.7 million. At 31 December 1998,
short-term and long-term debt includes installment notes payable to management
investors of $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

The weighted-average interest rate on outstanding debt was 5.71% for the year
ended 31 December 1999. The weighted-average interest rate on outstanding debt,
including the effect of interest rate swap contracts, was 6.27% for the year
ended 31 December 1998. At 31 December 1998, Young & Rubicam had interest rate
protection agreements with respect to $31.5 million of its indebtedness. During
the first quarter of 1999, all interest rate protection agreements to which we
were party either matured or were retired. Accordingly, at 31 December 1999, we
had no such agreements outstanding.

At 31 December 1999 and 1998, Young & Rubicam had $760 million and
$543 million, respectively, in availability under its commercial lines of credit
($635 million and $435 million, respectively, in the United States and
$125 million and $108 million, respectively, outside the United States). Unused
commercial lines of credit at 31 December 1999 and 1998 were $600 million and
$480 million, respectively. Young &

                                       86
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

12--DEBT (CONTINUED)
Rubicam has no obligation to pay commitment fees on our current credit
facilities. During 1998, Young & Rubicam paid commitment fees of approximately
$0.1 million on the unused portion of the replaced credit facility.

13--FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITY

At 31 December 1999 and 1998, the carrying value of Young & Rubicam's financial
instruments approximated fair value in all material respects.

At 31 December 1999, Young & Rubicam had $159.3 million in outstanding
indebtedness as compared to $63.9 million at 31 December 1998, consisting
primarily of floating rate debt. For floating rate debt, interest rate changes
generally do not affect the fair market value but do impact future earnings and
cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. Based on outstanding
indebtedness as of 31 December 1999 the annual after-tax earnings impact
resulting from a one-percentage point increase or decrease in interest rates
would be approximately $1.0 million, holding other variables constant.

Young & Rubicam enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge certain
assets and liabilities which are recorded in a currency different from that in
which they settle. The purpose of these contracts is almost exclusively to hedge
intercompany transactions. Gains and losses on these contracts generally offset
losses and gains on the related foreign currency denominated intercompany
transactions. The gains and losses on these positions are deferred and included
in the basis of the transaction upon settlement. The terms of these contracts
are generally a one-month maturity. At 31 December 1999, Young & Rubicam had
contracts for the sale of $26.1 million and the purchase of $11.9 million of
foreign currencies at fixed rates, compared to contracts for the sale of
$19.4 million and the purchase of $6.1 million of foreign currencies at fixed
rates at 31 December 1998.

At 31 December 1998, Young & Rubicam had entered into interest rate protection
agreements with respect to $31.5 million of its indebtedness. The fair value
approximated the notional amount at 31 December 1998. During the first quarter
of 1999, all interest rate protection agreements to which we were party either
matured or were retired. Accordingly, at 31 December 1999, we had no such
agreements outstanding.

Management believes that any losses resulting from market risk would not have a
material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows of Young & Rubicam.

                                       87
<PAGE>
3.5 Notes to the Y&R historical financial information (continued)

14--EQUITY

The following schedule summarises the changes in the number of outstanding
shares of common stock and treasury stock:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                COMMON     COMMON STOCK
                                                                STOCK      IN TREASURY
                                                              ----------   ------------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
BALANCE 1 JANUARY 1997......................................  58,469,280            --
                                                              ----------    ----------
Issued......................................................   4,391,010            --
Repurchased.................................................  (1,115,160)    1,115,160
                                                              ----------    ----------
BALANCE 31 DECEMBER 1997....................................  61,745,130     1,115,160
                                                              ----------    ----------
Issued--Offering............................................   6,912,730            --
Issued--Option Exercises....................................   2,178,436    (1,599,946)
Restricted Stock Redeemed...................................  (1,855,845)    1,855,845
Repurchased.................................................  (2,605,882)    2,605,882
                                                              ----------    ----------
BALANCE 31 DECEMBER 1998....................................  66,374,569     3,976,941
                                                              ----------    ----------
Issued--Option Exercises....................................   7,927,665    (5,326,700)
Issued--Acquisitions........................................   2,149,951    (2,149,951)
Repurchased.................................................  (3,502,181)    3,502,181
                                                              ----------    ----------
BALANCE 31 DECEMBER 1999....................................  72,950,004         2,471
                                                              ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

In 1997, payments of $247.8 million were made to US-based equity holders for
options and other equity holdings tendered in connection with Young & Rubicam's
recapitalisation in 1996 (the "Recapitalisation").

In connection with the consummation of the Recapitalisation, Young & Rubicam
created a class of preferred stock designated as Money Market Preferred Stock
(the "Money Market Preferred"). The Money Market Preferred carries a variable
rate dividend and is redeemable at Young & Rubicam's election for $115.00 per
share following the fifth anniversary of the issuance thereof. At 31 December
1999 and 1998, 50,000 shares of Money Market Preferred were authorised and 87
shares were issued and outstanding.

15--OPTIONS

The Young & Rubicam Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "ICP") provides
for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARS"), restricted
stock, deferred stock, other stock-related awards, and performance or annual
incentive awards that may be settled in cash, stock or other property
("Awards"). Under the ICP, the total number of shares of Y&R common stock
reserved and available for delivery to participants in connection with Awards is
19,125,000, plus the number of shares of Y&R common stock subject to awards
under pre-existing plans that become available (generally due to cancellation or
forfeiture) after the effective date of the ICP; provided, however, that the
total number of shares of Y&R common stock with respect to which incentive stock
options may be granted shall not exceed 1,000,000. Any shares of Y&R Common
Stock delivered under the ICP may consist of authorised and unissued shares or
treasury shares.

The Board of Directors is authorised to grant stock options, including incentive
stock options, non-qualified stock options, and SARS entitling the participant
to receive the excess of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the
date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The exercise price per share
subject to an option and the grant price of a SAR is determined by the Board of
Directors, but must not be less than the fair market value of a share of common
stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of each option or SAR, the times at
which each option or SAR will be exercisable, and provisions requiring
forfeiture of unexercised options or SARS at or following termination of
employment generally is fixed by the Board of Directors, except no option or SAR
may have a term exceeding ten years.

Generally, options granted prior to 1999 under the ICP become exercisable over a
three-year vesting period beginning on the third anniversary of the date of
grant and expire ten years from the date of grant.

                                       88
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

15--OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
The three-year vesting period for options granted in 1999 generally begins on
the first anniversary of the date of grant. However, the Board of Directors may,
at its discretion, accelerate the exercisability, the lapsing of restrictions,
or the expiration of deferral or vesting periods of any award, and such
accelerated exercisability, lapse, expiration and vesting shall occur
automatically in the case of a "change in control" of Young & Rubicam except to
the extent otherwise provided in the award agreement. In addition, the Board of
Directors may provide that the performance goals relating to any
performance-based awards will be deemed to have been met upon the occurrence of
any change in control.

At the closing of the Recapitalisation in 1996, the Board of Directors granted
the Rollover Options, which were immediately vested and exercisable. Each
Rollover Option has an exercise price of $1.92 per share, with certain limited
exceptions outside the United States. Of the Rollover Options, 50% have a term
of five years and the remaining 50% have a term of seven years.

At the closing of the Recapitalisation, the Board of Directors also granted to
employees options to purchase 5,200,590 shares of Y&R common stock at $7.67 per
share and, in 1997, additional options to purchase 1,891,200 shares of Y&R
common stock at $7.67 per share (the "Additional Options"). As a result of the
granting of the Additional Options in 1997, Young & Rubicam recognised a
compensation charge of $1.3 million reflecting the difference between the
estimated fair market value of Y&R Common Stock on the date of grant and the
exercise price of the Additional Options. All options granted to employees in
connection with the Recapitalisation were pursuant to and are governed by the
stock option plan in existence prior to the effective date of the ICP.

Additionally, at the closing of the Recapitalisation, Y&R granted to Hellman &
Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P. (``HFCP") and certain other investors
options to purchase 2,598,105 shares of Y&R common stock at $7.67 per share
which were exercisable immediately and expire on the seventh anniversary of the
closing. Substantially all of the HFCP options were exercised in 1999.

Young & Rubicam has adopted SFAS No. 123 (see Note 1). In accordance with the
provisions of SFAS No. 123, Young & Rubicam applies APB Opinion No. 25, and
related interpretations, in accounting for its plans. If Young & Rubicam had
elected to recognise compensation expense based upon the fair value at the grant
date for awards under its plans consistent with the methodology prescribed by
SFAS No. 123, Young & Rubicam's net income in 1999 would be decreased by
$8.3 million and the net income per common share would be decreased by $0.12 and
$0.10, for basic and diluted earnings per share, respectively. Y&R's net loss
would be increased by $7.8 million and $6.3 million for the years ended
31 December 1998 and 1997, respectively, and the net basic and diluted loss per
common share would be increased by $0.13 for each of the years ended
31 December 1998 and 1997.

These SFAS No. 123 pro forma amounts may not be representative of future
disclosures since the estimated fair value of stock options is amortised to
expense over the vesting period, and additional options may be granted in future
years. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions for the
period ended 31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               1999           1998           1997
                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Expected term............................      4 years        6 years       10 years
Risk-free rate...........................  5.22%-6.23%    4.26%-5.84%    5.59%-7.12%
Dividend yield...........................        0.26%             0%             0%
Expected volatility......................       28.60%         24.90%             0%
</TABLE>

Since Y&R's common stock was publicly traded for the first time in 1998 as a
result of the offering, we did not have sufficient historical information to
make a reasonable assumption as to the expected volatility of our common stock
price in the future. As a result, the assumption in the table above reflects the
expected volatility of stock prices of entities similar to Y&R. In addition, the
decrease in the expected term of options for 1998 as compared to 1997 is due to
the creation of an active, liquid market for Y&R's common stock resulting from
the Offering.

The weighted-average fair value and weighted-average exercise price of options
granted on and subsequent to the Recapitalisation for which the exercise price
equals the fair value of Y&R Common Stock on

                                       89
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

15--OPTIONS (CONTINUED)
the grant date was $12.30 and $38.76 in 1999, respectively, $7.80 and $22.59 in
1998, respectively, and $5.28 and $12.33 in 1997, respectively.

In 1997, Young & Rubicam granted options to certain executives at exercise
prices below the fair value of Y&R common stock on the date of grant. The
weighted-average fair value and weighted-average exercise price of these options
was $6.76 and $7.67 in 1997, respectively.

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the
weighted-average fair value of traded options, which have no vesting
restrictions and are fully transferable. Because Young & Rubicam's employee
stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded
options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially
affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do
not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its
employee stock options.

Transactions involving options are summarised as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           WEIGHTED-
                                                                            AVERAGE
                                                               OPTIONS      EXERCISE
                                                             OUTSTANDING     PRICE
                                                             -----------   ----------
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>
1 JANUARY 1997.............................................  24,622,260      $ 3.76
                                                             ----------      ------
Granted....................................................  11,469,150       11.56
Exercised..................................................  (4,250,790)       2.19
Cancelled..................................................    (827,415)       4.50
                                                             ----------      ------
31 DECEMBER 1997...........................................  31,013,205        6.84
                                                             ----------      ------
Granted....................................................   2,472,933       22.59
Exercised..................................................  (2,178,436)       3.10
Cancelled..................................................  (1,230,060)      10.81
                                                             ----------      ------
31 DECEMBER 1998...........................................  30,077,642        8.23
                                                             ----------      ------
Granted....................................................   4,414,179       38.76
Exercised..................................................  (7,927,665)       4.54
Cancelled..................................................  (2,228,060)      13.65
                                                             ----------      ------
31 DECEMBER 1999...........................................  24,336,096      $14.47
                                                             ==========      ======
</TABLE>

At 31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997, Young & Rubicam had exercisable options of
8,494,699, 14,963,354, and 17,242,995, respectively.

The following information is as of 31 December 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     OPTIONS OUTSTANDING              OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                            -------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                                           WEIGHTED-
                                                            AVERAGE     WEIGHTED-                 WEIGHTED-
                                                           REMAINING     AVERAGE                   AVERAGE
                                              NUMBER      CONTRACTUAL   EXERCISE      NUMBER      EXERCISE
         RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES           OUTSTANDING      LIFE         PRICE     EXERCISABLE     PRICE
------------------------------------------  -----------   -----------   ---------   -----------   ---------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
  $1.92...................................   6,083,314        3.11       $ 1.92      6,083,314     $ 1.92
  $7.67...................................   4,322,980        6.24         7.67      2,221,361       7.67
  $12.00-$15.00...........................   8,312,700        8.10        12.40        103,650      12.59
  $25.00-$31.00...........................   1,420,223        8.94        28.55         86,374      30.22
  $37.00-$49.00...........................   4,196,879        9.47        38.98             --         --
                                            ----------        ----       ------      ---------     ------
TOTAL AT 31 DECEMBER 1999.................  24,336,096        6.81       $14.47      8,494,699     $ 3.84
                                            ==========        ====       ======      =========     ======
</TABLE>

16--LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Young & Rubicam is involved in various legal proceedings incident to the
ordinary course of business. Young & Rubicam's practice is to attempt to
minimise potential liabilities through insurance coverage

                                       90
<PAGE>
3.5 NOTES TO THE Y&R HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

16--LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
and/or indemnification provisions in its agreements with clients and others.
Young & Rubicam believes that the outcome of all pending legal proceedings and
unasserted claims in the aggregate will not have a material adverse effect on
its results of operations, consolidated financial position or liquidity.

At 31 December 1999, Young & Rubicam was committed under operating leases,
principally for office space. Certain leases contain renewal options calling for
increased rentals. Others contain certain escalation clauses relating to taxes
and other operating expenses.

Net rental expense was $85.1 million, $75.5 million, and $74.4 million in 1999,
1998 and 1997, respectively. Future minimum rental commitments as of
31 December 1999 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                              --------------
<S>                                                           <C>
2000........................................................      $61,831
2001........................................................       56,600
2002........................................................       50,672
2003........................................................       42,891
2004........................................................       38,092
Thereafter..................................................       93,014
</TABLE>

Young & Rubicam had outstanding guarantees of $4.5 million and $8.6 million at
31 December 1999 and 1998, respectively, primarily in support of credit lines of
unconsolidated affiliates.

17--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

On 20 January 2000, Young & Rubicam completed the placement of $287.5 million of
3% convertible subordinated notes due 15 January 2005, which includes
$37.5 million of notes issued pursuant to the exercise by the initial purchasers
of their over-allotment option. At the option of the holder, the notes are
convertible into shares of Y&R's Common Stock at a conversion price of $73.36
per share, subject to adjustment. Young & Rubicam used the net proceeds of the
offering to repay outstanding debt under Young & Rubicam's existing bank credit
facilities and to fund operations.

In January 2000, Young & Rubicam contributed cash and certain assets and rights
known as Y&R TeamSpace, a proprietary software tool, to eMotion Inc., a firm
that provides digital media management solutions that facilitate the creative
workflow, sale, distribution and management of media rich broadband content, in
exchange for an ownership interest in eMotion Inc. Young & Rubicam expects to
record a gain in the first quarter of 2000 in connection with this transaction.

In the first quarter of 2000, Young & Rubicam acquired 100% of Robinson Lerer &
Montgomery, LLC and also made strategic investments in certain other entities.
Cash payments made in connection with these transactions amounted to
approximately $45 million.

                                       91
<PAGE>
3.6 UNAUDITED DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED
31 DECEMBER
   1999, 1998 AND 1997

The following unaudited information relating to Directors' remuneration and
interests for those Y&R directors who are proposed Directors of WPP if the
merger proceeds has been prepared solely for the purpose of disclosure within
these Listing Particulars. Such information has been extracted from proxy
statements filed by Y&R with the SEC and underlying accounting records
maintained by Y&R. For all periods presented the information is unaudited.

REMUNERATION OF THE Y&R DIRECTORS WHO ARE PROPOSED TO BECOME WPP DIRECTORS WAS
AS FOLLOWS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SALARY      OTHER       SHORT-TERM                    LONG-TERM        PENSION
                                              AND FEES    BENEFITS   INCENTIVE PLANS    TOTAL     INCENTIVE PLANS   CONTRIBUTION
NAME                              LOCATION     ($000)      ($000)        ($000)         ($000)       ($000)(2)         ($000)
----                              ---------   ---------   --------   ---------------   --------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>               <C>
1999
M. Dolan........................  USA          $550.0      $22.7         $405.0         $977.7        $  0.0            $4.8
W. Hellman......................  USA          $ 50.0(1)      --             --             --            --              --
M. Jordan.......................  USA          $  0.0         --             --             --            --              --
C. Lewinton.....................  UK           $ 80.0(1)      --             --             --            --              --
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SALARY      OTHER       SHORT-TERM                    LONG-TERM        PENSION
NAME                              LOCATION    AND FEES    BENEFITS   INCENTIVE PLANS    TOTAL     INCENTIVE PLANS   CONTRIBUTION
----                              ---------   ---------   --------   ---------------   --------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>               <C>
1998
M. Dolan........................  USA          $550.0      $21.1         $300.0         $871.1        $116.1            $4.8
W. Hellman......................  USA          $  0.0         --             --             --            --              --
M. Jordan.......................  USA          $  0.0         --             --             --            --              --
C. Lewinton.....................  UK           $  0.0         --             --             --            --              --
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SALARY      OTHER       SHORT-TERM                    LONG-TERM        PENSION
NAME                              LOCATION    AND FEES    BENEFITS   INCENTIVE PLANS    TOTAL     INCENTIVE PLANS   CONTRIBUTION
----                              ---------   ---------   --------   ---------------   --------   ---------------   ------------
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>               <C>        <C>               <C>
1997
M. Dolan........................  USA          $500.0      $15.4         $198.0         $713.4        $555.0            $4.8
W. Hellman......................  USA          $  0.0         --             --             --            --              --
M. Jordan.......................  USA          $  0.0         --             --             --            --              --
C. Lewinton.....................  UK           $  0.0         --             --             --            --              --
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTES:

(1)     Deferred into Directors Deferred Compensation Plan.

(2)     There were no long-term incentive bonus plans in place for the year
      ended 31 December 1999.

                                       92
<PAGE>
3.6 UNAUDITED DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED
31 DECEMBER
   1999, 1998 AND 1997 (CONTINUED)
INTERESTS IN Y&R SHARES (ALL OF WHICH WERE BENEFICIAL) WERE AS FOLLOWS:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                GRANTED
                                                                                 (SOLD)
                                                                     AT 1 JAN     1999      VESTED    AT 31 DEC
NAME                                            PLAN                   1999       (1)        1999       1999
----                             ----------------------------------  --------   --------   --------   ---------
<S>                              <C>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1999
M. Dolan......................   Restricted Stock - Vest at IPO      260,865    (61,926)      --       198,939
                                 Restricted Stock - Mandatory
                                 Deferral                             45,000         73       --        45,073
                                 Restricted Stock - Partnership
                                 board                                 9,420                  --         9,420
W. Hellman....................   Directors Deferred Comp Plan          1,167          2       --         1,169
M. Jordan.....................                                            --         --       --            --
C. Lewinton...................   Directors Deferred Comp Plan          1,868          3       --         1,871
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTE:

(1)     Stock granted includes dividends, in the form of additional shares on
      existing shareholdings.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AT 1 JAN   GRANTED     VESTED    AT 31 DEC
NAME                                            PLAN                    1998     (LAPSED)     1998       1998
----                             -----------------------------------  --------   --------   --------   ---------
<S>                              <C>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1998
M. Dolan......................   Restricted Stock - Vest at IPO       260,865        --        --       260,865
                                 Restricted Stock - Mandatory
                                 Deferral                              45,000        --        --        45,000
                                 Restricted Stock - Partnership
                                 board                                     --     9,420        --         9,420
W. Hellman....................   n/a                                      n/a       n/a       n/a           n/a
M. Jordan.....................   n/a                                      n/a       n/a       n/a           n/a
C. Lewinton...................   n/a                                      n/a       n/a       n/a           n/a
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AT 1 JAN   GRANTED     VESTED    AT 31 DEC
NAME                                            PLAN                   1997     (LAPSED)     1997       1997
----                             ----------------------------------  --------   --------   --------   ---------
<S>                              <C>                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1997
M. Dolan......................   Restricted Stock - Vest at IPO      260,865         --       --       260,865
                                 Restricted Stock - Mandatory
                                 Deferred                                 --     45,000       --        45,000
W. Hellman....................   n/a                                     n/a        n/a      n/a           n/a
M. Jordan.....................   n/a                                     n/a        n/a      n/a           n/a
C. Lewinton...................   n/a                                     n/a        n/a      n/a           n/a
</TABLE>

                                       93
<PAGE>
3.6 UNAUDITED DIRECTORS' REMUNERATION AND INTERESTS FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED
31 DECEMBER
   1999, 1998 AND 1997 (CONTINUED)
Outstanding options:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      EXERCISED/   EXERCISED                      EXERCISE DATE          EXERCISE
                                AT 1 JAN   GRANTED     REALISED    RETAINED    AT 31 DEC   ---------------------------   PRICE PER
NAME                              1999     (LAPSED)      1999        1999        1999       COMMENCEMENT      EXPIRY       SHARE
----                            --------   --------   ----------   ---------   ---------   --------------   ----------   ---------
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>          <C>
1999
M. Dolan......................  104,340         --          --           --     104,340      12-Dec-96      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                 78,270         --          --           --      78,270      12-Dec-99      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                 78,255         --          --           --      78,255      12-Dec-01      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                 50,000         --          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-00      17-Dec-07     12.3300
                                 50,000         --          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-01      17-Dec-07     12.3300
                                 50,000         --          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-02      17-Dec-07     12.3300
                                            66,666          --           --      66,666      25-May-00      25-May-09     37.2500
                                            66,667          --           --      66,667      25-May-01      25-May-09     37.2500
                                            66,667          --           --      66,667      25-May-02      25-May-09     37.2500
W. Hellman....................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --
M. Jordan.....................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --
C. Lewinton...................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --

<CAPTION>
                                  MARKET PRICE
                                  PER SHARE ON
NAME                            DATE OF EXERCISE
----                            ----------------
<S>                             <C>
1999
M. Dolan......................         n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
W. Hellman....................         n/a
M. Jordan.....................         n/a
C. Lewinton...................         n/a
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      EXERCISED/   EXERCISED                      EXERCISE DATE          EXERCISE
                                AT 1 JAN   GRANTED     REALISED    RETAINED    AT 31 DEC   ---------------------------   PRICE PER
NAME                              1998     (LAPSED)      1998        1998        1998       COMMENCEMENT      EXPIRY       SHARE
----                            --------   --------   ----------   ---------   ---------   --------------   ----------   ---------
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>          <C>
1998
M. Dolan......................  104,340         --          --           --     104,340      12-Dec-96      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                 78,270         --          --           --      78,270      12-Dec-99      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                 78,255         --          --           --      78,255      12-Dec-01      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                 50,000         --          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-00      17-Dec-07     12.3300
                                 50,000         --          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-01      17-Dec-07     12.3300
                                 50,000         --          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-02      17-Dec-07     12.3300
W. Hellman....................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --
M. Jordan.....................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --
C. Lewinton...................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --

<CAPTION>
                                  MARKET PRICE
                                  PER SHARE ON
NAME                            DATE OF EXERCISE
----                            ----------------
<S>                             <C>
1998
M. Dolan......................         n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
W. Hellman....................         n/a
M. Jordan.....................         n/a
C. Lewinton...................         n/a
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      EXERCISED/   EXERCISED                      EXERCISE DATE          EXERCISE
                                AT 1 JAN   GRANTED     REALISED    RETAINED    AT 31 DEC   ---------------------------   PRICE PER
NAME                              1997     (LAPSED)      1997        1997        1997       COMMENCEMENT      EXPIRY       SHARE
----                            --------   --------   ----------   ---------   ---------   --------------   ----------   ---------
<S>                             <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>              <C>          <C>
1997
M. Dolan......................  104,340         --          --           --     104,340      12-Dec-96      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                 78,270         --          --           --      78,270      12-Dec-99      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                 78,255         --          --           --      78,255      12-Dec-01      12-Dec-06      7.6700
                                            50,000          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-00      17-Dec-07     12.3300
                                            50,000          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-01      17-Dec-07     12.3300
                                            50,000          --           --      50,000      31-Dec-02      17-Dec-07     12.3300
W. Hellman....................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --
M. Jordan.....................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --
C. Lewinton...................       --         --          --           --          --             --             --          --

<CAPTION>
                                  MARKET PRICE
                                  PER SHARE ON
NAME                            DATE OF EXERCISE
----                            ----------------
<S>                             <C>
1997
M. Dolan......................         n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
                                       n/a
W. Hellman....................         n/a
M. Jordan.....................         n/a
C. Lewinton...................         n/a
</TABLE>

                                       94
<PAGE>
4. UNAUDITED INTERIM RESULTS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000

The financial information contained in this section for Young & Rubicam has been
extracted without material adjustment from the unaudited interim financial
statement filed on Form 10-Q with the SEC for the six months ended 30
June 2000.

4.1 YOUNG & RUBICAM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                        30 JUNE
                                                              ---------------------------
                                                                  2000           1999
                                                              ------------   ------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE
                                                                AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Revenues....................................................   $  943,291     $  798,234
Compensation expense, including employee benefits...........      556,445        474,034
General and administrative expenses.........................      277,288        236,808
                                                               ----------     ----------
Operating expenses..........................................      833,733        710,842
                                                               ----------     ----------
Operating profit............................................      109,558         87,392
Interest expense, net.......................................       (8,119)        (4,445)
Other income................................................       12,155             --
                                                               ----------     ----------
Income before income taxes..................................      113,594         82,947
Income tax provision........................................       45,438         34,008
                                                               ----------     ----------
                                                                   68,156         48,939
Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates...........        2,247          1,652
Minority interest in net income of consolidated
  subsidiaries..............................................       (1,348)          (305)
                                                               ----------     ----------
Net income..................................................   $   69,055     $   50,286
                                                               ==========     ==========
Earnings per share:
  Basic.....................................................   $     0.95     $     0.75
                                                               ==========     ==========
  Diluted...................................................   $     0.83     $     0.61
                                                               ==========     ==========
Weighted average shares outstanding (Note 2):
  Basic.....................................................   72,627,811     66,912,004
                                                               ==========     ==========
  Diluted...................................................   86,388,529     82,047,778
                                                               ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

                                       95
<PAGE>
4.2 YOUNG & RUBICAM CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                30 JUNE      31 DECEMBER
                                                                 2000           1999
                                                              -----------   -------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE
                                                                AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  173,256     $  144,517
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
    accounts of $24,223 and $25,012 at 30 June, 2000 and 31
    December, 1999, respectively............................   1,008,933      1,031,445
  Costs billable to clients.................................     115,014         76,982
  Other receivables.........................................      41,994         43,138
  Deferred income taxes.....................................      50,566         50,302
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................      29,250         27,803
                                                              ----------     ----------
    Total Current Assets....................................   1,419,013      1,374,187
                                                              ----------     ----------
NONCURRENT ASSETS
  Property, leasehold improvements and equipment at cost,
    net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of
    $263,824 and $248,112 at 30 June, 2000 and 31 December,
    1999, respectively......................................     189,362        194,569
  Deferred income taxes.....................................     149,287         34,875
  Intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $98,627
    and $91,285 at
    30 June, 2000 and 31 December, 1999, respectively.......     371,873        353,860
  Equity in net assets of and advances to unconsolidated
    affiliates..............................................      35,067         36,001
  Investments in equity securities..........................     151,884        366,590
  Other noncurrent assets...................................      48,283         54,199
                                                              ----------     ----------
    Total Assets............................................  $2,364,769     $2,414,281
                                                              ==========     ==========
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable..........................................  $1,201,938     $1,206,385
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities............     217,853        226,006
  Accrued payroll and bonuses...............................      53,779         78,531
  Advance billings..........................................     134,400        132,130
  Accrued taxes on income...................................      15,286         24,844
  Short-term debt...........................................      41,933         31,710
                                                              ----------     ----------
    Total Current Liabilities...............................   1,665,189      1,699,606
                                                              ----------     ----------
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES
  Long-term debt............................................     297,920        127,568
  Deferred compensation.....................................      31,957         31,328
  Other noncurrent liabilities..............................     104,390        117,405

Minority Interests..........................................      14,681         14,194
Commitments and Contingencies...............................
                                                              ----------     ----------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Money Market Preferred Stock--cumulative variable
    dividend; liquidating value of $115 per share; one-tenth
    of one vote per share; authorized--50,000 shares; issued
    and outstanding--87 shares..............................                         --
  Cumulative Participating Junior Preferred Stock--minimum
    $1.00 dividend; liquidating value of $1.00 per share;
    100 votes per share; authorized--2,500,000 shares;
    issued and outstanding--0 shares........................                         --
  Common stock--par value $.01 per share;
    authorized--250,000,000 shares; issued and
    outstanding--73,160,024 shares and 72,950,004 shares at
    30 June, 2000 and 31 December, 1999, respectively
    (excluding 192,684 shares and 2,471 shares in
    treasury)...............................................         734            730
  Capital surplus...........................................     872,870        908,969
  Accumulated deficit.......................................    (530,994)      (596,470)
  Net unrealized (depreciation) appreciation in equity
    securities, net of tax..................................     (27,792)       144,977
  Cumulative translation adjustment.........................     (53,915)       (33,092)
  Pension liability adjustment..............................        (817)          (817)
                                                              ----------     ----------
                                                                 260,086        424,297
  Common stock in treasury, at cost.........................      (9,454)          (117)
                                                              ----------     ----------
    Total Stockholders' Equity..............................     250,632        424,180
                                                              ----------     ----------
    Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity..............  $2,364,769     $2,414,281
                                                              ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

                                       96
<PAGE>
4.3 YOUNG & RUBICAM CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                     30 JUNE
                                                              ---------------------
                                                                2000        1999
                                                              ---------   ---------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income..................................................  $  69,055   $  50,286
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
  operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.............................     42,209      32,465
  Other income..............................................    (12,155)         --
  Deferred income tax expense...............................     28,662      24,049
  Equity in net income of unconsolidated affiliates.........     (2,247)     (1,652)
  Dividends from unconsolidated affiliates..................        418       1,181
  Minority interest in net income of consolidated
    companies...............................................      1,348         305
Change in assets and liabilities, excluding effects from
  acquisitions, dispositions and foreign exchange:
  Accounts receivable.......................................     (8,212)     (7,967)
  Costs billable to clients.................................    (36,364)    (33,194)
  Other receivables.........................................     (2,381)       (304)
  Prepaid expenses and other assets.........................     (3,079)     (3,681)
  Accounts payable..........................................      3,902      23,858
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities............     (1,090)    (20,074)
  Accrued payroll and bonuses...............................    (19,143)    (30,382)
  Advance billings..........................................      2,270      (8,324)
  Accrued taxes on income...................................     (8,762)     (1,687)
  Deferred compensation.....................................        954       1,090
  Other.....................................................    (10,870)     (9,074)
                                                              ---------   ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES...................  $  44,515   $  16,895
                                                              ---------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Additions to property, leasehold improvements and
    equipment...............................................  $ (27,061)  $ (32,516)
  Acquisitions, net of cash acquired........................    (48,550)   (102,659)
  Investments in equity securities..........................    (35,438)    (11,558)
  Proceeds from investing activities........................      4,070          --
                                                              ---------   ---------
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES.......................  $(106,979)  $(146,733)
                                                              ---------   ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net proceeds from convertible subordinated notes..........  $ 282,469   $      --
  Proceeds from other long-term debt........................      8,143     189,955
  Repayments of long-term debt..............................   (124,666)     (5,109)
  Net proceeds from short-term debt.........................     32,013     (28,330)
  Common stock issued.......................................      8,616       8,351
  Purchase of treasury shares...............................    (90,296)    (67,810)
  Dividends paid............................................     (3,578)     (1,752)
  Payment of deferred compensation..........................     (3,456)     (1,356)
  Other financing activities................................     (1,285)     (1,001)
                                                              ---------   ---------
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES...................  $ 107,960   $  92,948
                                                              ---------   ---------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
  equivalents...............................................    (16,757)     (5,676)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS........     28,739     (42,566)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..............    144,517     122,138
                                                              ---------   ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....................  $ 173,256   $  79,572
                                                              =========   =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Interest paid.............................................  $   1,943   $   7,479
                                                              =========   =========
  Income taxes paid.........................................  $  19,601   $  14,208
                                                              =========   =========
NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVITY:
  Common stock issued in acquisitions.......................  $   2,310   $  83,700
                                                              =========   =========
</TABLE>

                                       97
<PAGE>
4.4 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1--DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

BUSINESS:  Young & Rubicam is a global communications company which offers
clients integrated services in the creation and production of advertising,
strategic media planning and buying, direct marketing and customer relationship
management, perception management and public relations, branding consultancy and
design services, and healthcare communications. Y&R operates through wholly
owned subsidiaries, joint ventures and non-equity affiliations worldwide.
Operations cover the major geographic regions of North America, Europe, Latin
America, the Far East, Australia, New Zealand, the Middle East and Africa.

CONSOLIDATION:  The accompanying unaudited consolidated condensed financial
statements of Y&R have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the SEC. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in
financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and
regulations. These unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements should
be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto included in Y&R's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 31
December 1999. In the opinion of management, the accompanying financial
statements reflect all adjustments, which are of a normal recurring nature,
necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods presented.
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year's financial
statements to conform to the 2000 presentation.

The results of operations for the interim periods presented are not necessarily
indicative of the results expected for the full year.

USE OF ESTIMATES:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2--EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income by the weighted
average shares of common stock outstanding during the six months ended 30 June
2000 and 1999. Diluted earnings per share for the six months ended 30 June 2000
and 1999 are calculated as net income adjusted for after-tax interest expense on
our 3% Convertible Subordinated Notes in 2000, divided by weighted average
shares of common stock outstanding, adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock
options, primarily stock options granted to employees under stock-based
compensation plans, the convertible subordinated notes and other dilutive
securities.

Shares used in computing basic and diluted earnings per share were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      30 JUNE
                                                              -----------------------
                                                                 2000         1999
                                                              ----------   ----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Basic--weighted average shares..............................  72,627,811   66,912,004
Dilutive effect of stock options............................  10,241,271   15,135,774
Dilutive effect of convertible notes........................   3,519,447           --
                                                              ----------   ----------
Diluted--weighted average shares............................  86,388,529   82,047,778
                                                              ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

                                       98
<PAGE>
4.4 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

3--COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

The following table sets forth total comprehensive income (loss) and its
components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    30 JUNE
                                                              --------------------
                                                                2000        1999
                                                              ---------   --------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Net income..................................................  $  69,055   $50,286
Unrealised depreciation in equity securities, net of tax:
  Unrealised depreciation arising during period.............   (171,615)       --
  Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains included in
    net income..............................................     (1,154)       --
                                                              ---------   -------
  Net unrealised depreciation in equity securities, net of
    tax.....................................................   (172,769)       --
Foreign currency translation adjustment.....................    (20,823)  (14,546)
                                                              ---------   -------
Total comprehensive income..................................  $(124,537)  $35,740
                                                              =========   =======
</TABLE>

4--INVESTMENTS IN EQUITY SECURITIES

At 30 June 2000, all equity securities covered under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 115 ("SFAS No. 115") were designated as
available-for-sale. In accordance with SFAS No. 115, these securities are
reported at fair value, adjusted for any other-than-temporary declines in value.
Such equity securities at 30 June 2000 had an aggregate cost basis of
$122.5 million and included certain equity securities received as additional
consideration in the first half of 2000 as a result of achieving revenue and
operating profit performance targets of the Brand Dialogue assets contributed to
Luminant Worldwide Corporation in 1999. These securities are carried at their
fair value of $77.0 million and are included in investments in equity securities
on the balance sheet. Differences between cost and fair value of $45.5 million
are carried net of $17.7 million of related income tax benefit as a separate
component of stockholders' equity under the balance sheet caption "Net
unrealised (depreciation) appreciation in equity securities."

In January 2000, Y&R contributed cash and certain assets and rights known as Y&R
TeamSpace, a proprietary software tool, to eMotion Inc. ("eMotion"), a firm that
provides digital media management solutions that facilitate the creative
workflow, sale, distribution and management of media rich broadband content, in
exchange for an ownership interest in eMotion. The equity securities received in
connection with this transaction are carried on the balance sheet at net cost,
as readily determinable fair values are not available. At 30 June 2000, the
carrying value of this cost investment was $14.3 million. In addition, Y&R
recorded a gain on the contribution of Y&R TeamSpace to eMotion in the first
quarter of 2000 totaling approximately $7.6 million.

Also during the first half of 2000, Y&R invested an additional $29.0 million in
equity securities that are carried on the balance sheet at cost. These cost
investments include Y&R's investment in Naviant Inc., a leading provider of
precision marketing solutions to web advertisers, web publishers and consumer
marketers of approximately $15.0 million.

Under certain investment agreements, Y&R is eligible to share with the
respective entities a portion of revenues, if any, generated from the use or
referral by Y&R or its clients of the respective entity's products or services.
In certain instances, Y&R may also be required to make payments pursuant to
minimum revenue guarantees over a specified period. While Y&R cannot reasonably
estimate the amount, if any, that could be earned or become payable under such
agreements, such amounts are not expected to be material to Y&R's consolidated
results of operations, financial position or cash flow. To date no commission
fee revenue has been earned or recognised. During the quarter ended 30 June 2000
revenue guarantee amounts totaling $1.0 million have been paid under such
arrangements.

5--ACQUISITIONS

During the first half of 2000, Y&R acquired all outstanding membership interests
in Robinson Lerer & Montgomery, LLC ("RLM"), a leading public relations and
strategy consulting firm in a cash and stock transaction, and also made several
other acquisitions. All of these acquisitions were accounted for under

                                       99
<PAGE>
4.4 NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

5--ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
the purchase method of accounting and a preliminary allocation of the costs to
acquire these entities has been made based on the fair value of the net assets
acquired. Certain acquisitions may require Y&R to pay incremental amounts as
additional consideration in future years, based on the operating results
achieved by the companies that were acquired. The aggregate purchase price of
acquisitions completed in the first six months of 2000, including any amounts
paid under existing contingent consideration obligations, amounted to
approximately $57 million.

6--LONG-TERM DEBT

Y&R's long-term debt is comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              JUNE 30,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                2000          1999
                                                              ---------   ------------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Unsecured revolving credit facilities.......................  $  7,564      $123,500
3% Convertible subordinated notes...........................   287,500            --
Capital lease obligations...................................     1,479         2,197
Other borrowings............................................     3,249         4,500
                                                              --------      --------
                                                               299,792       130,197
Less--Current portion.......................................     1,872         2,629
                                                              --------      --------
                                                              $297,920      $127,568
                                                              ========      ========
</TABLE>

Interest expense was $12.2 million for the six months ended 30 June 2000
compared to interest expense of $9.1 million for the six months ended 30 June
1999.

On 20 January 2000, Y&R completed the placement of $287.5 million of 3%
Convertible Subordinated Notes due 15 January 2005. At the option of the holder,
the notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion price
of $73.36 per share, subject to adjustment, beginning 90 days following the
issuance of the notes. The notes may be redeemed at Y&R's option on or after
20 January 2003. Additionally, under certain circumstances, holders of the notes
may have the right to require Y&R to repurchase the notes. Interest on the notes
is payable on 15 January and 15 July of each year, beginning on 15 July 2000.
The notes are unsecured obligations of Y&R and are subordinated in right of
payment to all senior indebtedness and liabilities of subsidiaries of Y&R. Y&R
used the net proceeds of the offering to repay outstanding debt under our
existing bank credit facilities and to fund operations, acquisitions, investment
activity and share repurchases.

7--CASH DIVIDEND

On 15 June 2000 and 15 March 2000, Y&R paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.025
per common share to all stockholders of record as of 1 June 2000 and 1 March
2000, respectively.

8--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On 29 June 2000, Y&R announced that it had agreed to acquire The Partners, a
leading UK design agency and corporate identity specialist. The transaction was
completed in July 2000.

                                      100
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
GAAP

Young & Rubicam's historical financial information has been prepared in
accordance with US GAAP. The main differences between the accounting policies
adopted by Y&R under US GAAP and those adopted by WPP under UK GAAP relate to
the amortisation of goodwill, equity accounting, the measurement of compensation
in connection with share awards, the recognition of gains on the disposal of
fixed assets in exchange for an equity interest in another entity, the carrying
value of listed equity securities, the timing of recognition of contingent
consideration, the treatment of treasury stock used to satisfy employee share
options and deferred taxation. Additionally the US GAAP figures include
reclassifications of cash equivalents and various other balance sheet items
presented in the Y&R audited historical financial statements to conform with
WPP's presentation format and accounting policies, which are described more
fully in Note 1 below.

The following tables show the impact of the unaudited UK GAAP adjustments on the
Young & Rubicam audited financial statements (as conformed to WPP presentation
format) for the three years ended 31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997, and on the
Y&R unaudited financial statments (as conformed to WPP presentation format) for
the six months ended 30 June 2000, to restate these figures in accordance with
WPP's disclosed accounting policies under UK GAAP.

            CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                         31 DECEMBER 1999 UNDER UK GAAP

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1999
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                          UNAUDITED
                                                                          US TO UK
                                                        RECLASSIFICATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
                                          US GAAP        (NOTE 1)         (NOTE 2)              UK GAAP
                                         ------------   ---------------   -----------   -----------------------
                                          US$ MIL        US$ MIL           US$ MIL       US$ MIL      UKL MIL
Turnover (gross billings)..............          --                         8,530.9 (a)   8,530.9      5,273.1
Cost of Sales..........................          --                        (6,813.7)(a)  (6,813.7)    (4,211.7)
                                           ========          =====         ========      ========     ========
Revenue................................     1,717.2                              --       1,717.2      1,061.4
Operating Costs........................    (1,509.1)                           15.2 (b)  (1,493.9)      (923.4)
                                           --------          -----         --------      --------     --------
Operating Profit.......................       208.1                            15.2 (b)     223.3        138.0
Non-operating exceptional item.........        85.0                           (85.0)(d)        --           --
Income from associates.................          --           10.6 (i)           --          10.6          6.6
                                           --------          -----         --------      --------     --------
Profit on ordinary activities before
  interest & taxation..................       293.1           10.6            (69.8)        233.9        144.6
Net interest payable & similar
  charges..............................       (14.9)                             --         (14.9)        (9.2)
                                           --------          -----         --------      --------     --------
Profit on ordinary activities before
  taxation.............................       278.2           10.6            (69.8)        219.0        135.4
Taxation on profit on ordinary
  activities before exceptional
  items................................      (111.3)         (42.4)(viii)
                                                              (6.1)(i)         78.0 (g)     (81.8)       (50.6)
Exceptional tax credit on exercised
  stock options........................          --           42.4 (viii)        --          42.4         26.2
                                           --------          -----         --------      --------     --------
Tax on profit on ordinary activities...      (111.3)          (6.1)            78.0         (39.4)       (24.4)
                                           --------          -----         --------      --------     --------
Profit on ordinary activities after
  taxation.............................       166.9            4.5              8.2         179.6        111.0
Equity in net income of unconsolidated
  affiliates...........................         4.5           (4.5)(i)           --            --           --
Minority interests.....................        (4.3)                             --          (4.3)        (2.7)
                                           --------          -----         --------      --------     --------
Profit attributable to ordinary share
  owners...............................       167.1             --              8.2         175.3        108.3
                                           --------          -----         --------      --------     --------
Ordinary dividends.....................        (5.3)                             --          (5.3)        (3.3)
                                           --------          -----         --------      --------     --------
Retained profit for the year...........       161.8                             8.2         170.0        105.0
                                           ========          =====         ========      ========     ========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes to the unaudited restatements are an integral part of
                               these statements.

                                      101
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
    GAAP (CONTINUED)

           CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                    31 DECEMBER 1998 AND 1997 UNDER UK GAAP

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1998
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>
                                                                                UNAUDITED US
                                                                                  TO UK
                                                               RECLASSIFICATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
                                                 US GAAP        (NOTE 1)        (NOTE 2)               UK GAAP
                                                ------------   --------------   ------------   -----------------------
                                                 US$ MIL        US$ MIL          US$ MIL        US$ MIL      UKL MIL
Turnover (gross billings).....................          --                         7,707.5 (a)   7,707.5      4,640.0
Cost of Sales.................................          --                        (6,185.0)(a)  (6,185.0)    (3,723.4)
                                                  ========         ======         ========      ========     ========
Revenue.......................................     1,522.5                              --       1,522.5        916.6
Operating Costs...............................    (1,594.0)         234.4             11.4 (b)  (1,348.2)      (811.7)
Operating exceptional item: IPO charge........          --         (234.4)           143.7 (c)     (90.7)       (54.6)
                                                  --------         ------         --------      --------     --------
Operating Profit/(loss).......................       (71.5)            --            155.1 (b)(c)      83.6      50.3
Non-operating exceptional item................          --                              --            --           --
Income from associates........................          --            9.1 (i)           --           9.1          5.5
                                                  --------         ------         --------      --------     --------
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities before
  interest & taxation.........................       (71.5)           9.1            155.1          92.7         55.8
Net interest payable & similar charges........       (15.5)          (7.3)(ii)          --         (22.8)       (13.7)
                                                  --------         ------         --------      --------     --------
Profit on ordinary activities before
  taxation....................................       (87.0)           1.8            155.1          69.9         42.1
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities.....         2.6            2.9 (ii)
                                                                     (4.4)(i)        (37.4)(g)     (36.3)       (21.9)
                                                  --------         ------         --------      --------     --------
Tax on profit on ordinary activities..........         2.6           (1.5)           (37.4)        (36.3)       (21.9)
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after
  taxation....................................       (84.4)           0.3            117.7          33.6         20.2
Equity in net income of unconsolidated
  affiliates..................................         4.7           (4.7)(i)           --            --           --
Extraordinary charge for early retirement of
  debt, net of tax............................        (4.4)           4.4 (ii)          --            --           --
Minority interests............................        (2.0)                             --          (2.0)        (1.2)
                                                  --------         ------         --------      --------     --------
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary share
  owners......................................       (86.1)            --            117.7          31.6         19.0
                                                  --------         ------         --------      --------     --------
Ordinary dividends............................          --                              --            --           --
                                                  --------         ------         --------      --------     --------
Retained profit/(loss) for the year...........       (86.1)            --            117.7          31.6         19.0
                                                  ========         ======         ========      ========     ========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1997
                                               ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>
                                                                               UNAUDITED US
                                                                                 TO UK
                                                              RECLASSIFICATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
                                                US GAAP       (NOTE 1)         (NOTE 2)               UK GAAP
                                               ------------   --------------   ------------   -----------------------
                                                US$ MIL        US$ MIL          US$ MIL        US$ MIL      UKL MIL
Turnover (gross billings)....................          --                         7,115.0 (a)   7,115.0      4,340.4
Cost of Sales................................          --                        (5,732.3)(a)  (5,732.3)    (3,496.9)
                                                 ========         =====          ========      ========     ========
Revenue......................................     1,382.7                              --       1,382.7        843.5
Operating Costs..............................    (1,312.0)                           21.0 (b)  (1,291.0)      (787.6)
Operating exceptional item: IPO charge.......          --                              --            --           --
                                                 --------                        --------      --------     --------
Operating Profit.............................        70.7                            21.0 (b)      91.7         55.9
Non-operating exceptional item...............          --                              --            --           --
Income from associates.......................          --           4.1 (i)            --           4.1          2.5
                                                 --------         -----          --------      --------     --------
Profit on ordinary activities before interest
  & taxation.................................        70.7           4.1              21.0          95.8         58.4
Net interest payable & similar charges.......       (34.4)                             --         (34.4)       (21.0)
                                                 --------         -----          --------      --------     --------
Profit on ordinary activities before
  taxation...................................        36.3           4.1              21.0          61.4         37.4
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities
  before exceptional items...................       (58.3)         (3.8)(i)           5.0 (g)     (57.1)       (34.8)
Exceptional tax credit on exercised stock
  options....................................          --                              --            --           --
                                                 --------         -----          --------      --------     --------
Tax on profit on ordinary activities.........       (58.3)         (3.8)(i)           5.0         (57.1)       (34.8)
                                                 --------         -----          --------      --------     --------
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities after
  taxation...................................       (22.0)          0.3              26.0           4.3          2.6
Equity in net income of unconsolidated
  affiliates.................................         0.3          (0.3)(i)            --            --           --
Minority interests...........................        (2.3)                             --          (2.3)        (1.4)
                                                 --------         -----          --------      --------     --------
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary share
  owners.....................................       (24.0)           --              26.0           2.0          1.2
                                                 --------                        --------      --------     --------
Ordinary dividends...........................          --                              --            --           --
                                                 --------         -----          --------      --------     --------
Retained profit/(loss) for the year..........       (24.0)           --              26.0           2.0          1.2
                                                 ========         =====          ========      ========     ========
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes to the unaudited restatements are an integral part of
                               these statements.

                                      102
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
    GAAP (CONTINUED)

       CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT FOR THE 6 MONTH PERIOD ENDED
                           30 JUNE 2000 UNDER UK GAAP

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          2000
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                          UNAUDITED
                                                                           US TO UK
                                                        RECLASSIFICATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
                                          US GAAP        (NOTE 1)         (NOTE 2)              UK GAAP
                                         ------------   ---------------   -----------   -----------------------
                                          US$ MIL         US$ MIL          US$ MIL       US$ MIL      UKL MIL
Turnover (gross billings)..............          --                          4,244.3 (a)   4,244.3     2,703.4
Cost of Sales..........................          --                         (3,301.0)(a)  (3,301.0)   (2,102.6)
                                           ========         =======        =========     ========     ========
Revenue................................       943.3                               --        943.3        600.8
Operating Costs........................      (833.7)                            10.9 (b)    (822.8)     (524.1)
Operating exceptional item.............          --                            (57.6)(i)     (57.6)      (36.7)
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
Operating Profit.......................       109.6                            (46.7)        62.9         40.0
Non-operating exceptional item.........        12.2                            (12.2)(d)        --          --
Income from associates.................          --             3.8 (i)                       3.8          2.4
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
Profit/(loss) on ordinary activities
  before interest & taxation...........       121.8             3.8            (58.9)        66.7         42.4
Net interest payable & similar
  charges..............................        (8.1)                                         (8.1)        (5.2)
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
Profit on ordinary activities before
  taxation.............................       113.7             3.8            (58.9)        58.6         37.2
Taxation on profit on ordinary
  activities before exceptional
  items................................       (45.4)          (28.2)(viii)
                                                               (1.6)(i)         29.9        (45.3)       (28.9)
Exceptional tax credit on exercised
  stock options........................          --            28.2 (viii)         --        28.2         18.1
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
Tax on profit on ordinary activities...       (45.4)           (1.6)            29.9        (17.1)       (10.8)
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
Profit on ordinary activities after
  taxation.............................        68.3             2.2            (29.0)        41.5         26.4
Equity in net income of unconsolidated
  affiliates...........................         2.2            (2.2)(i)           --           --           --
Minority interests.....................        (1.3)                                         (1.3)        (0.9)
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
Profit attributable to ordinary share
  owners...............................        69.2              --            (29.0)        40.2         25.5
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
Ordinary dividends.....................        (3.6)                                         (3.6)        (2.3)
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
Retained profit for the year...........        65.6              --            (29.0)        36.6         23.2
                                           --------         -------        ---------     --------     --------
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes to the unaudited restatements are an integral part of
                               these statements.

                                      103
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
    GAAP (CONTINUED)

                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS AS AT
                         31 DECEMBER 1999 UNDER UK GAAP

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1999
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                          UNAUDITED
                                                                          US TO UK
                                                        RECLASSIFICATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
                                          US GAAP        (NOTE 1)         (NOTE 2)              UK GAAP
                                         ------------   ---------------   -----------   -----------------------
                                          US$ MIL         US$ MIL          US$ MIL       US$ MIL      UKL MIL

FIXED ASSETS
Intangible assets......................
-- Goodwill............................       353.9            (3.0)(iii)     (91.9)(b)
                                                                               45.4 (e)     304.4        188.1
Tangible fixed assets..................       194.6             3.0 (iii)        --         197.6        122.1
Investments in associated
  undertakings.........................        36.0                              --          36.0         22.2
Other investments......................       366.6                          (237.7)(f)     128.9         79.7
Other assets...........................        89.1           (89.1)(iv)         --            --           --
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
                                            1,040.2           (89.1)         (284.2)        666.9        412.1
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks & work in progress..............        77.0                              --          77.0         47.6
Debtors................................     1,152.6            13.3 (v)
                                                 --            89.1 (iv)      (85.1)(g)   1,169.9        723.0
Cash at bank & in hand.................       144.5           (13.3)(v)          --         131.2         81.1
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
                                            1,374.1            89.1           (85.1)      1,378.1        851.7
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------

CREDITORS: amounts falling due within
  one year.............................    (1,699.6)                            0.8 (h)  (1,698.8)    (1,049.8)

Net current liabilities................      (325.5)           89.1           (84.3)       (320.7)      (198.1)
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
Total assets less current
  liabilities..........................       714.7             0.0          (368.5)        346.2        214.0
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after
  more than one year...................      (276.3)           11.8 (vi)      (45.4)(e)        --           --
                                                 --                             8.8 (g)    (301.1)      (186.1)

PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND
  CHARGES..............................                       (11.8)(vi)         --         (11.8)        (7.3)
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
NET ASSETS.............................       438.4              --          (405.1)         33.3         20.6
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes to the unaudited restatements are an integral part of
                               these statements.

                                      104
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
    GAAP (CONTINUED)

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS/LIABILITIES AS AT
                    31 DECEMBER 1998 AND 1997 UNDER UK GAAP

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1998
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                           UNAUDITED
                                                                           US TO UK
                                                         RECLASSIFICATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
                                          US GAAP         (NOTE 1)         (NOTE 2)               UK GAAP
                                         -------------   ---------------   -----------   -------------------------
                                          US$ MIL          US$ MIL          US$ MIL       US$ MIL       UKL MIL

FIXED ASSETS
Intangible assets......................
-- Goodwill............................       121.0                           (106.0)(b)      15.0           9.0
Tangible fixed assets..................       150.4                               --         150.4          90.4
Investments in associated
  undertakings.........................        38.4                               --          38.4          23.1
Other investments......................          --             49.6 (vii)        --          49.6          29.8
Other assets...........................       202.7           (202.7)(iv)         --            --            --
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
                                              512.5           (153.1)         (106.0)        253.4         152.3
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks & work in progress..............        55.2                               --          55.2          33.2
Debtors................................       945.3              6.0 (v)
                                                 --            202.7 (iv)     (205.3)(g)     948.7         570.2
Cash at bank & in hand.................       122.1             (6.0)(v)          --         116.1          69.8
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
                                            1,122.6            202.7          (205.3)      1,120.0         673.2
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------

CREDITORS: amounts falling due within
  one year.............................    (1,339.5)             2.3 (vi)        1.2 (h)  (1,336.0)       (803.0)

Net current liabilities................      (216.9)           205.0          (204.1)       (216.0)       (129.8)
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
Total assets less current
  liabilities..........................       295.6             51.9          (310.1)         37.4          22.5
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after
  more than one year...................      (175.6)             9.4 (vi)        8.1 (g)    (158.1)        (95.0)

PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND
  CHARGES..............................          --            (11.7)(vi)         --         (11.7)         (7.0)
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
NET ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)...............       120.0             49.6          (302.0)       (132.4)        (79.5)
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1997
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>
                                                                           UNAUDITED
                                                                           US TO UK
                                                         RECLASSIFICATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
                                          US GAAP         (NOTE 1)         (NOTE 2)               UK GAAP
                                         -------------   ---------------   -----------   -------------------------
                                          US$ MIL                           US$ MIL       US$ MIL       UKL MIL

FIXED ASSETS
Intangible assets......................
-- Goodwill............................       118.3                           (118.3)(b)        --            --
Tangible fixed assets..................       125.0                               --         125.0            76
Investments in associated
  undertakings.........................        26.4                               --          26.4          16.0
Other investments......................           0              8.6 (vii)        --           8.6           5.2
Other assets...........................       171.2           (171.2)(iv)         --            --            --
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
                                              440.9           (162.6)         (118.3)        160.0          97.2
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks & work in progress..............        60.3                               --          60.3          36.6
Debtors................................       876.3             11.4 (v)
                                                 --            171.2 (iv)     (157.1)(g)     901.8         548.1
Cash at bank & in hand.................       160.3            (11.4)(v)          --         148.9          90.5
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
                                            1,096.9            171.2          (157.1)      1,111.0         675.2
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------

CREDITORS: amounts falling due within
  one year.............................    (1,203.0)             0.8 (vi)        0.7 (h)  (1,201.5)       (730.2)

Net current liabilities................      (106.1)           172.0          (156.4)        (90.5)        (55.5)
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
Total assets less current
  liabilities..........................       334.8              9.4          (274.7)         69.5          42.2
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after
  more than one year...................      (481.1)                             6.9 (e)    (474.2)       (288.2)

PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND
  CHARGES..............................          --             (0.8)(vi)         --          (0.8)         (0.5)
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
NET ASSETS/(LIABILITIES)...............      (146.3)             8.6          (267.8)       (405.5)       (246.5)
                                           --------         --------        --------      --------      --------
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes to the unaudited restatements are an integral part of
                               these statements.

                                      105
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
    GAAP (CONTINUED)

                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF NET ASSETS AS AT
                           30 JUNE 2000 UNDER UK GAAP

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          2000
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>
                                                                          UNAUDITED
                                                                          US TO UK
                                                        RECLASSIFICATIONS ADJUSTMENTS
                                          US GAAP        (NOTE 1)         (NOTE 2)              UK GAAP
                                         ------------   ---------------   -----------   -----------------------
                                          US$ MIL         US$ MIL          US$ MIL       US$ MIL      UKL MIL

FIXED ASSETS
Intangible assets......................       371.9            (4.2)(iii)     (73.6)(b)
  Goodwill.............................                                        86.8 (e)     380.9        251.2
Tangible fixed assets..................       189.4             4.2 (iii)        --         193.6        127.7
Investments in associated
  undertakings.........................        35.1              --              --          35.1         23.1
Other investments......................       151.9             9.5 (vii)      45.6 (f)     207.0        136.5
Other assets...........................       197.6          (197.6)(iv)         --            --           --
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
                                              945.9          (188.1)           58.8         816.6        538.5
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks & work in progress..............       115.0              --              --         115.0         75.8
Debtors................................     1,130.7            13.8 (v)      (199.9)(g)
                                                              197.6 (iv)                  1,142.2        753.1
Cash at bank & in hand.................       173.3           (13.8)(v)          --         159.5        105.2
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
                                            1,419.0           197.6          (199.9)      1,416.7        934.1
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------

CREDITORS: amounts falling due within
  one year.............................    (1,665.2)            0.5(vi)         0.8 (h)  (1,663.9)    (1,097.1)
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------

Net current liabilities................      (246.2)          198.1          (199.1)       (247.2)      (163.0)
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
Total assets less current
  liabilities..........................       699.7            10.0          (140.3)        569.4        375.5
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
CREDITORS: amounts falling due after
  more than one year...................      (434.3)           10.2 (vi)      (86.8)(e)
                                                                                9.7 (g)
                                                                                           (501.2)      (330.5)

PROVISIONS FOR LIABILITIES AND
  CHARGES..............................          --           (10.7)(vi)         --         (10.7)        (7.1)
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
NET ASSETS.............................       265.4             9.5          (217.4)         57.5         37.9
                                           --------        --------        --------      --------     --------
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes to the unaudited restatements are an integral part of
                               these statements.

                                      106
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
GAAP
   (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
UNDER UK GAAP

NOTE 1--RECLASSIFICATIONS

Reclassifications have been made to the Y&R historical financial information
presented under US GAAP to conform to WPP's presentation and disclosed
accounting policies under UK GAAP. None of these reclassifications impact net
income or net assets/liabilities except as described in (vii) below.

These reclassifications include the following items:

     (I) EQUITY ACCOUNTING

     In accordance with UK GAAP, the investor's share of operating profit or
     loss of associated undertakings and joint ventures is shown separately on
     the face of the profit and loss account and the investor's share of the
     taxation charge of associated undertakings and joint ventures is included
     within the taxation charge shown in the profit and loss account. Under US
     GAAP, net after-tax profits or losses are included in the income statement
     as a single line item.

     (II) EARLY RETIREMENT OF DEBT

     For 1998, a net-of-tax charge of $4.4 million relating to early retirement
     of debt has been reclassified with the gross amount of $7.3 million
     included in net interest payable and similar charges and the corresponding
     tax benefit of $2.9 million included in taxation on profit on ordinary
     activities.

     (III) INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

     In 1999, certain intangible fixed assets have been reclassified as tangible
     fixed assets in accordance with WPP's disclosed accounting policies.

     (IV) DEBTORS

     Deferred income taxes and other noncurrent assets have been reclassified
     under debtors within current assets to conform with WPP's balance sheet
     presentation under UK GAAP.

     (V) CASH

     Financial instruments with an initial maturity of up to three months have
     been reclassified from cash and cash equivalents to other current assets,
     included within debtors.

     (VI) PENSION LIABILITIES

     Pension liabilities have been reclassified from creditors: amounts falling
     due within one year and creditors: amounts falling due after more than one
     year to provisions for liabilities and charges.

     (VII) TREASURY STOCK

     Under US GAAP when a company acquires its own shares (treasury stock) the
     cost of the shares acquired is shown as a reduction from capital. Under
     WPP's presentation, such shares are shown within investments included
     within fixed assets.

     (VIII) EXCEPTIONAL TAX CREDIT ON EXERCISED STOCK OPTIONS

     For UK GAAP presentation purposes within this restatement, the cash benefit
     for tax purposes relating to stock options exercised has been separately
     presented as an exceptional tax credit.

                                      107
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
    GAAP (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
UNDER UK GAAP (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2--US TO UK GAAP ADJUSTMENTS

Accounting principles generally accepted in the UK differ in certain material
respects from those generally accepted in the US. The differences which are
material to restating the historical consolidated financial statements of Y&R to
conform to WPP's disclosed accounting policies under UK GAAP are set out below.

(A) TURNOVER (GROSS BILLINGS) AND COST OF SALES

In accordance with the presentation adopted by WPP, turnover (gross billings)
comprises the gross amounts billed to clients in respect of commission-based
income together with the total of other fees earned. Cost of sales comprises
media payments and production costs. Such amounts have not been included in the
historical audited financial statements of Y&R and have been extracted from
unaudited underlying accounting records for the purposes of this restatement.

(B) GOODWILL

In accordance with U.K. GAAP and FRS 10 "Goodwill and Intangible Assets,"
goodwill resulting from acquisitions made by Y&R on or after 1 January 1998 has
been capitalised as an intangible asset. Under WPP's disclosed accounting policy
this goodwill has an indefinite life and as a result no amortisation has been
provided. Under UK GAAP, goodwill assumed to have an indefinite life is subject
to an annual impairment review in accordance with FRS 11 "Impairment of Fixed
Assets and Goodwill."

Goodwill resulting from acquisitions made by Young & Rubicam before
1 January 1998 has been fully written off against equity share owners' funds
(which is not shown in the consolidated statements of net assets/liabilities),
in accordance with the then preferred treatment adopted by WPP under UK GAAP.

Under US GAAP, goodwill resulting from a business combination accounted for as a
purchase is amortised over its estimated useful life, not to exceed 40 years.
Additionally, Young & Rubicam's management evaluates the carrying value of
Young & Rubicam's tangible and intangible assets each year, or whenever events
or circumstances indicate that these assets may be impaired. Intangible assets
are determined to be impaired if the future anticipated undiscounted cash flows
arising from the use of the intangible assets are less than their carrying
value. If an impairment is deemed to have occurred, the asset is written down to
its fair value.

(C) INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Under UK GAAP, in accordance with UITF 17 "Employee Share Schemes," the
measurement of compensation expense in connection with share awards takes place
at the time an award is made. Under US GAAP, in accordance with APB Opinion 25
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," a new and later measurement date of
compensation can be triggered by certain events. In 1998, Y&R completed an
initial public offering of shares of its common stock. The completion of the
offering gave rise to non-recurring, non-cash, pre-tax compensation charges
under US GAAP of $234.4 million. The charges principally represent the fair
value, on the date of the offering, of restricted stock granted to employees,
the vesting of which was accelerated upon completion of the offering, creating a
new measurement date under APB 25. Under UK GAAP, in accordance with UITF 17,
the measurement value of the compensation charge would be $90.7 million,
reflecting the fair value of the shares at the time the initial award of shares
was made.

                                      108
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
    GAAP (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
UNDER UK GAAP (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2--US TO UK GAAP ADJUSTMENTS (CONTINUED)
(D) NON-OPERATING EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

In 1999, in accordance with US GAAP, Young & Rubicam recognised a gain on the
sale of certain assets of Brand Dialogue in exchange for a minority ownership
interest in Luminant and additional consideration received in the fourth quarter
of 1999 as a result of achieving revenue and operating profit performance
targets of the Brand Dialogue assets. For the six months to 30 June 2000, Y&R
recognised further gains largely relating to (a) additional consideration
received in relation to Brand Dialogue and (b) the sale of certain assets and
rights known as Y&R Teamspace in exchange for an operating interest in eMotion
Inc. Under UK GAAP, these gains would be included in the statement of total
recognised gains and losses which has not been separately presented within this
restatement.

(E) CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION

In accordance with UK GAAP and WPP's disclosed accounting policy, a reasonable
estimate of contingent consideration payable under acquisition contracts has
been reflected in cost of assets acquired. Under US GAAP, contingent
consideration is not recognised until the outcome of the contingency is
determined beyond a reasonable doubt.

(F) MARKETABLE INVESTMENTS

In accordance with UK GAAP and WPP's disclosed accounting policy, marketable
investments that represent an interest of less than 20% are stated at cost less
provision for diminution in value. Under US GAAP, where such investments are
listed investments and are "available for sale," they are marked to market and
any resulting unrealised gain or loss is recorded in equity share owners' funds
(which is not shown in the consolidated statements of net assets/liabilities).

(G) DEFERRED TAXES

Under UK GAAP, deferred tax assets are accounted for only to the extent that it
is considered probable that a liability or asset will crystallise in the
foreseeable future. Under US GAAP, deferred taxes are accounted for on all
timing differences and a valuation allowance is established in respect of those
deferred tax assets where it is more likely than not that some portion will
remain unrealised.

(H) PENSION LIABILITY

Under US GAAP Y&R recognised an additional pension liability through
shareholders' equity. An adjustment made to eliminate this liability has been
made as it is not applicable under UK GAAP.

(I) TREASURY STOCK

Under UK GAAP, if repurchased Treasury stock is used for the purpose of
satisfying the Company's obligation upon exercise of stock options issued to
employees, the Company should record as an operating cost, the excess of the
cost of repurchasing the treasury stock over the proceeds from employees on
exercising stock options. Under US GAAP, this difference is recorded as a
reduction of shareholders' equity. For the six months ended 30 June 2000, under
UK GAAP, this results in a charge of $57.6 million which has been reflected as
an operating exceptional item within this restatement. For prior

                                      109
<PAGE>
5.  UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION UNDER UK
    GAAP (CONTINUED)

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED RESTATEMENTS OF YOUNG & RUBICAM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
UNDER UK GAAP (CONTINUED)

NOTE 2--US TO UK GAAP ADJUSTMENTS (CONTINUED)
years, the difference between the proceeds on exercise of employee share options
and the cost of satisfying these options is not material.

NOTE 3--TRANSLATION OF Y&R CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Young & Rubicam presents its financial statements in U.S. dollars. Solely for
convenience, the results of Young & Rubicam, as adjusted and restated to conform
with WPP's disclosed accounting policies under UK GAAP, have been translated
into pounds sterling using the approximate average rate for the period for the
profit and loss account (30 June 2000: $1.57=L1, 1999: $1.6178=L1, 1998:
$1.6574=L1 and 1997: $1.6381=L1) and the rate in effect on 31 December for the
balance sheet date (30 June 2000: $1.5166=L1, 1999: $1.6182=L1, 1998:
$1.6638=L1, 1997: $1.6454=L1).

These translations should not be construed as a representation that the US
dollar amounts actually represent, or could be converted into, pounds sterling
at the rates indicated.

                                      110
<PAGE>
6.  LETTER FROM PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

The Directors and Proposed Directors
WPP Group plc
27 Farm Street
London W1J 5RJ

Goldman Sachs International
Peterborough Court
133 Fleet Street
London EC4A 2BB

Merrill Lynch International
Ropemaker Place
25 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9LY

25 August 2000

Ladies and Gentlemen

WPP GROUP PLC ("THE COMPANY")

We report on the unaudited restatements, under United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles ("UK GAAP") as applied in the financial statements of the
Company ("the UK GAAP restatements"), of the Young & Rubicam Inc ("Y&R")
consolidated profit and loss accounts for the six months ended 30 June 2000 and
for each of the three years ended 31 December 1999 and of its consolidated
statements of net assets/liabilities at 30 June 2000 and at 31 December 1999,
1998 and 1997 prepared under US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("US
GAAP") as applied in the financial statements of Y&R. The UK GAAP restatements
are set out in Section 5 of Part III of the Listing Particulars dated
25 August 2000 issued by the Company.

RESPONSIBILITY

It is the responsibility solely of the Directors and Proposed Directors of the
Company to prepare the UK GAAP restatements in accordance with paragraph 12.11
of the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority ("the Listing Rules"). It is
our responsibility to form an opinion, as required by the Listing Rules, on the
UK GAAP restatements and to report our opinion to you.

The UK GAAP restatements incorporate significant adjustments to the historical
consolidated financial statements of Y&R. The historical consolidated financial
statements of Y&R for the six months ended 30 June 2000 and for each of the
three years ended 31 December 1999, prepared under US GAAP, are the
responsibility of the management of Y&R. We do not accept responsibility for any
interim financial statements that were not publicly reported upon by us or for
the source documents supporting the adjustments or for any reports previously
issued by us on the historical annual consolidated financial statements beyond
that owed to those to whom any reports were addressed by us at the dates of
their issue.

BASIS OF OPINION

We conducted our work in accordance with the Statements of Investment Circular
Reporting Standards issued by the UK Auditing Practices Board. Our work, which
was substantially less in scope than an audit, consisted primarily of comparing
the reconciliation with source documents, considering the evidence supporting
the adjustments, making enquiries of the managements of Y&R and the Company to
establish the accounting policies which were applied in the preparation of the
UK GAAP restatements and discussing the UK GAAP restatements with the Directors
and Proposed Directors of the Company and with the Company's auditors.

                                      111
<PAGE>
6.  LETTER FROM PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP (CONTINUED)
OPINION

In our opinion the adjustments made are those appropriate for the purpose of
presenting the unaudited restated consolidated profit and loss accounts of Y&R
for the six months ended 30 June 2000 and for each of the three years ended
31 December 1999 and the unaudited restated consolidated statements of net
assets/liabilities at 30 June 2000 and at 31 December 1999, 1998 and 1997 on the
basis consistent in all material respects with the disclosed accounting policies
of the Company under UK GAAP and the UK GAAP restatements have been properly
compiled on the basis stated.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York USA

                                      112
<PAGE>
                                    PART IV

                        PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1:  PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION ON WPP AND Y&R

INTRODUCTION

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated profit and loss accounts and net
asset statement (the "pro forma financial information") have been prepared to
illustrate the effects on the profit and loss account and net asset position of
the enlarged WPP Group as if the Merger had occurred, in the case of the pro
forma profit and loss account information, at the beginning of each period
presented and at 30 June 2000 in the case of the unaudited pro forma statement
of net assets.

The enlarged WPP Group will account for the Merger using the acquisition method
of accounting under UK GAAP in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 6
"Acquisitions and Mergers". The unaudited pro forma financial information has
been prepared on this basis (see note 1 to the pro forma financial information
below).

The pro forma profit and loss account for the six months ended 30 June 2000
combines the unaudited historical profit and loss accounts of WPP and Y&R for
the six months then ended. The pro forma statement of net assets combines the
historical unaudited net assets of WPP and Y&R as at 30 June 2000.

The pro forma profit and loss account for the year ended 31 December 1999
combines the historical profit and loss accounts of WPP and Y&R for the year
ended 31 December 1999.

The financial information for WPP for the six months ended 30 June 2000 has been
extracted without material adjustment from the unaudited interim results set out
in Section 4 of Part II of this document. The financial information for Y&R for
the six months ended 30 June 2000 has been extracted without material adjustment
from the unaudited restatement under UK GAAP as set out in Section 5 of
Part III of this document.

The financial information for WPP for the year ended 31 December 1999 has been
extracted without material adjustment from the audited historical results set
out in Section 3 of Part II of this document. The financial information for Y&R
for the year ended 31 December 1999 has been extracted without material
adjustment from the unaudited restatement under UK GAAP as set out in Section 5
of Part III of this document.

No adjustments have been made to take account of any transactions other than as
described in this section. In particular no account has been taken of any
potential cost savings or other synergies that could result from the Merger.

No adjustments have been made to take account of trading results or changes in
financial position of WPP or Y&R after 30 June 2000 for the pro forma financial
information prepared to 30 June 2000 or of trading results or changes in
financial position of WPP or Y&R after 31 December 1999 for the unaudited pro
forma financial information prepared to 31 December 1999.

In respect of the pro forma profit and loss accounts the unaudited pro forma
adjustments made are expected to have a continuing impact on the enlarged WPP
Group.

THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR ILLUSTRATIVE
PURPOSES ONLY. BECAUSE OF ITS NATURE, IT MAY NOT GIVE A TRUE PICTURE OF WPP'S
RESULTS OR FINANCIAL POSITION, NOR OF THE PROFITS OR NET ASSETS WHICH WOULD HAVE
BEEN REPORTED IF THE MERGER HAD OCCURRED ON THE DATES ASSUMED.

                                      113
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ADJUSTMENT
                                                            WPP           Y&R        PRO FORMA
                                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000                                L             L             L
-----------------------------                           -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
TURNOVER (GROSS BILLINGS).............................    5,655.9       2,703.4        8,359.3
Cost of Sales.........................................   (4,446.8)     (2,102.6)      (6,549.4)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
REVENUE...............................................    1,209.1         600.8        1,809.9
Direct Costs..........................................     (138.0)           --         (138.0)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
GROSS PROFIT..........................................    1,071.1         600.8        1,671.9
Operating costs.......................................     (924.6)       (524.1)      (1,448.7)
OPERATING PROFIT BEFORE EXCEPTIONAL CHARGE............      146.5          76.7          223.2
Exceptional operating charge..........................         --         (36.7)         (36.7)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
OPERATING PROFIT......................................      146.5          40.0          186.5
Income from associates................................       14.2           2.4           16.6
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE INTEREST AND
 TAXATION.............................................      160.7          42.4          203.1
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE INTEREST, TAX AND
 EXCEPTIONAL CHARGE...................................      160.7          79.1          239.8
Net interest payable and similar charges..............      (23.0)         (5.2)         (28.2)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION.........      137.7          37.2          174.9
Tax on profit on ordinary activities before
 exceptional item.....................................      (41.3)        (28.9)         (70.2)
Exceptional tax credit arising on exercised stock
 options..............................................         --          18.1           18.1
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES AFTER TAXATION..........       96.4          26.4          122.8
Minority interests....................................       (3.3)         (0.9)          (4.2)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHARE OWNERS..........       93.1          25.5          118.6
                                                         ========      ========      =========

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per ordinary share.....................       12.3p         35.1p          11.2p
Diluted earnings before exceptional items per ordinary
 share................................................       12.0p         52.8p          12.2p
Diluted earnings per ordinary share...................       12.0p         31.2p          10.6p

EARNINGS PER ADS
Basic earnings per ADS................................       61.5p          n/a           56.0p
Diluted earnings before exceptional items per ADS.....       60.0p          n/a           61.0p
Diluted earnings per ADS..............................       60.0p          n/a           53.0p
</TABLE>

The notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information are an integral part
                               of this statement.

                                      114
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ADJUSTMENT
                                                            WPP           Y&R        PRO FORMA
                                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999                                  L             L             L
---------------------------                             -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                        (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
TURNOVER (GROSS BILLINGS).............................    9,345.9       5,273.1       14,619.0
Cost of Sales.........................................   (7,173.3)     (4,211.7)     (11,385.0)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
REVENUE...............................................    2,172.6       1,061.4        3,234.0
Direct Costs..........................................     (317.3)           --         (317.3)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
GROSS PROFIT..........................................    1,855.3       1,061.4        2,916.7
Operating Costs.......................................   (1,591.8)       (923.4)      (2,515.2)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
OPERATING PROFIT......................................      263.5         138.0          401.5
Income from Associates................................       27.3           6.6           33.9
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE INTEREST AND
 TAXATION.............................................      290.8         144.6          435.4
Net interest payable and similar charges..............      (35.4)         (9.2)         (44.6)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES BEFORE TAXATION.........      255.4         135.4          390.8
Tax on profit on ordinary activities before
 exceptional item.....................................      (76.6)        (50.6)        (127.2)
Exceptional tax credit arising on exercised stock
 options..............................................         --          26.2           26.2
TAX ON PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES..................      (76.6)        (24.4)        (101.0)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
PROFIT ON ORDINARY ACTIVITIES AFTER TAXATION..........      178.8         111.0          289.8
Minority interests....................................       (6.0)         (2.7)          (8.7)
                                                         --------      --------      ---------
PROFIT ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHARE OWNERS..........      172.8         108.3          281.1
                                                         ========      ========      =========

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per ordinary share.....................      22.9p         157.6p         27.0p
Diluted earnings before exceptional tax credit per
 ordinary share.......................................      22.5p          99.0p         22.9p
Diluted earnings per ordinary share...................      22.5p         130.6p         25.2p

EARNINGS PER ADS
Basic earnings per ADS................................     114.5p           n/a         135.0p
Diluted earnings before exceptional tax credit per
 ADS..................................................     112.5p           n/a         114.5p
Diluted earnings per ADS..............................     112.5p           n/a         126.0p
</TABLE>

The notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information are an integral part
                               of this statement.

                                      115
<PAGE>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF NET ASSETS AT 30 JUNE 2000

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ADJUSTMENT    PRO FORMA
                                                     WPP         Y&R       ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                                                   --------   ----------   -----------   ---------
                                                      L           L             L            L
                                                   --------   ----------   -----------   ---------
                                                                    (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
FIXED ASSETS
Intangible assets
  Corporate brands...............................     350.0          --           --        350.0
  Goodwill--existing.............................     511.0       251.2       (251.2)       511.0
  Goodwill--resulting from the transaction.......        --          --      3,964.3      3,964.3
Tangible assets..................................     211.1       127.7         30.9        369.7
Investments......................................     448.9       159.6        (36.2)       572.3
                                                   --------    --------     --------     --------
                                                    1,521.0       538.5      3,707.8      5,767.3

CURRENT ASSETS
Stocks and work in progress......................     198.1        75.8           --        273.9
Debtors..........................................   1,336.3       753.1           --      2,089.4
Debtors within working capital facility:
  Gross debts....................................     396.3          --           --        396.3
  Non-returnable proceeds........................    (228.1)         --           --       (228.1)
                                                   --------    --------     --------     --------
                                                      168.2          --           --        168.2
Cash at bank and in hand.........................     395.9       105.2        218.1        719.2
                                                   --------    --------     --------     --------
                                                    2,098.5       934.1        218.1      3,250.7

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year...  (2,404.2)   (1,097.1)       (92.7)    (3,594.0)
Net current (liabilities)/assets.................    (305.7)     (163.0)       125.4       (343.3)

Total assets less current liabilities............   1,215.3       375.5      3,833.2      5,424.0

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than
  one year.......................................    (754.9)     (330.5)          --     (1,085.4)
Provisions for liabilities and charges...........     (75.7)       (7.1)          --        (82.8)
                                                   --------    --------     --------     --------
Net assets.......................................     384.7        37.9      3,833.2      4,255.8
                                                   ========    ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>

The notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information are an integral part
                               of this statement.

                                      116
<PAGE>
Notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information

1. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT

Other than the incorporation of the Y&R results (as restated under UK GAAP),
there are no pro forma adjustments required to arrive at the unaudited pro forma
profit and loss acount for the enlarged group.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA NET ASSET STATEMENT

The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information records the merger as being
accounted for as an acquisition with the excess of the fair value of the
consideration over the fair value of net assets acquired being allocated to
goodwill.

The Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information assumes that WPP will issue 4.175
WPP Ordinary Shares, equivalent to 0.835 of a WPP ADS, in exchange for each Y&R
Common Share. The total purchase price assumed is based upon the WPP closing
middle market quotation on 30 June 2000 of L9.65 and 73.2 million Y&R Common
Shares and 23.6 million Y&R Stock Options multiplied by the exchange ratio of
4.175. This also assumes that 404 million new WPP Ordinary Shares will have been
issued in connection with the Merger. In calculating the number of new WPP
Ordinary Shares to be issued, no account has been taken of (i) any Y&R Common
Shares issued since 30 June 2000; (ii) any Y&R Stock Options granted since
30 June 2000; (iii) any WPP Ordinary Shares to be issued in respect of the Y&R
Convertible Notes or (iv) any new WPP Ordinary Shares that will have to be
issued as consideration for certain previous acquisitions by Y&R.

Estimated professional fees of L55.6 million (primarily legal, investment
bankers' and accountants' fees) and stamp duty of L37.1 million related to the
acquisition are assumed to be accounted for as acquisition costs and share issue
costs, respectively. These transaction costs of L92.7 million are expected to be
paid on completion and as a result have been accrued in the pro forma net assets
statement (creditors: amounts falling due within one year).

A preliminary allocation of the purchase price has been performed for purposes
of the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information based on initial appraisal
estimates and other valuation studies which are in process and which WPP
believes are reasonable. The final allocation is subject to completion of these
studies, which is expected to be within the next twelve months. It is expected
that as a result of these studies further adjustments may be required in
particular in relation to taxation and other balance sheet accounts. A summary
is shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              30 JUNE 2000
                                                                    L
                                                              -------------
                                                              (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Share consideration (L40.4 million share capital; L3,821.0
  million share premium)....................................     3,898.5
Professional fees...........................................        55.6
Total purchase consideration................................     3,954.1
Less: Fair value of net liabilities acquired (see below)....       228.3
Proceeds on exercise of Y&R options (a).....................      (218.1)
                                                                 -------
Goodwill....................................................     3,964.3
                                                                 -------
</TABLE>

Goodwill arising on the transaction has been assumed to have an indefinite
useful economic life and has therefore not been amortised. Goodwill assumed to
have an indefinite life is subject to an annual impairment review conducted in
accordance with FRS 11 "Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill."

Explanation of goodwill adjustments:

     (a)   Proceeds from the assumed exercise of 21,459,668 Y&R options
           outstanding at 30 June 2000 which are or become exercisable as a
           result of the Merger.

                                      117
<PAGE>
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

1. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA ACQUISITION ADJUSTMENTS (CONTINUED)
Fair value adjustments relate to intangible fixed assets, tangible fixed assets,
fixed asset investments and the proceeds from the exercise of Y&R stock options.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              30 JUNE 2000
                                                                    L
                                                              -------------
                                                              (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                           <C>
Book value of net assets in accordance with UK GAAP.........       37.9

Fair value adjustments:

Elimination of existing goodwill (a)........................     (251.2)
Revaluation of 285 Madison Avenue (b).......................       30.9
Revaluation of listed investments (c).......................      (30.0)
Elimination of Treasury Stock (d)...........................       (6.2)
Minority interest...........................................       (9.7)
                                                                 ------
Fair value of net liabilities acquired......................     (228.3)
                                                                 ------
</TABLE>

Explanation of fair value adjustments:

     (a)   Eliminates the existing Y&R goodwill which will be assumed in the WPP
           goodwill arising as a result of the Merger.

     (b)   Revalues the freehold office owned by Y&R at 285 Madison Avenue to
           the estimated fair market value.

     (c)   Revalues the listed investments held by Y&R to their fair market
           value based upon the market price at 30 June 2000.

     (d)   Eliminates treasury stock held as an asset in the balance sheet which
           will be cancelled on completion under the terms of the Merger
           Agreement.

2. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Unaudited pro forma earnings per share is calculated based on the weighted
average number of shares outstanding during the period, adjusted as if the
merger had taken place at the beginning of the period.

The weighted average number of shares is calculated using the average weighted
number of WPP shares during the respective periods aggregated with the weighted
average number of Y&R shares during the respective periods, multiplied by 4.175,
the number of WPP ordinary shares underlying the exchange ratio.

Diluted earnings per share takes into account the exercise of WPP employee share
options where these are expected to be dilutive, aggregated with the number of
Y&R options expected to be dilutive, multiplied by 4.175, the number of WPP
ordinary shares underlying the exchange ratio. The number of shares used in the
30 June 2000 calculation of pro forma number of shares also includes the
dilutive impact of the Y&R 3% convertible notes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       BASIC NUMBER OF SHARES (MILLION)
                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000        YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999
                                     ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                ADJUSTMENT                          ADJUSTMENT
                                       WPP         Y&R       PRO FORMA     WPP         Y&R       PRO FORMA
                                     --------   ----------   ---------   --------   ----------   ---------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Weighted average...................   757.5        72.6           n/a     753.3        68.7           n/a
Multiplication Factor..............     n/a       4.175           n/a       n/a       4.175           n/a
Weighted average, new WPP shares...   757.5       303.1       1,060.6     753.3       286.8       1,040.1
</TABLE>

                                      118
<PAGE>
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

2. EARNINGS PER SHARE (CONTINUED)
Unaudited pro forma basic earnings per share have been calculated using
unaudited pro forma earnings of L118.6 million for the six months ended 30 June
2000 and unaudited pro forma earnings of L281.1 million for the year ended
31 December 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DILUTED NUMBER OF SHARES (MILLION)
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED                       YEAR ENDED
                                                      30 JUNE 2000                      31 DECEMBER 1999
                                            ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                       ADJUSTMENT                          ADJUSTMENT
                                              WPP         Y&R       PRO FORMA     WPP         Y&R       PRO FORMA
                                            --------   ----------   ---------   --------   ----------   ---------
<S>                                         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Weighted average..........................   775.2        86.4           n/a     768.7        82.9           n/a
Multiplication factor.....................     n/a       4.175           n/a       n/a       4.175           n/a
Weighted average, new WPP shares..........   775.2       360.7       1,135.9     768.7       346.1       1,114.8
</TABLE>

Unaudited pro forma diluted earnings per share have been calculated using
unaudited pro forma earnings of L120.1 million for the six months ended 30 June
2000 (which includes L1.5 million in respect of the elimination of interest
arising on the Y&R convertible loan stock in 2000) and unaudited pro forma
earnings of L281.1 million for the year ended 31 December 1999.

Unaudited pro forma diluted earnings before exceptional items per ordinary share
have been calculated using earnings of L138.7 million for the six months ended
30 June 2000 and L254.9 million for the year ended 31 December 1999 which
reflect the removal of the Y&R exceptional operating charge in respect of
Treasury Stock (for the six months ended 30 June 2000 only) and the Y&R
exceptional tax credits arising on the exercise of stock options.

Basic and diluted earnings per ADS have been calculated as detailed above,
multiplied by a factor of 5.

3. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION

The tables below present unaudited pro forma segment information, including Y&R
segments presented to conform with the segments as reported by WPP and with UK
GAAP.

Contribution by Operating Sector:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         REVENUE                                      PBIT(1)
                                        ------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------
                                                        ADJUSTMENT                                   ADJUSTMENT
                                            WPP            Y&R         PRO FORMA         WPP            Y&R         PRO FORMA
                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                              L MILLIONS
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Advertising & media investment
  management..........................       1,013.1         512.5        1,525.6           155.9          84.6           240.5
Information & consultancy.............         419.7            --          419.7            42.1            --            42.1
Public relations & public affairs.....         178.9         195.7          374.6            23.9          18.1            42.0
Branding & identity, healthcare and
  specialist communications...........         560.9         353.2          914.1            68.9          41.9           110.8
                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                             2,172.6       1,061.4        3,234.0           290.8         144.6           435.4
                                        ============   ============   ============   ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>

Contribution by Geographical Area:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 1999
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         REVENUE                                      PBIT(1)
                                        ------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------
                                                        ADJUSTMENT                                   ADJUSTMENT
                                            WPP            Y&R         PRO FORMA         WPP            Y&R         PRO FORMA
                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                              L MILLIONS
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
North America.........................         954.0         579.6        1,533.6           141.7          81.4           223.1
United Kingdom........................         434.7          94.8          529.5            51.5           6.8            58.3
Continental Europe....................         426.2         265.1          691.3            55.8          37.2            93.0
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa &
  Middle East.........................         357.7         121.9          479.6            41.8          19.2            61.0
                                        ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
                                             2,172.6       1,061.4        3,234.0           290.8         144.6           435.4
                                        ============   ============   ============   ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTE:

(1)     "PBIT" = profit on ordinary activities before interest, taxation and
      exceptional items.

                                      119
<PAGE>
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

3. SEGMENTAL INFORMATION (CONTINUED)
Contribution by Operating Sector

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         REVENUE                                  PBIT(1)
                                         ----------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
                                                        ADJUSTMENT                               ADJUSTMENT
                                             WPP           Y&R        PRO FORMA        WPP          Y&R       PRO FORMA
                                         ------------   ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                           L MILLIONS
<S>                                      <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Advertising & media investment
  management...........................         556.6       274.3          830.9          84.5        43.7         128.2
Information & consultancy..............         239.5          --          239.5          22.5          --          22.5
Public relations & public affairs......         121.7       125.4          247.1          18.7        17.4          36.1
Branding & identity, healthcare and
  specialist communications............         291.3       201.1          492.4          35.0        18.0          53.0
                                         ------------   ----------   ------------   ----------   ---------    ----------
                                              1,209.1       600.8        1,809.9         160.7        79.1         239.8
                                         ============   ==========   ============   ==========   =========    ==========
</TABLE>

Contribution by Geographical Area

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED 30 JUNE 2000
                                         -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         REVENUE                                  PBIT(1)
                                         ----------------------------------------   ------------------------------------
                                                        ADJUSTMENT                               ADJUSTMENT
                                             WPP           Y&R        PRO FORMA        WPP          Y&R       PRO FORMA
                                         ------------   ----------   ------------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                           L MILLIONS
<S>                                      <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
North America..........................         553.6       331.2          884.8          88.1        55.6         143.7
UK.....................................         234.9        55.1          290.0          28.1        -0.2          27.9
Continental Europe.....................         218.7       134.9          353.6          28.1        16.7          44.8
Asia Pacific, Latin America, Africa &
  Middle East..........................         201.9        79.6          281.5          16.4         7.0          23.4
                                         ------------   ----------   ------------   ----------   ---------    ----------
                                              1,209.1       600.8        1,809.9         160.7        79.1         239.8
                                         ============   ==========   ============   ==========   =========    ==========
</TABLE>

------------------

NOTE:

(1)     "PBIT" = profit on ordinary activities before interest, taxation and
      exceptional items.

                                      120
<PAGE>
2: LETTER FROM ARTHUR ANDERSEN

                                                                          [LOGO]

                                                 ARTHUR ANDERSEN
                                              1 Surrey Street
                                              London
                                              WC2R 2PS

25 August 2000

The Directors and Proposed Directors
WPP Group plc
27 Farm Street
London
W1J 5RJ
Goldman Sachs International
Peterborough Court
133 Fleet Street
London
EC4A 2BB
Merrill Lynch International
Ropemaker Place
25 Ropemaker Street
London
EC2Y 9LY

Dear Sirs

We report on the pro forma financial information ("the pro forma financial
information") set out in Section 1 of Part IV of the Listing Particulars dated
25 August 2000 issued by WPP Group plc, which has been prepared, for
illustrative purposes only, to provide information about how the proposed merger
of WPP Group plc with Young & Rubicam Inc. might have affected the financial
information presented.

RESPONSIBILITIES

It is the responsibility solely of the Directors and Proposed Directors of WPP
Group plc to prepare the pro forma financial information in accordance with
paragraph 12.29 of the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority ("the Listing
Rules").

It is our responsibility to form an opinion, as required by the Listing Rules,
on the pro forma financial information and to report our opinion to you. We do
not accept any responsibility for any reports previously given by us on any
financial information used in the compilation of the pro forma financial
information beyond that owed to those to whom those reports were addressed by us
at the dates of their issue.

<TABLE>
  <S>                        <C>                        <C>
  Offices in: London         Authorised by the          A list of partners is
  Birmingham                 Institute of               available at
  Bristol Cambridge Croydon  Chartered Accountants in   1 Surrey Street
  Edinburgh Glasgow Leeds    England                    London WC2R 2PS
  Manchester Newcastle       and Wales to carry on      (principal place of
  Nottingham                 investment                 business)
  Reading St Albans St       business
  Helier
</TABLE>

                                      121
<PAGE>
                                             [LOGO]

2: LETTER FROM ARTHUR ANDERSEN (CONTINUED)
BASIS OF OPINION

We conducted our work in accordance with the Statements of Investment Circular
Reporting Standards and Bulletin 1998/8 "Reporting on pro forma financial
information pursuant to the Listing Rules" issued by the Auditing Practices
Board. Our work, which involved no independent examination of any of the
underlying financial information, consisted primarily of comparing the
unadjusted financial information with the source documents, considering the
evidence supporting the adjustments and discussing the pro forma financial
information with the Directors and Proposed Directors of WPP Group plc.

Our work has not been carried out in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America and accordingly should not be
relied upon as if it had been carried out in accordance with those standards.

OPINION

In our opinion:

1.    the pro forma financial information has been properly compiled on the
     basis stated;

2.    such basis is consistent with the accounting policies of WPP Group plc;
     and

3.    the adjustments are appropriate for the purposes of the pro forma
     financial information as disclosed pursuant to paragraph 12.29 of the
     Listing Rules.

Yours faithfully
ARTHUR ANDERSEN

                                      122
<PAGE>
                                     PART V

                   TERMS OF THE MERGER AND REGULATORY MATTERS

SECTION A:  SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE MERGER

1.    TERMS

1.1   The Merger will be effected by a statutory merger under Delaware general
     corporate law whereby York II Merger Corp (a Delaware corporation and an
     indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of WPP), will be merged with and into Y&R
     and Y&R, as the surviving entity, will become an indirect wholly-owned
     subsidiary of WPP in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement.

1.2   The Merger will become effective and be completed when Y&R and York
     II Merger Corp file a certificate of merger with the Secretary of State of
     the State of Delaware or at a later time, if so specified in the
     certificate of merger. It is expected that the Merger will become effective
     on the same day as the closing of the Merger, which will take place either
     as soon as practicable after the conditions described in the Merger
     Agreement have been satisfied or waived or on another date agreed upon by
     WPP and Y&R.

1.3   At the time the Merger becomes effective:

     (i)    each Y&R Common Share will be cancelled and converted into a right
           to receive 0.835 of a WPP ADS (each holder of Y&R Common Shares may
           elect to receive WPP Ordinary Shares instead of all or a portion of
           the WPP ADSs the holder is otherwise entitled to receive); and

     (ii)   each outstanding Y&R Stock Option will be converted into an option
           to purchase WPP ADSs or WPP Ordinary Shares as described in paragraph
           1.5 of this Section A.

     If, before the completion of the Merger, a stock split, a share
     combination, stock dividend, recapitalisation or redenomination of share
     capital or other similar transaction causes a change to the number of
     outstanding Y&R Common Shares or WPP Ordinary Shares, or the number of WPP
     Ordinary Shares represented by a WPP ADS changes, the number of WPP ADSs or
     WPP Ordinary Shares, as the case may be, into which a Y&R Common Share will
     be converted under the terms of the Merger, will be appropriately adjusted.

1.4   Each WPP ADS represents five WPP Ordinary Shares and Y&R Share Owners will
     receive 0.835 of a WPP ADS in exchange for each Y&R Common Share they own
     at the Effective Date. Y&R Share Owners will have the right to elect to
     receive WPP Ordinary Shares instead of all or a proportion of the WPP ADSs
     they are otherwise entitled to receive. Y&R Share Owners who would
     otherwise have been entitled to receive a fraction of a WPP ADS or WPP
     Ordinary Share will receive, in lieu thereof, a payment in cash (without
     interest) equal to their proportionate interest in the net proceeds from
     the sale of the WPP Ordinary Shares representing the aggregate of such
     fractional entitlements which such Y&R Share Owners would be entitled to
     receive pursuant to the terms of the Merger.

1.5   Upon the Merger becoming effective, all Y&R Stock Options held by a person
     whose primary place of residence or employment with Y&R is in Europe will
     be converted into options to acquire WPP Ordinary Shares. All other options
     will be converted into options to acquire WPP ADSs.

     Each Y&R Stock Option will remain subject to the terms of the Y&R stock
     option plan under which it was issued, except that after the Merger becomes
     effective, Y&R Stock Options that are converted into options to acquire WPP
     Ordinary Shares will be exercisable for 4.175 WPP Ordinary Shares for each
     Y&R Common Share subject to that option before the Merger and all other
     options will be exercisable for 0.835 of a WPP ADS for each Y&R Common
     Share subject to that option before the Merger.

     The exercise price per WPP Ordinary Share or WPP ADS, as applicable, for
     each of these options will be the exercise price per Y&R Common Share
     applicable to that option before completion of the Merger divided by 4.175,
     if the option is exercisable for WPP Ordinary Shares, or 0.835, if the
     option is exercisable for WPP ADSs.

                                      123
<PAGE>
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the number of WPP Ordinary Shares or WPP
     ADSs, as applicable, and the exercise price per WPP Ordinary Share or WPP
     ADS applicable to any Y&R Stock Option intended to be an "incentive stock
     option," as defined in section 422 of the US Code, will be adjusted as
     required by that section of the US Code.

1.6   Y&R Share Owners who receive WPP ADSs (or WPP Ordinary Shares) will be
     entitled to receive all dividends and distributions payable on the WPP
     Ordinary Shares represented by such WPP ADSs (or those WPP Ordinary Shares)
     except for the interim dividend payable in respect of the year ending
     31 December 2000 and any other dividend the record date of which falls
     prior to the Effective Date.

1.7   Under the terms of the Merger, the Y&R Convertible Notes will become
     convertible into 0.835 of a WPP ADS for each Y&R Common Share into which
     the Y&R Convertible Notes are convertible prior to completion of the
     Merger.

2.    SHARE OWNER APPROVALS AND OTHER CONDITIONS

2.1   WPP and Y&R will not implement the Merger pursuant to the Merger Agreement
     unless certain conditions are satisfied or waived. These include:

     (a)   the Merger being duly approved by holders of a majority of the
           outstanding Y&R Common Shares;

     (b)   the resolutions to approve the Merger, increase WPP's ordinary share
           capital, grant the WPP Board authority to allot shares and to appoint
           the Proposed Directors being duly passed by WPP Share Owners at the
           EGM;

     (c)   the UK Listing Authority having agreed to admit to the Official List,
           and the London Stock Exchange having agreed to admit to trading on
           its market for listed securities, the Consideration Shares and
           Admission having become effective;

     (d)   the waiting period (and any extension thereof) applicable to the
           Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of
           1976, as amended, having expired or been terminated;

     (e)   the Registration Statement on Form F-4 of WPP (the "F-4 Registration
           Statement") having become effective under the US Securities Act of
           1933, as amended, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
           F-4 Registration Statement being in effect, no stop order proceedings
           having been threatened or initiated by the SEC and not concluded or
           withdrawn and all US State securities approvals required to
           consummate the Merger having been received;

     (f)    WPP or Y&R having received in respect of the Merger and any matters
           arising therefrom:

             (i) confirmation by way of decision from the European Commission
                 under Council Regulation EEC 4064/89 (as amended) (the "Merger
                 Regulation"), in accordance with Article 6(1)(b), 8(2) or
                 10(6), and/or from any national authority within the European
                 Community to whom the Merger (or any part of it) is referred
                 pursuant to Article 9(3) of the Merger Regulation, that the
                 Merger and any matters arising therefrom are compatible with
                 the common market insofar as the Merger constitutes a
                 concentration with a Community dimension within the scope of
                 the Merger Regulation and insofar as the Merger (or any part of
                 it) is referred to any national competent authority, that the
                 Merger is granted clearance by that national competent
                 authority;

            (ii) necessary approvals under competition regulations of
                 jurisdictions outside the United States and the European Union;
                 and

            (iii) all other consents, approvals, declarations and authorisations
                  of other governmental entities, which if not obtained before
                  completion of the Merger would have a Material Adverse Effect
                  on WPP or Y&R on an individual basis or make the Merger
                  illegal.

     (g)   any approvals, confirmations, declarations, decisions and/or consents
           required for the purpose of the conditions specified in paragraphs
           (c) to (f) above containing no terms, conditions or restrictions
           relating or applying to, or requiring changes in, or limitations on,

                                      124
<PAGE>
           the operation of any asset or business of WPP or Y&R or any of their
           respective subsidiaries and which term, condition or restriction
           individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have
           a Material Adverse Effect on WPP and Y&R taken together after giving
           effect to the Merger; and

     (h)   there not being any law, judgment or order (whether temporary,
           preliminary or permanent) enacted by a governmental entity which
           restrains, enjoins or otherwise prohibits the completion of the
           Merger or that would materially frustrate the express intent and
           purposes of the Merger Agreement and no governmental entity having
           instituted any proceedings that would have a Material Adverse Effect
           on WPP and Y&R taken together after
           completion of the Merger.

2.2   The obligation of WPP to complete the Merger is subject to the
     satisfaction, or waiver by WPP, prior to the Effective Date, of the
     following additional conditions:

     (a)   each of the representations and warranties of Y&R contained in the
           Merger Agreement being true and correct in all material respects when
           the Merger Agreement was entered into and as at the Effective Date as
           if such representations and warranties were repeated as at such date
           (except, in each case, to the extent any such representation or
           warranty expressly speaks as of an earlier date only), provided that
           this condition insofar as it relates to representations and
           warranties (other than the representation and warranty in respect of
           the authorised and issued share capital of Y&R) will be deemed
           satisfied so long as any failures of such representations and
           warranties to be true and correct, taken together (but disregarding
           any materiality qualification in the representations and warranties),
           would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on
           Y&R measured prior to the Merger, and WPP having received a
           certificate signed by an executive officer of Y&R to such effect;

     (b)   Y&R having performed all material obligations required to be
           performed by it under the Merger Agreement at or prior to the
           Effective Date and WPP having received a certificate signed by an
           executive officer of Y&R to such effect;

     (c)   WPP having received an opinion from its US counsel, Fried, Frank,
           Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, substantially to the effect that, on the
           basis of the facts, representations and assumptions set forth in that
           opinion:

             (i) the Merger will be treated for US federal income tax purposes
                 as a reorganisation within the meaning of section 368 of the US
                 Code;

            (ii) WPP shall be treated as a corporation under section 367(a) of
                 the US Code with respect to each transfer of property pursuant
                 to the Merger;

            (iii) no gain or loss will be recognised by Y&R Share Owners who
                  exchange Y&R Common Shares solely for WPP Ordinary Shares or
                  WPP ADSs pursuant to the Merger, except with respect to cash
                  received instead of fractional entitlement to those
                  shares; and

            (iv) each of WPP, Y&R, York Merger Corp and York II Merger Corp will
                 be a party to the reorganisation within the meaning of section
                 368 of the US Code.

2.3   The obligations of Y&R to complete the Merger are subject to the
     satisfaction, or waiver by Y&R, prior to the Effective Date of conditions
     substantially similar MUTATIS MUTANDIS to the conditions described in
     paragraph 2.2 (a) and (b). In addition, the obligations of Y&R to complete
     the Merger are subject to the following additional conditions:

     (a)   Y&R having received an opinion from its US counsel, Wachtell, Lipton,
           Rosen & Katz, substantially to the effect that, on the basis of the
           facts, representations and assumptions set forth in that opinion:

             (i) the Merger will be treated for US federal income tax purposes
                 as a reorganisation within the meaning of section 368 of the US
                 Code;

            (ii) WPP shall be treated as a corporation under section 367(a) of
                 the US Code with respect to each transfer of property pursuant
                 to the Merger;

                                      125
<PAGE>
            (iii) no gain or loss will be recognised by Y&R Share Owners who
                  exchange Y&R Common Shares solely for WPP Ordinary Shares or
                  WPP ADSs pursuant to the Merger, except with respect to cash
                  received instead of fractional entitlements to those shares;
                  and

            (iv) each of WPP, Y&R, York Merger Corp and York II Merger Corp will
                 be a party to the reorganisation within the meaning of section
                 368 of the US Code; and

     (b)   the resolutions numbered 2 to 5 in the notice convening the EGM,
           relating to the election to the Board of WPP of those directors
           designated by Y&R, having been approved by WPP Share Owners at the
           EGM.

     A description of certain of the regulatory consents referred to above is
     set out in Section C of this Part V.

3.    CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

      The Merger Agreement contains certain customary representations and
      warranties by Y&R and WPP regarding, among other things, due organisation,
      good standing and qualification; capital structure; corporate authority to
      enter into the contemplated transactions and lack of conflicts with
      corporate governance documents, contracts, laws and governmental filings;
      SEC reports and financial statements; litigation and liabilities; absence
      of certain changes or events; brokers and finders; employee benefit plans;
      labour and employment matters; licences; intellectual property; continuity
      of business; compliance with laws; non-competition provisions in certain
      contracts; joint ventures and tax matters. Y&R has also represented that
      it has taken or will take all actions appropriate and necessary to ensure
      that provisions of the Delaware general corporation law limiting business
      combinations will not apply to the Merger Agreement, the Merger and any
      other transaction contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

4.    DIRECTORS, MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES OF WPP FOLLOWING THE MERGER

4.1   BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF WPP

     (a)   Following completion of the Merger, the Board of WPP is to consist of
           sixteen Directors, twelve of whom will be designated by WPP (eight of
           whom will be non-executive Directors) and four of whom will be
           designated by Y&R (three of whom will be non-executive Directors).
           WPP has agreed to procure the resignation of two current Directors of
           WPP who are not to continue as Directors. In addition, prior to
           30 June 2001, Y&R will be entitled to appoint a further non-executive
           Director to the board of WPP, who is neither a US resident nor a US
           citizen.

     (b)   Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, certain senior employees of Y&R
           have or are to enter into employment agreements, which are effective
           from the Effective Date, and no-sale agreements. The employment
           agreements will supercede the senior employees' existing contracts of
           employment, if any, and their rights under Y&R's change of control
           severance plan.

     Further details of the no-sale agreements are set out in Section B of this
     Part V.

4.2   Y&R EMPLOYEES

     (a)   For a period of at least twelve months following the Effective Date,
           Y&R employees remaining employed by Y&R will be entitled to receive
           salary, incentive compensation and other employee benefits except
           stock-based benefits and compensation which in the aggregate are
           substantially comparable to those currently provided by Y&R,
           including any payments made under the Y&R year 2000 annual bonus
           programme.

     (b)   For a period of at least twelve months following the Effective Date,
           grants of stock-based benefits and compensation to Y&R employees will
           be made in accordance with procedures and criteria that are
           substantially similar to those applicable to similarly situated
           employees of WPP.

                                      126
<PAGE>
     (c)   In addition WPP has agreed to honour the terms of:

             (i) each existing employment, change of control, severance and
                 termination agreement between Y&R and any Y&R director, officer
                 or employee; and

            (ii) all obligations pursuant to outstanding restoration plans,
                 equity-based plans, programmes or agreements, bonus plans or
                 programmes, bonus deferral plans, vested and accrued benefits
                 under any employee benefit plan, programme or arrangement of
                 Y&R and similar employment, compensation and benefit
                 arrangements and agreements in effect on the Effective Date, in
                 each case only to the extent the obligation is legally binding
                 on Y&R or any of its subsidiaries.

4.3   TRANSITION COMMITTEE

      Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, a committee will be
      maintained for one year from the Effective Date, initially comprising
      Mr Thomas D. Bell Jr. who will be chairman, Mr Michael J. Dolan,
      Sir Martin Sorrell and Mr Paul Richardson. The transition committee will
      not be a committee of the Board of WPP and will not be responsible for
      controlling the operations of the business of WPP or Y&R. During this
      period, approval by a majority of the members of the transition committee
      will be required for (i) combining any of the material businesses of the
      Y&R Group with those of the WPP Group, (ii) transferring any of the
      material businesses of the Y&R Group to the WPP Group or (iii) offering
      any employee of the Y&R Group employment in the WPP Group. If WPP breaches
      any of these provisions and fails to cure such breach within 30 days after
      receiving notice, the Y&R employees who are a party to the no-sale
      agreements will have the right during the 30 day period thereafter to
      terminate the no-sale restrictions affecting their Y&R Common Shares.

5.    CHANGES TO ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF WPP

      Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, WPP is required to propose
      resolutions to be approved by WPP Share Owners at the annual general
      meeting of WPP to be held in 2001 designed to give WPP ADS holders the
      ability to attend, vote and speak at general meetings and appoint proxies.

6.    INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

      Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, WPP has agreed that after
      the Effective Date, all rights to indemnification and limitations on
      liability existing under the Y&R certificate of incorporation and by-laws
      in favour of directors and officers of Y&R, or under an agreement in
      effect at the date of the Merger Agreement between any such director or
      officer of Y&R or its subsidiaries, with respect to actions or omissions
      by them on or prior to the Effective Date, will continue in full force and
      effect and WPP will, for a period of six years after the Effective Date,
      procure directors' and officers' liability insurance with respect to acts
      or omissions occurring prior to the Effective Date, covering each person
      currently covered by Y&R's directors' and officers' liability insurance on
      terms and in amounts no less favourable than those currently in effect.
      WPP has agreed, to the extent permitted by law, for six years after the
      Effective Date to indemnify persons who were directors or officers of Y&R
      or its subsidiaries before the Effective Date for liabilities they incur
      as a result of their acting in those capacities.

7.    TERMINATION OF THE MERGER AGREEMENT

7.1   The Merger Agreement may be terminated at any time before the Effective
     Date, whether before or after approval by Y&R Share Owners and WPP Share
     Owners, by the mutual written consent of Y&R and WPP.

7.2   The Merger Agreement may also be terminated by either Y&R or WPP at any
     time before the Effective Date if:

     (a)   the Merger has not been completed by the Long Stop Date provided that
           this right shall not be exercisable by a party whose failure to
           comply in any material respect with its obligations resulted in the
           failure to complete the Merger by the Long Stop Date;

                                      127
<PAGE>
     (b)   any court order or law permanently prohibiting consummation of the
           Merger has become final and non-appealable unless the company seeking
           to terminate did not use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent
           the order or law;

     (c)   the approval of Y&R Share Owners required by the Merger Agreement has
           not been obtained; or

     (d)   the approval of WPP Share Owners required by the Merger Agreement has
           not been obtained.

7.3   The Merger Agreement may be terminated at any time before the Effective
     Date, whether before or after approval by Y&R Share Owners, by Y&R if:

     (a)   the Board of WPP has withdrawn or adversely modified its approval or
           recommendation of the Merger to WPP Share Owners;

     (b)   WPP or the Board of WPP has recommended an alternative proposal or
           offer to WPP Share Owners; or

     (c)   any representation or warranty of WPP contained in the Merger
           Agreement is inaccurate, or WPP breaches any of the obligations
           contained in the Merger Agreement, and the breach is not remedied
           within 20 business days following written notice from Y&R, and such
           breach or inaccuracy would result in any condition of the Merger
           Agreement not being satisfied by the Long Stop Date.

7.4   The Merger Agreement may be terminated at any time before the Effective
     Date, whether before or after approval by WPP Share Owners, by WPP if:

     (a)   the Board of Y&R has withdrawn or adversely modified its approval or
           recommendation of the Merger to Y&R Share Owners;

     (b)   Y&R or the Board of Y&R has recommended an alternative proposal or
           offer to Y&R Share Owners; or

     (c)   any representation or warranty of Y&R contained in the Merger
           Agreement is inaccurate, or Y&R breaches any of its obligations
           contained in the Merger Agreement, and the breach is not remedied
           within 20 business days following written notice from WPP, and such
           breach or inaccuracy would result in any condition of the Merger
           Agreement not being satisfied by the Long Stop Date.

8.    TERMINATION PAYMENTS

8.1   Y&R has agreed to pay WPP a termination fee of US$175 million if the
     Merger Agreement is terminated:

     (a)   by WPP after Y&R's Directors withdraw or adversely modify their
           favourable recommendation of the Merger to the Y&R Share Owners at a
           time when an alternative acquisition proposal or offer for Y&R is
           pending;

     (b)   by WPP after Y&R's Directors recommend an alternative acquisition
           proposal or offer to Y&R Share Owners; or

     (c)   an alternative acquisition proposal or offer for Y&R is made or is
           publicly announced and the Merger Agreement is subsequently
           terminated:

             (i) by Y&R or WPP because the necessary approval of Y&R Share
                 Owners is not obtained or;

            (ii) by Y&R because the Merger is not consummated by the Long Stop
                 Date, except that no fee will be payable to WPP if the
                 necessary approval of WPP Share Owners has not then been
                 obtained, for any reason other than as a result of a breach by
                 Y&R; or

            (iii) by WPP because any representation or warranty of Y&R contained
                  in the Merger Agreement is inaccurate or Y&R breaches any of
                  its obligations contained in the Merger Agreement, and such
                  breach is not remedied within 20 business days following
                  written notice from WPP, and such breach or inaccuracy would
                  result in any condition to the Merger Agreement not being
                  satisfied by the Long Stop Date;

                                      128
<PAGE>
           and, in any such case within nine months after the Merger Agreement
           is terminated, Y&R enters into an agreement in respect of any
           alternative proposal, or an alternative transaction is completed.

8.2   Y&R has also agreed to pay WPP a termination fee of US$25 million under
     circumstances in which no US$175 million fee is payable if either Y&R or
     WPP terminates the Merger because Y&R Share Owners do not approve the
     Merger.

8.3   WPP has agreed to pay Y&R a termination fee of US$75 million if the Merger
     Agreement is terminated:--

     (a)   by Y&R after the WPP Directors withdraw or adversely modify their
           favourable recommendation of the Merger to the WPP Share Owners at a
           time when an alternative acquisition proposal or offer for WPP is
           pending;

     (b)   by Y&R after the WPP Directors recommend an alternative acquisition
           proposal or offer to WPP Share Owners; or

     (c)   an alternative acquisition proposal or offer for WPP is made or is
           publicly announced and the Merger Agreement is subsequently
           terminated:

             (i) by WPP or Y&R because the necessary approval of WPP Share
                 Owners is not obtained; or

            (ii) by WPP because the Merger is not consummated by the Long Stop
                 Date, except that no fee will be payable to Y&R if the
                 necessary approval of Y&R Share Owners has not then been
                 obtained, for any reason other than as a result of a breach by
                 WPP; or

            (iii) by Y&R because any representation or warranty of WPP contained
                  in the Merger Agreement is inaccurate or WPP breaches any of
                  its obligations contained in the Merger Agreement, and such
                  breach is not remedied within 20 business days following
                  written notice from Y&R, and such breach or inaccuracy would
                  result in any condition to the Merger Agreement not being
                  satisfied by the Long Stop Date;

           and, in any such case, within nine months after the Merger Agreement
           is terminated, WPP enters into an agreement in respect of any
           alternative proposal or an alternative transaction is completed.

8.4   WPP has also agreed to pay Y&R a termination fee of US$25 million under
     circumstances in which no US$75 million fee is payable if either Y&R or WPP
     terminates the Merger because WPP Share Owners do not approve the Merger.

                                      129
<PAGE>
SECTION B:  SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE NO-SALE AGREEMENTS

     Contemporaneously with the execution of the Merger Agreement, WPP entered
     into no-sale agreements with sixteen senior executives of Y&R, including
     Mr. Thomas D. Bell Jr., Y&R's chairman and chief executive officer and
     Mr. Michael J. Dolan a vice chairman of Y&R and its president and chief
     operating officer, Edward H. Vick, Worldwide chairman and chief executive
     officer of Y&R Advertising and Mr. Peter A. Georgescu, Y&R's former
     chairman and chief executive officer. Under these agreements, these senior
     executives and Mr. Georgescu have agreed not to sell a total of
     approximately six million of their Y&R Common Shares and/or the shares
     received from the exercise of their Y&R Stock Options (and, following
     completion of the Merger, the WPP Ordinary Shares and/or stock options they
     will receive under the terms of the Merger in exchange for these shares and
     options) for the one year period ending 11 May 2001. A summary of the terms
     of these agreements is set out below.

1.    RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF SHARES

1.1   Each of the senior executives that executed a no-sale agreement has agreed
     not to sell two-thirds of the total number of his Y&R Common Shares (and
     the WPP Ordinary Shares he will receive under the terms of the Merger in
     exchange for those shares) during the one year period ending on 11 May
     2001. For the purposes of these agreements, each senior executive's total
     number of Y&R Common Shares is comprised of:

     (a)   the number of Y&R Common Shares owned by him on 11 May 2000, plus

     (b)   the number of Y&R Common Shares he is entitled to if he exercised all
           Y&R Stock Options (whether vested or unvested) held by him on 11 May
           2000.

1.2   Mr. Georgescu has agreed not to sell 200,000 Y&R Common Shares before
     completion of the Merger. After completion of the Merger and until 11 May
     2001, Mr. Georgescu will not sell the number of WPP ADSs or WPP Ordinary
     Shares held by him that have an aggregate value of US$10 million at the
     time the Merger is completed.

1.3   Under the no-sale agreements, other than the agreement with
     Mr. Georgescu, the limitations on the sale of shares will cease to apply to
     that senior executive if:

     (a)   Y&R or, after the effective time of the Merger, WPP terminates the
           employment of that senior executive without cause;

     (b)   that senior executive terminates his or her employment for good
           reason; or

     (c)   that senior executive dies or becomes disabled.

1.4   Under the no-sale agreements, including the agreement with Mr. Georgescu,
     the limitations on the sale of shares will cease to apply if WPP violates
     any of the provisions contained in the Merger Agreement relating to the
     Transition Committee and does not remedy that violation within 30 business
     days after receiving notice from a Y&R representative on that committee.

1.5   Under the no-sale agreements, termination of employment for "cause" means:

     (a)   the senior executive's wilful and continued failure to substantially
           perform his or her duties as in effect before 11 May 2000 if this
           failure continues after Y&R has given notice to the senior executive,
           or

     (b)   the senior executive's wilful engagement in misconduct which
           materially injures Y&R.

1.6   Under the no-sale agreements, termination of employment for "good reason"
     means:

     (a)   the assignment of any duties inconsistent with or the reduction of
           responsibilities associated with the senior executive's position with
           Y&R immediately prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement;

     (b)   a reduction of the senior executive's base salary;

     (c)   a change in the senior executive's principal work location of more
           than fifty miles;

     (d)   the failure of Y&R to pay any current or deferred compensation within
           seven days of the due date;

                                      130
<PAGE>
     (e)   the failure of Y&R to continue any benefit plans, or to provide the
           number of paid vacation days to which the senior executive was
           entitled immediately prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement;

     (f)    the material reduction of benefits under any benefit plans to which
           the senior executive was entitled immediately prior to the execution
           of the Merger Agreement; or

     (g)   the failure of Y&R to afford annual bonus and long-term incentive
           compensation opportunities equal to those opportunities available
           immediately prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement.

2.    NON-COMPETITION PROVISIONS OF THE NO-SALE AGREEMENTS

     Each of the no-sale agreements provide that so long as that senior
     executive is employed by Y&R and following termination for any reason, that
     senior executive will not:

     (a)   for one year, work for any competitor of Y&R on the account of any
           Y&R client with whom the senior executive had a direct relationship
           or as to which the senior executive had a significant involvement at
           any time during the two years prior to termination;

     (b)   for one year, if the senior executive's responsibilities are of a
           corporate nature and do not principally involve client service, work
           for a principal competitor of Y&R in a similar corporate function;

     (c)   for one year, if the senior executive's responsibilities are of a
           client service related nature, work for a competitor of Y&R on the
           account of any substantial competitor of any client for which the
           senior executive had substantial responsibility during the two years
           prior to termination or work directly for a competitor of these
           clients;

     (d)   for one year, solicit or hire any employee of Y&R; and

     (e)   at any time, disclose any confidential information of Y&R and its
           clients.

     These non-compete provisions are not contained in the no-sale agreement
     entered into with Mr. Georgescu.

3.    DAMAGES AND EXPENSES

3.1   Y&R and WPP's sole remedy for a breach of these no-sale agreements is to
     seek specific performance of the covenants contained in these agreements,
     including a court order requiring the breaching party to purchase a number
     of shares sold or transferred in violation of these agreements. Under no
     circumstances will the individuals who executed these agreements be
     responsible for any monetary damages.

3.2   Under these agreements, WPP must pay all legal fees and expenses
     reasonably incurred by these individuals in connection with any proceedings
     regarding the sale restriction provisions of these agreements so long as
     there is a reasonable basis for the claims asserted by these individuals
     and those claims were asserted in good faith. These individuals are obliged
     to return any fees or expenses that were advanced plus interest if it is
     judicially determined that there was no good faith basis to assert any of
     these claims.

                                      131
<PAGE>
SECTION C:  GENERAL REGULATORY MATTERS

1.    EUROPEAN UNION

      WPP and Y&R each conducts business in Member States of the EU. Council
      Regulation (EEC) 4064/89 (as amended) (the "Merger Regulation") requires
      notification to and approval by the European Commission of certain mergers
      or acquisitions involving parties with aggregate worldwide sales and
      individual EU sales exceeding certain thresholds.

     WPP and Y&R filed a merger notification with the European Commission on
     24 July 2000 and the European Commission issued its clearance decision on
     24 August 2000.

2.    THE ANTITRUST DIVISION AND FEDERAL TRADE COMMISSION OF THE UNITED STATES

      Under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the
      "HSR Act"), as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder, the Merger
      may not be completed unless WPP and Y&R have notified and furnished
      information relating to their operations and the markets in which they
      operate to the US Federal Trade Commission ("FTC") and the Antitrust
      Division of the US Department of Justice ("DoJ"), and certain waiting
      period requirements have either expired or the Merger is granted early
      termination. On 20 June 2000, WPP and Y&R each filed a pre-merger
      notification and report form under the HSR Act with the FTC and DoJ. The
      HSR waiting period expired on 20 July 2000. At any time before or after
      the consummation of the Merger, the DoJ or the FTC could take any action
      under the antitrust laws that it deems necessary or desirable in the
      public interest, including seeking to enjoin the completion of the Merger
      or seeking the divestiture of substantial assets of Y&R or WPP.

     WPP and Y&R believe that neither the FTC nor the DoJ should challenge the
     Merger. There can be no assurance however that a challenge to the Merger on
     antitrust grounds will not be made, or, if a challenge is made, what the
     result will be.

3.    MERGER CONTROL LAWS IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS

      WPP and Y&R operate in a number of jurisdictions where other regulatory
      filings or approvals are required or appropriate in connection with the
      Merger. WPP and Y&R have completed the process of reviewing whether
      filings or approvals material to WPP and Y&R are required. Following this
      review, notification was found to be required in Argentina, Australia,
      Hungary, Poland, South Africa and Brazil.

     In Argentina, the relevant filing, including the related documentation, was
     made on 18 July 2000, and the authorities have up to 45 working days after
     approval of the documentation included in the filing to issue a resolution
     with respect to the Merger, although a resolution may be issued sooner. The
     documentation included in the filing was approved on 17 August, 2000.

     In Australia, the relevant filing was made with the Foreign Investment
     Review Board on 21 July 2000, and approval of the Merger was granted on
     16 August 2000 by the Board.

     In Hungary, the relevant filing was made on 4 August 2000, and the
     authorities have a maximum of 90 days within which to conduct an initial
     investigation (although this period can be extended by a further 60 days).
     The Hungarian authorities have indicated that they may issue a decision
     prior to the expiry of the 90 day initial investigation period.

     In Poland, the relevant filing was made on 14 June 2000. As the relevant
     authorities did not respond within the period allowed for investigation,
     the Merger can be completed.

     In South Africa, the relevant filing was made on 28 June 2000, and the
     authorities have up to 30 days within which to conduct an initial
     investigation (although this period can be extended by a further 60 days).
     If the relevant authorities have not responded within this period, the
     Merger can be completed.

     In Brazil, the relevant filing was made on 2 June 2000. There is no minimum
     investigation period, and the Merger can be completed before approval has
     been received.

                                      132
<PAGE>
4.    GENERAL

      It is possible that one or more of the regulatory approvals required to
      complete the Merger will not be obtained on a timely basis. In addition,
      it is possible that any of the governmental or regulatory entities with
      which filings are made may seek, as conditions for granting approval to
      the Merger, various regulatory concessions. It is possible that WPP and
      Y&R will be unable to satisfy or comply with such conditions, or be unable
      to cause their respective subsidiaries to satisfy or comply with any such
      conditions or that compliance or non-compliance will have adverse
      consequences for WPP after completion of the Merger.

     Under the Merger Agreement, WPP and Y&R have each agreed to use their
     reasonable best efforts to complete the Merger, including to gain clearance
     from antitrust and competition authorities and obtain other required
     approvals. For that purpose, WPP has also agreed to offer to take and to
     accept, to the extent consistent with its obligation to use reasonable best
     efforts, any actions, conditions, terms or restrictions necessary to obtain
     any regulatory approval, unless those conditions, terms and restrictions in
     the aggregate would have a Material Adverse Effect on WPP and Y&R taken
     together. Also, neither company is required to agree to any action,
     condition, term or restriction unless that agreement is subject to
     completion of the Merger. Although WPP and Y&R do not expect any regulatory
     authority to raise significant objections to the Merger, WPP and Y&R cannot
     be certain that all required regulatory approvals will be obtained or that
     these approvals will not contain terms, conditions or restrictions that
     would be detrimental to the enlarged WPP Group after the Merger.

                                      133
<PAGE>
                                    PART VI

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

1.    RESPONSIBILITY

     The Directors, whose names are set out in paragraph 7.1 of this Part VI,
     and the Proposed Directors, whose names are set out in paragraph 7.2 of
     this Part VI, accept responsibility for the information contained in this
     document. To the best of the knowledge and belief of the Directors and the
     Proposed Directors (who have taken all reasonable care to ensure that such
     is the case), the information contained in this document is in accordance
     with the facts and does not omit anything likely to affect the import of
     such information.

2.    INCORPORATION

2.1   The Company was incorporated in England and Wales on 1 March 1971 under
     the Companies Acts 1948 to 1967 as a limited company with registered number
     1003653 and the name Wire and Plastic Products Limited. It was
     re-registered on 18 August 1981 as a public limited company under the
     Companies Acts 1948 to 1980. The name of the Company was changed to WPP
     Group plc on 26th February 1986. WPP operates under the Companies Act and
     the regulations made under that Act.

2.2   WPP's registered office is Pennypot Industrial Estate, Hythe, Kent
     CT21 6PE and its head office is 27 Farm Street, London W1J 5RJ.

3.    SHARE CAPITAL

3.1   The share capital of WPP at the close of business on 23 August 2000 (the
     latest practicable date prior to the publication of this document) is and
     immediately following completion of the Merger (assuming no further issues
     of shares by WPP after 23 August 2000 and prior to completion of the
     Merger, other than the issue of up to 433,710,712 Consideration Shares)
     will be as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     AUTHORISED                     ISSUED AND FULLY PAID
                                            -----------------------------   --------------------------------------
                                               NUMBER          AMOUNT          NUMBER               AMOUNT
                                            -------------   -------------   -------------   ----------------------
         <S>                                <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
         BEFORE THE MERGER
         WPP Ordinary Shares of 10p each..  1,250,000,000   L125,000,000      778,963,425            L77,896,342.5

         AFTER THE MERGER
         WPP Ordinary Shares of 10p each..  1,750,000,000   L175,000,000    1,212,674,137           L121,267,413.7
</TABLE>

     Details of the outstanding options and awards over WPP Ordinary Shares are
     set out in paragraphs 5.2, 5.3, 8.2 and 8.3 of this Part VI.

3.2   The following is a summary of the changes in the issued share capital of
     WPP which have occurred between 23 August 1997 and 23 August 2000 (the
     latest practicable date prior to the publication of this document):

     (a)   The following share options have been exercised during this period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AGGREGATE NUMBER OF
                                                                            WPP ORDINARY
                       DATE                  RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES      SHARES ISSUED
                       ----                  ------------------------   --------------------
         <S>                                 <C>                        <C>
         September 1997 to August 1998            L0.295 to L1.33            4,994,376
         September 1998 to August 1999            L0.295 to L5.37            5,026,327
         September 1999 to 23 August 2000         L0.295 to L5.43            8,870,085
</TABLE>

     (b)   The following share repurchases have been completed during this
           period:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      AGGREGATE NUMBER OF
                                                RANGE OF PRICES           WPP ORDINARY
                       DATE                      PAID PER SHARE        SHARES REPURCHASED
                       ----                  ----------------------   --------------------
         <S>                                 <C>                      <C>
         September 1997 to August 1998          L2.48 to L4.016            7,452,000
         September 1998 to 23 August 2000        L3.65 to L3.70              515,000
</TABLE>

                                      134
<PAGE>
     (c)   On 19 September 1997, WPP entered into an agreement for the
           acquisition of Cockpit Holdings Limited. Part of the deferred
           consideration for this acquisition was satisfied by WPP issuing, to
           the vendors of Cockpit Holdings Limited, 41,986 WPP Ordinary Shares
           on 9 June 2000 at an issue price of L3.00 per WPP Ordinary Share.

     (d)   On 14 September 1998 (and in accordance with the terms of the
           agreement dated 3 August 1998 details of which are set out in
           paragraph 9.1(c) below), 31,295,646 WPP Ordinary Shares were issued
           and allotted to Asatsu-DK, Inc at a price of L4.24 per WPP Ordinary
           Share.

     (e)   On 18 August 1999, WPP entered into an agreement for the acquisition
           of The Shire Hall Group Limited. Part of the deferred consideration
           for this acquisition was satisfied by WPP issuing 35,982 WPP Ordinary
           Shares at an issue price of L9.20 per WPP Ordinary Share to some of
           the vendors of The Shire Hall Group Limited.

3.3   Save as disclosed in paragraph 3.2 above and paragraphs 5.2, 5.3, 8.1, 8.2
     and 8.3 below of this Part VI:

     (a)   no share or loan capital of WPP or any of its subsidiaries has within
           the three years preceding the date of this document (other than
           intra-group issues by wholly-owned subsidiaries) been issued or
           agreed to be issued (other than (i) to satisfy deferred consideration
           payments of up to a maximum aggregate amount of L60 m under various
           acquisition agreements previously entered into by WPP or its
           subsidiaries; (ii) to satisfy deferred consideration payments due in
           respect of previous Y&R acquisitions; (iii) to satisfy entitlements
           upon conversion of the Y&R Convertible Notes; and (iv) in connection
           with the Merger) or is now proposed to be issued fully or partly
           paid, either for cash or for a consideration other than cash to any
           person;

     (b)   no commissions, discounts, brokerages or other special terms have
           been granted by WPP or any of its subsidiaries within the three years
           immediately preceding the date of this document in connection with
           the issue or sale of any share or loan capital of any such company;
           and

     (c)   neither WPP nor any of its subsidiaries has granted any options over
           its share or loan capital which remain outstanding or has agreed,
           conditionally or unconditionally, to grant any such options.

3.4   The provisions of section 89(1) of the Companies Act (which, to the extent
     not disapplied pursuant to section 95 of the Companies Act) confer on
     shareholders rights of pre-emption in respect of the allotment of equity
     securities (as defined in section 94 of the Companies Act) (which are, or
     are to be, paid up in cash) which apply to the authorised but unissued
     share capital of WPP except to the extent disapplied by the resolutions
     referred to in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 below. Section 89(1) of the Companies
     Act will apply to the allotment of part of the Consideration Shares which
     are to be issued pursuant to the Merger and accordingly will be disapplied
     by virtue of the resolution referred to in paragraph 3.6(c) below.

3.5   By resolutions passed at the annual general meeting of WPP held on 26 June
     2000:

     (a)   the Directors of WPP were generally authorised, pursuant to section
           80 of the Companies Act, to allot relevant securities (as defined in
           that section) up to a maximum aggregate nominal value of L25,693,103,
           such authority to expire on 25 June 2005;

     (b)   the Directors of WPP were given power to allot equity securities (as
           defined in section 94 of the Companies Act) for cash provided that
           such power, which was expressed to expire on 25 June 2005, was
           limited to the allotment of equity securities in connection with a
           rights issue and otherwise up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount
           of L3,892,894; and

     (c)   the Directors of WPP were given authority to issue new WPP Ordinary
           Shares to JMS to satisfy its entitlement under the Notional Share
           Award Plan, the phantom options and the Leadership Equity Acquisition
           Plan as an alternative to cash sums due to JMS under these schemes.

3.6   By resolutions to be proposed at the Extraordinary General Meeting it is
     proposed that:

     (a)   the authorised share capital of the Company will be increased from
           L125,000,000 to L175,000,000 by the creation of an additional
           500,000,000 new WPP Ordinary Shares of 10p each;

                                      135
<PAGE>
     (b)   the Directors be authorised to allot relevant securities (as defined
           in the Companies Act) up to a maximum nominal amount of L73,271,363,
           such authority to expire on the date five years after the passing of
           the resolution; and

     (c)   the Directors be given power to allot equity securities for cash as
           if section 89(1) of the Companies Act did not apply to such allotment
           but that such authority be limited to the allotment of equity
           securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of L7,622,089 and will
           expire on 28 September 2005.

           The authorities, referred to in paragraph 3.6(b) and 3.6(c) above,
           will be in addition to the authority conferred by paragraph 3.5(c)
           above but will revoke the other authorities granted to the Directors
           at the annual general meeting referred to in paragraph 3.5 above.

3.7   Save in connection with the Merger (including the conversion of the Y&R
     Convertible Notes), the exercise of options under the WPP Share Schemes,
     the exercise of any Y&R Stock Options and the implementation of the
     deferred consideration payments referred to in paragraph 3.3(a) above, the
     Directors have no present intention to allot WPP Ordinary Shares.

3.8   It is expected that Admission will become effective and that dealings on
     the London Stock Exchange will commence at 8.00 am on the Effective Date.
     Promptly after the Effective Date, the Exchange Agent will send each Y&R
     Share Owner (other than WPP, Y&R or any of their respective subsidiaries)
     holding certificates, a letter of transmittal for use in effecting delivery
     of Y&R Common Shares to the Exchange Agent. Upon surrender of a Y&R share
     certificate for cancellation to the Exchange Agent, together with a duly
     executed and completed letter of transmittal, and any other documents
     required by the Exchange Agent, the holder of each Y&R share certificate
     will be entitled to receive in exchange for such Y&R share certificate:

     (a)   one or more WPP ADRs evidencing, in the aggregate, the whole number
           of WPP ADSs that such holder has the right to receive as
           consideration for the Merger unless such Y&R Share Owner properly
           elects to receive WPP Ordinary Shares instead of all or some of his
           entitlement to WPP ADSs; and

     (b)   a cheque for an amount (after giving effect to any required tax
           withholdings) equal to:

           (i)    cash in lieu of fractions of WPP ADSs and/or WPP Ordinary
                 Shares, as the case may be; and

           (ii)   any cash dividends or other distributions in respect of WPP
                 ADSs and/or WPP Ordinary Shares with (aa) a record date after
                 the completion of the Merger and for which such WPP ADSs and/or
                 WPP Ordinary Shares are entitled to rank and (bb) a payment
                 date on or before the date the holder properly delivers the Y&R
                 share certificate to the Exchange Agent.

                The Y&R share certificates so surrendered will be cancelled. No
                interest will be paid or accrued on any amount payable upon
                surrender of the Y&R Common Shares.

3.9   Save pursuant to the Merger, none of the WPP Ordinary Shares have been or
     will be marketed or made available to the public in whole or in part in
     conjunction with the application for listing and trading of those
     securities.

3.10  WPP Ordinary Shares have been admitted to the Official List and are traded
     on the London Stock Exchange. WPP ADSs are quoted on the Nasdaq in New
     York. No temporary documents of title will be issued.

3.11  The WPP Ordinary Shares are, and the Consideration Shares will be, in
     registered form and may be held in uncertificated form.

3.12  The Consideration Shares will be credited as fully paid and will rank PARI
     PASSU in all respects with the existing WPP Ordinary Shares, except they
     will not rank for the interim dividend payable in respect of the year
     ending 31 December 2000 or for any other dividend the record date of which
     falls prior to the Effective Date.

                                      136
<PAGE>
4.    MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF WPP

4.1   MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

     The Memorandum of Association of WPP provides that its principal objects
     are, inter alia, to carry on the business or businesses of media
     advertising, market research, public relations, sales promotion and
     specialist communications and to develop concepts for advertising,
     marketing, research, sales promotion and similar operations. The objects of
     WPP are set out in full in clause 4 of WPP's Memorandum of Association
     which is available for inspection at the address specified in paragraph 15
     below.

4.2   ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     The Articles of Association of WPP contain, amongst other things,
     provisions to the following effect:

     (a)   VOTING RIGHTS OF MEMBERS

           Subject to disenfranchisement in the event of (i) non-payment of any
           call or other sum due and payable in respect of any share or (ii) any
           non-compliance with any statutory notice requiring disclosure of the
           beneficial ownership of any shares and subject to any special rights
           or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any
           shares, on a show of hands every member who (being an individual) is
           present in person or (being a corporation) is present by a duly
           authorised representative not being himself a member, has one vote
           and on a poll every member present in person, by proxy or by
           representative, has one vote for every share of which he is a holder.
           In the case of joint holders, the vote of the person whose name
           stands first in the register of members and who tenders a vote is
           accepted to the exclusion of any votes tendered by any other joint
           holders.

     (b)   DIVIDENDS AND UNCLAIMED DIVIDENDS

           (i)    The Company in general meeting may declare a dividend to be
                 paid to the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount
                 recommended by the Board of WPP.

           (ii)   The Board may pay such interim dividends as appear to the
                 Board to be justified by the financial position of WPP and may
                 also pay any dividend payable at a fixed rate at intervals
                 settled by the Board whenever the financial position of WPP, in
                 the opinion of the Board, justifies its payment.

           (iii)   Unless the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of any
                 share state otherwise, all dividends shall be declared and paid
                 according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of
                 which the dividend is paid and shall be apportioned and paid
                 PRO RATA according to the amounts paid up on the shares during
                 any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the
                 dividend is paid but no amount paid up on a share in advance of
                 calls shall be treated for this purpose as paid up on the
                 share. Dividends may be declared or paid in any currency.

           (iv)   No dividend or other monies payable in respect of a share
                 shall bear interest against WPP unless otherwise provided by
                 the rights attached to the share. Calls on shares or other
                 debts in relation to WPP Ordinary Shares may be deducted from
                 dividends.

           (v)   Any dividend unclaimed for a period of 12 years after having
                 become due for payment shall be forfeited and cease to remain
                 owing by WPP.

           (vi)   With the sanction of an ordinary resolution and the
                 recommendation of the Board payment of any dividend may be
                 satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific
                 assets and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any
                 other company. The Board may, if authorised by an ordinary
                 resolution, offer a scrip dividend and that scrip dividend may
                 be satisfied by the issue of further shares, whether or not of
                 the same class of shares on which the dividend is due.

                                      137
<PAGE>
     (c)   RETURN OF CAPITAL

           Subject to the rights attached to any shares issued on any special
           terms and conditions, on a winding up the surplus assets remaining
           after payment of all creditors of the Company will be divided among
           the members of the Company according to their respective holdings of
           shares. The liquidator may, with the sanction of an extraordinary
           resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by statute
           (i) divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the
           assets of the Company; or (ii) vest the whole or any part of the
           assets in trustees on such trusts for the benefit of members as the
           liquidator shall think fit, but no member shall be compelled to
           accept any assets upon which there is any liability.

     (d)   RESTRICTIONS ON ORDINARY SHARES

           If a member or any person appearing to be interested in shares in the
           Company has been duly served with a notice pursuant to section 212 of
           the Companies Act and is in default in supplying to the Company the
           information thereby required within the time specified in such
           notice, the Directors may serve on such member or on any such person
           a notice (a "restriction notice") in respect of the shares in
           relation to which the default occurred ("Default Shares") and any
           other shares held at the date of the restriction notice directing
           that the member shall not, nor shall any transferee to which any of
           such shares are transferred other than pursuant to a permitted
           transfer under the Articles, be entitled to be present or to vote,
           either in person or by proxy, at any general meeting or class meeting
           of the Company. Where the Default Shares represent at least 0.25% of
           the issued shares of the Company of the same class, the restriction
           notice may in addition direct that such a member shall not be
           entitled in respect of the Default Shares to receive any dividend or
           other distribution or to transfer or agree to transfer any of those
           shares or any rights in them.

     (e)   VARIATION OF RIGHTS

           Whenever the share capital of the Company is divided into different
           classes of shares, all or any of the rights for the time being
           attached to any class of shares in issue may from time to time
           (whether or not WPP is being wound up) be varied with the consent in
           writing of the holders of three-fourths in nominal value of the
           issued shares of that class or with the sanction of an extraordinary
           resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of
           those shares. At any separate general meeting, the necessary quorum
           is two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in
           nominal amount of the issued shares of the class in question (but at
           any adjourned meeting, any person holding shares of the class or his
           proxy is a quorum).

           Unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of their issue, the
           rights attached to any class of shares shall not be deemed to be
           varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking PARI PASSU
           with them.

     (f)    ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

           The Company may by ordinary resolution:

           (i)    increase its capital by the creation of new shares of such
                 amount as the resolution prescribes;

           (ii)   consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into
                 shares of a larger amount than its existing shares;

           (iii)   sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller
                 amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association or the
                 Articles, but so that the proportion between the amount paid up
                 and the amount (if any) not paid up on each reduced share shall
                 be the same as it was in the case of the share from which the
                 reduced share is derived; and

                                      138
<PAGE>
           (iv)   cancel any shares which, at the date of passing the resolution
                 have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and
                 diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the
                 shares so cancelled.

           Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act and any other statute
           and to any rights conferred on the holders of any class of shares,
           the Company may by special resolution:

           (v)   purchase all or any of its shares of any class, including any
                 redeemable shares; and

           (vi)   reduce its share capital, any capital redemption reserve and
                 any share premium account in any way.

     (g)   TRANSFER OF SHARES

           (i)    Subject to the restrictions in the Articles, any member may
                 transfer all or any of his shares to another person by an
                 instrument of transfer in any usual form, or in such other form
                 as the Board may approve. The instrument of transfer of a share
                 shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and (except
                 in the case of a fully paid share) by or on behalf of the
                 transferee. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder
                 of the share until the name of the transferee is entered into
                 the register in respect of the share.

           (ii)   The Board may, in its absolute discretion and without giving
                 any reason for its decision, refuse to register any transfer of
                 a share which is not fully paid up (but not so as to prevent
                 dealings in a class of shares which is listed on the London
                 Stock Exchange from taking place on an open and proper basis)
                 or any transfer of a share on which the Company has a lien. The
                 Board may also refuse to register any transfer unless it is:

                 (aa)  in respect of only one class of shares;

                 (bb)  in favour of no more than four transferees;

                 (cc)  left at the office or such other place as the Board may
                       decide, for registration; and

                 (dd)  accompanied by the certificate for the shares to be
                       transferred (except where the shares are registered in
                       the name of the market nominee and no certificate has
                       been issued for them) and such other evidence (if any) as
                       the Board may reasonably require to prove that the title
                       of the intending transferor or his right to transfer the
                       shares.

           (iii)   If the Board refuses to register a transfer of a share, it
                 shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer
                 was lodged, send to the transferee notice of the refusal.

           (iv)   The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of
                 shares may be suspended at such time and for such periods (not
                 exceeding 30 days in any year) as the Board may decide.

     (h)   DIRECTORS OF WPP

           (i)    The Directors (other than alternate directors) shall not,
                 unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of the
                 Company, be less than six in number.

           (ii)   A Director need not be a member of the Company.

           (iii)   There is no age limit for Directors.

           (iv)   At each annual general meeting any Director then in office who
                 has been appointed by the Board since the previous annual
                 general meeting or at the date of the notice convening the
                 annual general meeting has held office for more than 30 months
                 since he was appointed or last appointed by the Company in
                 general meeting shall retire from office but shall be eligible
                 for re-appointment.

           (v)   The Directors (other than any Director who for the time being
                 holds an executive office or employment with the Company or a
                 subsidiary of the Company) shall be

                                      139
<PAGE>
                 paid out of the funds of the Company by way of remuneration for
                 their services as Directors such fees not exceeding in
                 aggregate L250,000 per annum as the Directors may from time to
                 time determine or such larger sum as the Company may, by
                 ordinary resolution, determine. Such fee shall be divided among
                 them in such proportion and manner as they may agree, or
                 failing agreement, equally.

           (vi)   The Board may grant special remuneration to any Director who
                 performs any special or extra services to or at the request of
                 the Company. Special remuneration may be payable to a Director
                 in addition to his ordinary remuneration (if any) as a
                 Director.

           (vii)  The Directors shall also be paid out of the funds of the
                 Company all expenses properly incurred by them in and about the
                 discharge of their duties, including their expenses of
                 travelling to and from the meetings of the Board, committee
                 meetings, general meetings and separate meetings of the holders
                 of any class of securities of the Company. A Director may also
                 be paid out of the funds of the Company all expenses incurred
                 by him in obtaining professional advice in connection with the
                 affairs of the Company or the discharge of his duties as a
                 Director.

           (viii)  The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to pay,
                 provide or procure the grant of pensions or other retirement or
                 superannuation benefits and death, disability or other
                 benefits, allowances or gratuities to any person who is or has
                 been at any time a Director of the Company or in the employment
                 or service of the Company or of any company which is or was a
                 subsidiary of or associated with the Company or of the
                 predecessors in business of the Company or any subsidiary or
                 associated company or the relatives or dependants of any such
                 person. For that purpose the Board may procure the
                 establishment and maintenance of, or participate in, or
                 contribute to any non-contributory or contributory pension or
                 superannuation fund, scheme or arrangement or pay any insurance
                 premiums.

           (ix)   Subject to any applicable statutory provisions, a Director
                 shall not be disqualified by his office from entering into any
                 contract with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of
                 any office or position in the management, administration or
                 conduct of the business of the Company, or as vendor, purchaser
                 or otherwise. A Director may hold and be remunerated in respect
                 of any other office or place of profit with the Company (other
                 than the office of auditor of the Company) in conjunction with
                 his office as Director and he (or his firm) may also act in a
                 professional capacity for the Company (except as auditor) and
                 may be remunerated for it.

           (x)   A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly
                 or indirectly, interested in a contract with the Company shall
                 declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the
                 Directors.

           (xi)   A Director shall not vote or be counted in the quorum at a
                 meeting in respect of any resolution concerning his own
                 appointment (including fixing and varying its terms), or the
                 termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office
                 or place of profit with the Company or any other company in
                 which the Company is interested but, where proposals are under
                 consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or
                 varying its terms), or the termination of the appointment of
                 two or more Directors to offices or places of profit with the
                 Company or any company in which the Company is interested,
                 those proposals may be divided and considered in relation to
                 each Director separately; and in such case each of the
                 Directors concerned (if not otherwise debarred from voting
                 under the Articles) shall be entitled to vote and be counted in
                 the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning
                 his own appointment or the termination of his own appointment.

           (xii)  A Director shall not vote (or be counted in the quorum at a
                 meeting) in respect of any contract in which he has an interest
                 which (together with any interest of a connected

                                      140
<PAGE>
                 person) is to his knowledge a material interest.
                 Notwithstanding the above, a Director shall be entitled to vote
                 (and be counted in the quorum) on:

                 (aa)  any contract in which he is interested by virtue of an
                       interest in shares, debentures or other securities of the
                       Company or otherwise in or through the Company;

                 (bb)  the giving of any guarantee, security or indemnity in
                       respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or
                       by any other person at the request of, or for the benefit
                       of, the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings; or
                       a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its
                       subsidiary undertakings for which he himself has assumed
                       responsibility under a guarantee or indemnity or by the
                       giving of security;

                 (cc)  any issue or offer of shares, debentures or other
                       securities of the Company or any of its subsidiary
                       undertakings in respect of which he is or may be entitled
                       to participate in his capacity as holder of any such
                       securities or as an underwriter or sub-underwriter;

                 (dd)  any contract concerning another company in which he and
                       any connected person do not to his knowledge hold an
                       interest in shares (within the meaning of sections 198 to
                       211 of the Companies Act) representing one per cent. or
                       more of the issued shares of any class of such company or
                       of the voting rights of that company;

                 (ee)  any arrangement for the benefit of employees of the
                       Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings which does
                       not accord to him any privilege or benefit not generally
                       accorded to the employees to whom the arrangement
                       relates; and

                 (ff)   the purchase or maintenance of insurance for the benefit
                       of Directors or for the benefit of persons including
                       Directors.

     (i)    BORROWING POWERS

           (i)    The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow
                 money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of its
                 undertaking, property and assets (both present and future) and
                 uncalled capital and to issue debentures and other securities,
                 whether outright or as collateral security for any debt,
                 liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

           (ii)   The Board shall restrict the borrowings of the Company and
                 exercise all voting and other rights or powers of control
                 exercisable by the Company in relation to its subsidiary
                 undertakings (if any) so as to secure (but as regards
                 subsidiary undertakings only so far as by such exercise it can
                 secure) that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any
                 time in respect of all borrowings by the WPP Group (exclusive
                 of any borrowings which are owed by one Group company to
                 another Group company) after deducting the amount of cash
                 deposited will not, without the previous sanction of the
                 Company in general meeting, exceed an amount equal to 2.5 times
                 the adjusted capital and reserves (as defined in the Articles)
                 or any higher limit fixed by ordinary resolution of the Company
                 which is applicable at the relevant time.

                 To date no resolution of the type referred to in this paragraph
                 has been passed.

                                      141
<PAGE>
5.    WPP SHARE SCHEMES AND DETAILS OF OUTSTANDING OPTIONS AND AWARDS UNDER THE
      WPP SHARE SCHEMES AND Y&R STOCK OPTION PLANS

5.1   WPP SHARE SCHEMES

      The following is a summary of the principal terms of the WPP Share
      Schemes:

(A)   THE WPP WORLDWIDE OWNERSHIP PLAN (1996) (THE "WORLDWIDE PLAN")

     (I)  OUTLINE

     The Worldwide Plan is constituted by rules and includes a section which is
     approved by the Inland Revenue under the Income and Corporation Taxes Act
     1988. The Worldwide Plan also contains additional sections which amend the
     rules in certain overseas jurisdictions.

     (II)  ELIGIBILITY

     Options may be granted to employees of the Company or any subsidiary
     designated as a participating company. In practice, options have been
     granted to full-time employees of the Company and 100% owned subsidiaries
     with at least two years' service, who are not granted options under the
     Executive Plan (as defined in paragraph 5.1(b) below) or are not otherwise
     entitled to participate in other WPP Share Schemes.

     (III)  GRANT OF OPTIONS

     Options will normally be granted six weeks following the announcement of
     the Company's results to the London Stock Exchange for any financial
     period.

     (IV)  OPTION PRICE

     The price at which an option is granted must not be less than the average
     middle-market quotation of WPP Ordinary Shares, as derived from the Daily
     Official List of the London Stock Exchange, over any number of consecutive
     dealing days (being not more than 5) immediately preceding the grant date
     or, in the case of an option over a WPP ADS, the fair market value of a WPP
     ADS as quoted on the Nasdaq over any number of consecutive dealing days
     (being not more than 5) immediately preceding the grant date.

     (V)  EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     Options granted under the Worldwide Plan are generally exercisable on the
     third anniversary of grant and at six monthly intervals thereafter.

     The options may be exercised for a period of 12 months after the
     optionholder ceases employment, if the optionholder ceases employment by
     reason of injury, disability, death, retirement upon reaching the age when
     the optionholder becomes bound to retire under his employment contract or
     following the sale of the company or business in which the optionholder is
     employed or, in respect of options granted before March 1999, redundancy.
     If an optionholder ceases employment for any other reason, the Directors
     may permit options to be exercised within 12 months of ceasing employment.
     Options may also be exercised in the event of a takeover, reconstruction or
     winding up of the Company.

     (VI)  ISSUE OF SHARES

     Shares issued on the exercise of options will rank equally with shares of
     the same class in issue on the date of allotment except in respect of
     rights arising by reference to a prior record date.

     (VII)  SCHEME LIMITS

     The Worldwide Plan is subject to an overall limit on the number of WPP
     Ordinary Shares or WPP ADSs which may be allocated under the Worldwide
     Plan. This provides that in any 10 year period beginning with 28 June 1999,
     not more than 10% in aggregate of the issued ordinary share capital of the
     Company for the time being may be issued under options granted under the
     Executive Plan, the Worldwide Plan or under any employee share scheme
     adopted by the Company. For the

                                      142
<PAGE>
     purposes of this limit, rights to acquire WPP Ordinary Shares which are
     released or which lapse without being exercised cease to count.

     (VIII)  VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     In the event of a variation of the share capital of WPP, the Board may make
     certain adjustments. An adjustment may only reduce the price at which
     shares are acquired upon the exercise of an option to less than their
     nominal value if the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of
     the Company a sum equal to the difference between the nominal value of the
     shares and exercise price of the options and to apply such sum in paying up
     such amount on such shares.

     (IX)  AMENDMENTS

     The Directors may amend the provisions of the Worldwide Plan or the terms
     of options granted under it provided that no amendment to the advantage of
     participants in the Worldwide Plan can be made without the prior approval
     by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company, unless the amendment
     is a minor amendment to take account of a change in legislation or to
     obtain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any
     participant or any group company.

     Amendments to the approved part of the Worldwide Plan must also be approved
     by the Inland Revenue.

(B)   THE WPP EXECUTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN (1996) (THE "EXECUTIVE PLAN")

     (I)  OUTLINE

     The Executive Plan is constituted by rules and includes a section which is
     approved by the Inland Revenue under the Income and Corporation Taxes Act
     1988. The Executive Plan also contains additional sections which amend the
     rules in certain jurisdictions. The Executive Plan is administered by the
     Compensation Committee (a committee of the Board).

     (II)  ELIGIBILITY

     Options may only be granted to employees or full-time directors of the
     Company or a subsidiary.

     (III)  GRANT OF OPTIONS

     Options may only normally be granted within six weeks following the
     announcement of the Company's results to the London Stock Exchange for any
     financial period.

     (IV)  OPTION PRICE

     The price at which an option is granted must not be less than the average
     middle-market quotation of WPP Ordinary Shares, as derived from the Daily
     Official List of the London Stock Exchange, over any number of consecutive
     dealing days (being not more than 5) immediately preceding the grant date
     or, in the case of an option over a WPP ADS, the fair market value of a WPP
     ADS as quoted on the Nasdaq over any number of consecutive dealing days
     (being not more than 5) immediately preceding the grant date.

     (V)  EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     Options granted under the Executive Plan are generally exercisable after
     the third anniversary of grant. The exercise of an option is conditional on
     the satisfaction of performance conditions set by the Compensation
     Committee at the date of grant.

     The options may also be exercised for a period of 12 months after the
     optionholder ceases employment, if the optionholder ceases employment by
     reason of injury, disability, death or retirement upon reaching the age
     when the optionholder becomes bound to retire under his employment contract
     or, following the sale of the company or business in which the optionholder
     is employed or, in respect of options granted before March 1999,
     redundancy. If an optionholder ceases employment for any other reason, the
     Compensation Committee may permit options to be exercised within 12 months
     of ceasing employment. Options may also be exercised in the event of a
     takeover, reconstruction or winding up of the Company.

                                      143
<PAGE>
     (VI)  ISSUE OF SHARES

     Shares issued on the exercise of options will rank equally with shares of
     the same class in issue on the date of allotment except in respect of
     rights arising by reference to a prior record date.

     (VII)  SCHEME LIMITS

     The Executive Plan is subject to an overall limit on the number of WPP
     Ordinary Shares or WPP ADSs which may be allocated under the Executive
     Plan. This provides that in any 10 year period beginning with 28 June 1999,
     not more than 10% in aggregate of the issued ordinary share capital of the
     Company for the time being may be issued under options granted under the
     Executive Plan, the Worldwide Plan or under any employee share scheme
     adopted by the Company. For the purposes of this limit, rights to acquire
     shares which are released or which lapse without being exercised cease to
     count.

     (VIII)  VARIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     In the event of a variation of the share capital of WPP, the Board may make
     certain adjustments. An adjustment may only reduce the price at which
     shares are acquired upon the exercise of an option to less than their
     nominal value if the Board is authorised to capitalise from the reserves of
     the Company a sum equal to the difference between the nominal value of the
     shares and exercise price of the options and to apply such sum in paying up
     such amount on such shares.

     (IX)  AMENDMENTS

     The Directors may amend the provisions of the Executive Plan or the terms
     of options granted under it provided that no amendment to the advantage of
     participants in the Executive Plan will be made without the prior approval
     by ordinary resolution of the members of the Company unless the amendment
     is a minor amendment to take account of a change in legislation or to
     obtain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for any
     participant or any group company.

     Amendments to the approved section of the Executive Plan cannot be made
     without the prior approval of the Inland Revenue.

(C)   EARLIER WPP EXECUTIVE SHARE OPTION SCHEMES

      The Company has also operated the WPP Group plc Executive Share Option
      Scheme 1994 and other WPP Group Executive Share Option Schemes (together,
      the "Earlier Schemes"). Since the introduction of the Executive Plan, no
      further options have been granted under the Earlier Schemes. There are
      currently 6,335,222 WPP Ordinary Shares under option under the Earlier
      Schemes with exercise prices ranging from 29.5 pence to 154 pence per
      share. All options granted under the Earlier Schemes will lapse within 10
      years of the date of their grant. The terms of the Earlier Schemes are
      similar to those of the Executive Plan.

(D)   LEADERSHIP EQUITY ACQUISITION PLAN ("LEAP")

     (I)  OUTLINE

     In September 1999, WPP Share Owners approved the introduction of LEAP to
     reward performance which is superior to that of the Company's peer
     companies, so as to create strong shared interests with WPP Share Owners
     through significant personal investment and ownership in stock by
     executives and to ensure competitive total rewards in the appropriate
     market place.

     (II)  INVESTMENT SHARES

     A participant must commit investment shares in order to qualify for
     matching shares (as described in (d)(iii) below). The minimum value of
     investment shares is an amount equal to the participant's annual earnings
     (salary plus target annual bonus) and the maximum value of investment
     shares is three times annual earnings (other than for Sir Martin Sorrell,
     as described below). Individual limits within this range are determined by
     the Compensation Committee. No more than two-thirds of a participant's
     investment shares can be satisfied by shares held by the participant at the
     time of participation being offered. The balance may be satisfied by
     purchases

                                      144
<PAGE>
     in the market or through the acquisition of shares with deferred annual
     bonuses attributable to, or Long Term Incentive Plan or Performance Share
     Plan awards maturing in, the year in which participation is offered.
     Investment shares are committed to LEAP for a 5 year period (the
     "investment period"). The Compensation Committee will decide the timing of
     a participant's investment following any offer to participate in LEAP.
     Investment shares will be held under arrangements approved by the
     Compensation Committee.

     (III)  MATCHING SHARES

     The Compensation Committee will make matching shares available to
     participants who commit investment shares to LEAP. For each investment
     share committed to LEAP, the participant may earn up to five matching
     shares, if the performance condition is fully satisfied over the
     performance period. The number of matching shares which a participant may
     receive at the end of the investment period will depend on the performance
     of the Company measured over 5 financial years commencing with the
     financial year in which the WPP Ordinary Shares are committed ("performance
     period"). The number of matching shares will depend on the total share
     owner return achieved by the Company relative to 15 comparator businesses
     (including WPP) in the global communication services industry. The maximum
     number of matching shares is 5 for every investment share, for which the
     Company must rank first or second over the performance period. If the
     Company's performance is below the median of the comparator group, only
     half a matching share will vest for every WPP Ordinary Share held
     throughout the investment period.

     (IV)  PARTICIPATION

     Following the awards made in 1999, new participation will usually only be
     offered during the period of 42 days commencing on the day on which the
     Company releases its results for any financial period.

     The Compensation Committee will select the executive Directors of the
     Company and the senior executives throughout the WPP Group to participate
     in LEAP. To date, awards have been made to 15 directors and executives. Sir
     Martin Sorrell, the group chief executive has, together with JMS, committed
     to LEAP WPP Ordinary Shares worth US $10 million calculated at a price of
      L6.335 per WPP Ordinary Share, of which WPP Ordinary Shares worth
     US $3 million are shares purchased or to be purchased in the market since
     16 August 1999. The Company intends to invite Michael Dolan and certain
     senior executives of Y&R to participate in LEAP. Michael Dolan and the Y&R
     participants will be deemed to have commenced participation in LEAP on
     22 September 1999, that is on the same date as the current LEAP
     participants. However, the number of matching shares referred to in
     sub-paragraph (iii) above to which Michael Dolan and the Y&R participants
     may become entitled to receive will be proportionately reduced to reflect
     the residual performance and investment periods. Employees within 3 years
     of their normal retirement date may only participate in exceptional
     circumstances.

     (V)  FORM OF AWARDS

     The rules confer discretion on the Compensation Committee to decide the
     form in which awards will be made. The Compensation Committee will decide
     which form is most appropriate for each award in the light of the
     accounting and tax consequences, in particular US GAAP.

     The manner in which an award is satisfied at the end of the investment
     period depends on the form of the particular award. Awards will normally be
     satisfied by transferring the number of WPP Ordinary Shares in respect of
     which the award is vested to the participant or, in the case of WPP ADSs,
     to the depositary from one of the Company's employee share trusts.

     Awards are personal to each participant and cannot be transferred except on
     a limited basis, approved by the Compensation Committee, within a
     participant's close family or family interest. The value of matching shares
     is not pensionable.

                                      145
<PAGE>
     (VI)  SPECIAL SITUATIONS

     If, during the investment period, a participant ceases to be employed by
     the WPP Group for any reason other than voluntary resignation or
     termination for cause, the number of matching shares which is capable of
     vesting shall be reduced proportionately based on the part of the
     investment period that the participant remained in employment (but the
     award will lapse altogether if the participant ceases to be in employment
     during the first year of the investment period or if the participant does
     not retain all of his investment shares until the end of the investment
     period). The reduced number of matching shares may vest, to the extent
     which the performance condition is satisfied, at the end of the investment
     period, except that, on cessation of employment, no matching shares will
     vest if the Company's performance is ranked below median in the comparator
     group, and unless and to the extent that the Compensation Committee decides
     otherwise. If the participant resigns voluntarily from the WPP Group or his
     employment is terminated for cause during the investment period, the
     matching shares will not be provided, except to the extent that the
     Compensation Committee decides otherwise.

     (VII)  CHANGE OF CONTROL

     Following a change of control of the Company as a result of a takeover
     offer, a number of matching shares may vest up to the extent that the
     performance condition is satisfied over the 5 year period shortened to the
     date of the change of control. For the purposes of determining whether the
     performance condition is satisfied over the shortened period, the price of
     WPP Ordinary Shares for each of the 60 dealing days up to and including the
     day on which control is obtained is deemed to be the higher of the closing
     price on the day on which control is obtained as derived from the Daily
     Official List of the London Stock Exchange and the price which would
     otherwise have been used to determine the total share owner return of the
     Company.

     If a court sanctions a compromise or arrangement under Section 425 of the
     Companies Act or a resolution is passed for the voluntary winding up of the
     Company, the terms for awards and the terms on which the investment shares
     have been committed to LEAP may be varied in such manner as the
     Compensation Committee decides and the auditors (or other financial
     advisers) confirm to be, in their opinion, fair and reasonable.

     (VIII)  GENERAL

     The Compensation Committee may make arrangements under which those persons
     whose services are provided to the WPP Group through a services company may
     (with any services company) be treated as eligible to participate in LEAP.
     Such arrangements may provide for the award of notional matching shares,
     which may be satisfied in cash on vesting.

     The Compensation Committee may amend the provisions of LEAP or the terms of
     all outstanding awards at any time except that amendments to the advantage
     of eligible employees or participants require WPP Share Owner approval
     (unless they are minor amendments to benefit the administration of LEAP, to
     take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favourable
     tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants in LEAP or
     for any member of the WPP Group). The Compensation Committee may also amend
     the performance condition in certain circumstances and will consider in the
     light of exceptional financial circumstances whether the recorded total
     share owner return of the Company is consistent with the achievement of
     commensurate underlying financial performance.

     Offers of participation may not be made under LEAP after 2 September 2004.

(E)   THE WPP PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN ("PSP")

     Annual grants of WPP performance shares are made to executive Directors
     (including since 1999 to the WPP group chief executive and JMS). For awards
     currently outstanding, the value of each performance share is equivalent to
     one WPP Ordinary Share and the number of shares vesting over each three
     year performance period is dependent on the growth of WPP's total share
     owner return relative to the growth of total share owner return of 15 major
     publicly traded marketing services companies (including WPP). Where the WPP
     Group's total share owner return is below the median level of the peer
     group, none of the performance shares vest. Currently, at median
     performance, 50% of the performance shares vest, with higher percentage
     vesting for superior performance up to 100% if WPP ranks at least equal to
     the second ranking peer company.

                                      146
<PAGE>
     Contingent grants of performance shares for the 1998-2000, 1999-2001, and
     2000-2002 periods range from 25% to 100% of base salary.

     WPP performance shares are provided from one of the Company's employee
     share trusts and not by way of issue of new WPP Ordinary Shares.

(F)   THE WPP OPERATING COMPANY LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

     Senior executives of most WPP Group operating companies participate in
     long-term incentive plans, which provide awards in cash and WPP Ordinary
     Shares and WPP ADSs for the achievement of three year financial performance
     targets. These plans operate on a rolling three year basis with awards
     satisfied in March 2000 under the 1997-99 long-term incentive plans. The
     value of payments earned by executives over each performance period is
     based on the achievement of targeted improvements in the following
     performance measures:

     (i) average operating profit or operating cash flow; and

     (ii) average operating margin.

     The WPP Ordinary Shares and WPP ADSs provided under these long-term
     incentive plans are subject to restrictions on sale for specified periods.
     For the periods 1998-2000, 1999-2001 and thereafter, the stock portion of
     each payment is 50%. Restrictions on the sale of this stock are lifted
     after one year in respect of 50% of the stock and after two years for the
     balance, if the executive remains employed in the WPP Group.

(G)   THE CAPITAL INVESTMENT PLAN (``CIP"), NOTIONAL SHARE AWARD PLAN (``NSAP")
      AND PHANTOM OPTIONS

     The CIP provides Sir Martin Sorrell with a capital incentive which was
     initially dependent on satisfaction of performance requirements over a five
     year period with effect from 4th September 1994 and which matured in full
     in September 1999.

     Sir Martin Sorrell has agreed to defer entitlement to the 4,691,392 WPP
     Ordinary Shares (``Performance Shares") which he would otherwise have been
     able to acquire in September 1999, subject to good leaver, change of
     control and other specified provisions, so as to correspond with the
     investment period under LEAP. Accordingly subject to the provisions of the
     CIP, the right to acquire the Performance Shares may be exercised at any
     time during the period 30 September 2004 to 31 December 2004. These
     Performance Shares were acquired by an ESOP in 1994 at a total cost of
     approximately L5.5 million.

     JMS has agreed, subject to good leaver, change of control and other
     specified provisions, to defer its interest under the NSAP on a similar
     basis to that on which Sir Martin Sorrell has agreed to defer his interest
     under the CIP. Accordingly, subject to the provisions of the NSAP, JMS's
     right to receive a cash sum under the NSAP may be exercised at any time
     during the period 30 September 2004 to 31 December 2004 and will be
     calculated by reference to the average price of a WPP Ordinary Share for
     the five dealing days before JMS's right under the NSAP is exercised. The
     NSAP relates to 1,754,520 notional WPP Ordinary Shares.

     The rights of Sir Martin Sorrell and JMS respectively under the CIP and the
     NSAP are dependent on Sir Martin Sorrell remaining interested in 747,252
     WPP Ordinary Shares in which he invested in September 1994. The rights of
     JMS under the NSAP may on exercise be satisfied by the allotment of new WPP
     Ordinary Shares as a result of the authority conferred on the Directors
     referred to in paragraph 3.5(c) of this Part VI.

     JMS has also been granted a number of phantom options by WPP. Phantom
     options are linked to the share price at the date of grant, but no actual
     shares are purchased upon exercise. When the option is "exercised" JMS will
     receive a cash payment equal to the difference between the exercise price
     at the date of grant and the market value of the WPP Ordinary Shares at the
     date of exercise. JMS has unexercised phantom options in respect of
     1,571,190 WPP Ordinary Shares granted in 1993 at a base price of 52.5p per
     share exercisable between April 1996 and April 2003 and unexercised phantom
     options in respect of 577,391 WPP Ordinary Shares granted in 1994 at a base
     price of 115p per share exercisable in March 2004. JMS has indicated that
     it does not intend to exercise the 1993 phantom options until March 2003,
     subject to good leaver and change of control provisions. Pursuant to the
     authority referred to in paragraph 3.5(c) of this Part VI, the

                                      147
<PAGE>
     Directors have been given the authority to satisfy such cash entitlements
     by issuing WPP Ordinary Shares in lieu of such cash payments.

5.2   OUTSTANDING OPTIONS AND AWARDS UNDER THE WPP SHARE SCHEMES

      The table below shows details of the options and awards which were
      outstanding under the WPP Share Schemes on 23 August 2000 (the latest
      practicable date prior to the publication of this document). No
      consideration was paid for the grant of the options and awards.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   OPTIONS EXERCISE
                                    DATE OPTIONS       EXERCISE      PRICE PER WPP      NUMBER OF WPP
         SCHEME                       GRANTED           PERIOD      ORDINARY SHARE     ORDINARY SHARES
         ------                  ------------------   ----------   -----------------   ----------------
         <S>                     <C>                  <C>          <C>                 <C>
         The WPP                      8 April 1991    1996-2001         L1.330               58,411
         Executive Share             15 April 1992    1997-2002         L0.560              103,771
         Option Schemes          25 September 1993    1995-2002         L0.295               90,052
                                    7 October 1993    1996-2003         L1.020              161,183
                                     15 April 1994    1997-2004         L1.150               19,194
                                 26 September 1994    1997-2004         L1.190            1,569,009
                                     14 April 1995    1998-2005         L1.080              878,686
                                 25 September 1995    1998-2005         L1.540            3,454,916
                                      26 June 1996    1999-2006         L2.140              968,644
                                 19 September 1996    1999-2006         L2.335            3,875,077
                                  24 February 1997    2000-2007         L2.535               12,074
                                 26 September 1997    2000-2007         L2.835            4,493,476
                                      5 March 1998    2001-2008         L3.030               30,132
                                 28 September 1998    2001-2008         L2.930            4,639,430
                                   6 November 1998    2001-2008         L3.270               47,450
                                     10 March 1999    2002-2009         L5.185              428,112
                                 24 September 1999    2002-2009         L5.700            3,321,145
                                     21 March 2000    2003-2010         L10.77              312,775

         The WPP                     17 March 1997    2000-2007         L2.695              284,625
         Worldwide                   31 March 1998    2001-2008         L3.030            1,872,525
         Ownership Plan               1 April 1999    2002-2009         L5.315            1,519,050
                                       31 May 2000    2003-2010          L7.79            1,261,350
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         LONG-TERM INCENTIVE                                                     NUMBER OF WPP
         PLAN AWARDS                              PERFORMANCE PERIOD            ORDINARY SHARES
         -------------------              -----------------------------------   ----------------
         <S>                              <C>                                   <C>
         The WPP Performance Share Plan   1 January 1996-31 December 1998              76,203

         The WPP Performance Share Plan   1 January 1997-31 December 1999             149,562

         The WPP Performance Share Plan   1 January 1998-31 December 2000             245,384

         The WPP Performance Share Plan   1 January 1999-31 December 2001             462,404

         The WPP Performance Share Plan   1 January 2000-31 December 2002             281,418

         LEAP(1)                          1 January 1999-31 December 2003          12,960,045

         Capital Investment Plan and      N/A                                       8,594,493
         Notional Share Award Plan and
         unexercised phantom options(2)
         --------------
</TABLE>

     NOTES:

     (1)    The number of WPP Ordinary Shares shown for LEAP represents the
           maximum number of matching shares which is capable of vesting at the
           end of the performance period (in relation to awards already made and
           not taking into account invitations that may be made to other senior
           executives), if the performance requirement is satisfied to the
           fullest extent and subject to the retention of WPP investment shares
           until the end of the investment period.

                                      148
<PAGE>
     (2)    The 6,445,912 WPP Ordinary Shares represent the number of shares or
           cash equivalent of shares which vest under the Capital Investment
           Plan ("CIP") and the Notional Share Award Plan ("NSAP"). As mentioned
           in paragraph 5.1(g) above, Sir Martin Sorrell has agreed to defer his
           entitlement to the 4,691,392 WPP Ordinary Shares which he would
           otherwise have been able to acquire in September 1999 under the CIP
           subject to good leaver, change of control and other specified
           provisions, so as to correspond with the investment period under
           LEAP. JMS has agreed, subject to good leaver, change of control and
           other specified provisions, to defer its interest under the NSAP on a
           similar basis to that on which Sir Martin Sorrell has agreed to defer
           his interest under the CIP. The NSAP relates to 1,754,520 notional
           WPP Ordinary Shares. The unexercised phantom options relate to
           2,148,581 WPP Ordinary Shares. Please see paragraph 5.1(g) of
           Part VI for further details.

5.3   OUTSTANDING Y&R STOCK OPTIONS

     As at 21 August 2000 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication
     of this document) there were 23,293,354 Y&R Stock Options outstanding.

     Upon the Merger becoming effective, each outstanding Y&R Stock Option will
     convert into an option to acquire 4.175 new WPP Ordinary Shares, if the
     option holder is primarily resident or employed in Europe, or into an
     option to acquire 0.835 of a WPP ADS in all other cases.

6.    PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARY UNDERTAKINGS AND ASSOCIATED UNDERTAKINGS

      WPP is the holding company of the WPP Group. The following table contains
      a list of the principal subsidiary undertakings and associated
      undertakings of WPP being those which are considered by WPP to be likely
      to have a significant effect on the assets and liabilities, financial
      position and/ or the profits and losses of the WPP Group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             COUNTRY OF     PERCENTAGE
         NAME                     REGISTERED OFFICE          ACTIVITY       INCORPORATION      OWNED
         ----                   ----------------------  ------------------  -------------   -----------
         <S>                    <C>                     <C>                 <C>             <C>
         The Ogilvy Group,      Worldwide Plaza, 309    Holding Company     USA                 100
         Inc.                   West 49th Street
                                New York, 10019-7399
                                USA

         J. Walter Thompson     466 Lexington Avenue    Holding Company     USA                 100
         Company                New York, NY 10017 USA

         The Ogilvy Group       10 Cabot Square         Advertising         England and         100
         (Holdings) Limited     Canary Wharf                                Wales
                                London, E14 4QB
                                England

         CommonHealth LP        30 Lanidex Plaza West   Healthcare          USA                 100
                                Parsippany              Advertising
                                NJ 07054 USA

         Asatsu DK, Inc.        16-12 Ginza 7-Chome,    Advertising         Japan                20
                                Chuo-Ku
                                Tokyo 104-8172
                                Japan

         Hill &                 466 Lexington Avenue    Public              USA                 100
         Knowlton, Inc.         New York, NY 10017 USA  Relations and
                                                        Affairs

         WPP Group Services     Boulevard de            Co-ordination       Belgium             100
         S.A.                   L'Imperatrice 13,       Centre
                                B-1000 Brussels
                                Belgium

         BMRB International     Hadley House            Information and     England and         100
         Limited                79-81 Uxbridge Road     Consultancy         Wales
                                London W5 5SU
                                England
</TABLE>

                                      149
<PAGE>
7.    DIRECTORS, PROPOSED DIRECTORS AND Y&R DIRECTORS

7.1   The Directors of WPP and their respective functions are as follows:

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                          <C>
         DIRECTOR                                                     OFFICE
         Hamish Maxwell                                               Chairman, Non-Executive Director
         Sir Martin Stuart Sorrell                                    Group Chief Executive
         Paul Winston George Richardson                               Group Finance Director
         Brian John Nordstrom Brooks                                  Chief Human Resources Officer
         Eric Ralph Salama                                            Group Director of Strategy and
                                                                      Chief Executive of wpp.com
         John Jeremy David Bullmore                                   Non-Executive Director
         Esther Dyson                                                 Non-Executive Director
         Steven Heyer                                                 Non-Executive Director
         Masao Inagaki                                                Non-Executive Director
         John Bernard Haysom Jackson                                  Non-Executive Director
         Christopher Alasdhair Anthony Ewan Mackenzie                 Non-Executive Director
         Stanley Wilbur Morten                                        Non-Executive Director
         John Anthony Quelch                                          Non-Executive Director
         Joel Emanuel Smilow                                          Non-Executive Director
</TABLE>

     The business address of all of the Directors of WPP is 27 Farm Street,
     London W1J 5RJ.

     Steven Heyer and Joel Smilow will retire as Directors of WPP on the
     Effective Date.

7.2   The Proposed Directors and their proposed functions will be as follows:

<TABLE>
         <S>                                                          <C>
         PROPOSED DIRECTOR                                            OFFICE
         Michael James Dolan                                          Chief Executive Officer of Y&R
         Frederick Warren Hellman                                     Non-Executive Director
         Michael Hugh Jordan                                          Non-Executive Director
         Sir Christopher Lewinton                                     Non-Executive Director
</TABLE>

7.3   A short biography of each of the Directors of WPP and the Proposed
     Directors is set out below:

     (a)   DIRECTORS

     HAMISH MAXWELL was appointed to the Board in 1996. He previously served as
     chairman and chief executive with Philip Morris Companies Inc. from 1984 to
     1991. He was formerly a director of Bankers Trust and is a director of Sola
     International Inc.

     SIR MARTIN SORRELL was appointed to the Board and became group chief
     executive in 1986. He is a director of Colefax Group plc and a number of
     WPP Group subsidiary and associated companies. He was formerly a director
     of Storehouse plc.

     PAUL RICHARDSON was appointed to the Board in 1996. He has served as group
     finance director since December 1996 after spending four years with the
     Company as director of treasury. Previously he spent six years with Hanson
     plc. He is a chartered accountant and member of the Association of
     Corporate Treasurers. He is also a director of Chime Communications plc,
     Singleton Group Limited in Australia, Syzygy AG, The Grass Roots Group plc,
     International Business Research (USA) Inc., Internet Crimes Group, Inc. and
     a number of WPP Group subsidiaries.

     BRIAN BROOKS was appointed to the Board in September 1992. Previously he
     was a partner in Towers Perrin Limited, in New York and London. He is a
     lawyer and is admitted to practice law in the United States.

     ERIC SALAMA was appointed to the Board in July 1996. He is an adviser to
     the UK Government in the fields of creative and media industries and
     education and a Trustee of the British Museum. He is a director of
     Deckchair.com Holdings Limited, The Grass Roots Group plc, Syzygy AG and
     Metapack Limited.

     JEREMY BULLMORE was appointed to the Board in 1987 after 33 years at J.
     Walter Thompson Company Inc. (the last 11 of which he was chairman). He was
     chairman of the Advertising Association from 1981 to 1987. He is also a
     director of Guardian Media Group plc and president of National Advertising
     Benevolent Society.

                                      150
<PAGE>
     ESTHER DYSON was appointed to the Board in June 1999 as a non-executive
     director. She is also a director of Medscape, APP Group, Uproar Inc, IBS,
     Graphisoft N.V., EDVenture Forums, Thinking Tools Inc., LanguageWare.net,
     Aristotle, Audumbla, Scala Business Solutions N.V., GreaterTalent.com,
     CV-Online, New World Publishing, KeySystem, Cybiko, NewspaperDirect,
     BrunswickDirect, TrustWorks, Sourceree, Talus Solutions and on the advisory
     boards of Internet Capital Group, ICG Europe, Rambler Group, Municel, Tacit
     Information Systems and Swissair Group. She is also the chairman of
     EDVenture Holdings, Internet Corp. and wpp.com. She is a former director of
     PRT Group.

     STEVEN HEYER was appointed to the Board in May 2000. He is president and
     chief operating officer for Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., a division of
     Time Warner and was previously president and chief operating officer of
     Young & Rubicam Advertising Worldwide. He is chairman of Cable Advertising
     Bureau and a director of the Ad Council in the US. He is also a director of
     eHatchery and ArtisanNetwork.com. He was formerly a director of
     RealEstate.com.

     MASAO INAGAKI was appointed to the Board in September 1998 as a result of
     the WPP-Asatsu strategic alliance. He has been vice president of the Japan
     Advertising Agencies Association since 1987 and is a director and chairman
     of Asatsu-DK, Inc. He was also a director of BBDO Worldwide Inc.

     JOHN JACKSON was appointed to the Board in September 1993. He is chairman
     of Hilton Group plc and Celltech Chiroscience plc and a director of
     Billiton PLC, Brown & Jackson plc, Burdale Holdings Limited, Cambridge
     Animation Systems Limited, Concept Broadcast Development Limited, Envision
     Licensing Limited, History Today Limited, Neos Limited, John Jackson
     Consultants Limited, One World Action Limited, Twenty Five Ennismore
     Gardens Limited, Wyndeham Press Group plc, Xenova Group PLC, Urban Catalyst
     Limited, Oxford Technology Venture Capital Trust plc and Oxford Technology
     II Venture Capital Trust plc. He is also the non-solicitor chairman of
     Mishcon de Reya and chairman of the Countryside Alliance. He is also a
     former director of Caledonian Publishing plc, Duphar Limited, Hephaistos
     Limited, Howden Group plc, Graseby plc, National Interactive Video Centre
     (a charity), Peboc Limited, Pilot Investment Trust plc and Renex Limited.

     CHRISTOPHER MACKENZIE was appointed to the Board in March 2000. He is a
     partner and principal at Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, the US based private
     equity firm and a director of CD&R Limited and previously company officer
     of General Electric. He is a non-executive director of Fairchild - Dormier
     GmbH and Schulte GmbH and Jacquesson et Fils S.A.

     STANLEY MORTEN was appointed to the Board in 1991. He is chairman and
     president of Morten Paper and Metal, Inc. He was until recently chief
     operating officer of Punk, Ziegel & Company and was previously managing
     director of the equity division of Wertheim Schroder & Co, Inc in New York.

     JOHN QUELCH was appointed to the Board in 1988. He is Professor and Dean of
     the London Business School and was formerly the Sebastian S. Kresge
     Professor of Marketing at Harvard Business School. He is a director of
     Communication Services Group. He was also a director of US Office Products
     Company, USA Floral Products Inc and Pentland Group Plc.

     JOEL SMILOW was appointed to the Board in April 1998. He has served as a
     special adviser to WPP since December 1995. He is also non-executive
     chairman of Dinex Group LLC and a director of Lincolnshire
     Management, Inc. and a member of the advisory board of Meadowbrook Exchange
     Fund. He was previously chairman and chief executive officer of Playtex
     Products Inc. and Playtex Apparel Inc. He was also formerly a director of
     Barcelona Nut Processing Company and Celadon.

     (b)   PROPOSED DIRECTORS

     MICHAEL J. DOLAN, has been a vice chairman, president, chief operating
     officer and chief financial officer and a director of Y&R since July 1996.
     From 1992 to 1996, he was president and chief executive officer of the
     joint venture, Snack Ventures Europe, between PepsiCo Foods International
     ("PFI") and General Mills. He also served PFI as senior vice president,
     operations. He is a director of Luminant Worldwide Corporation, Thomas
     Weisel Partners, Gamut Interactive and is expected to become chief
     executive officer of Y&R and an executive director of WPP upon completion
     of the Merger.

     F. WARREN HELLMAN, has been a director of Y&R since December 1996. He is
     chairman of Hellman and Friedman LLC, a private investment company he
     founded in 1984. Previously he was

                                      151
<PAGE>
     president and a director of Lehman Brothers, as well as head of its
     investment banking division, and chairman of Lehman Corporation (a
     closed-end investment company). He is a director of Levi Strauss & Co. and
     II Fornaio (America) Corp., as well as a number of private venture-backed
     companies. He is also a director of Matrix Partners, FWB Associates and
     Farallon Capital Management.

     MICHAEL H. JORDAN, has been a director of Y&R since December 1999. He has
     been chairman of the board of directors of Luminant Worldwide Corporation
     since the closing of its initial public offering in September 1999 and an
     advisor to Luminant Worldwide Corporation since January 1999. In addition,
     since May 1999, he has been chairman of the board of directors of
     eOriginal, Inc. and chief executive officer since December 1999. He retired
     in December 1998 as chairman and chief executive officer of CBS
     Corporation, formerly Westinghouse Electric Corporation, positions he held
     since June 1993. Prior to joining Westinghouse Electric Corporation, he was
     a principal with the investment firm of Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. from
     September 1992 to June 1993. From 1974 to 1992 he was an executive at
     PepsiCo, Inc. holding a number of positions including president and chief
     financial officer. He is also a director of Aetna Inc., Clariti
     Telecommunications International Ltd., Dell Computer Corp., and
     Marketwatch.com Inc. He is a member of the President's Export Council, the
     chairman of the US-Japan Business Council, the chairman of The College
     Fund/UNCF and the chairman of the Policy Board of the Americans for the
     Arts. He was formerly a director of CVS Corporation, Rhone-Poulenc Rorer,
     Inc, and is currently a director of Digital Convergence.com Inc., Enikia
     LLC, eRewards Inc., Eritmo.com Inc., GrupoCima, Microcast Incorporated and
     Wirebreak Networks, Inc., Sky Auction.com Inc. and The Feld Group.

     SIR CHRISTOPHER LEWINTON, has been a director of Y&R since May 1999. He is
     chairman of TI Group plc, a specialised engineering company, a position he
     has held since 1989 and is a director of Video Networks Limited. He was
     formerly on the supervisory board of Mannesmann A.G., and formerly a
     director of Messier Dowty International and Reed Elsevier PLC.

7.4   The Directors of Y&R and their respective functions are as follows:

<TABLE>
         <S>                       <C>         <C>
         Y&R DIRECTOR                          OFFICE
         Thomas D. Bell, Jr.                   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
         Michael J. Dolan                      Vice Chairman, President and Chief Operating Officer
         Edward H. Vick                        Director
         Richard S. Bodman                     Director
         F. Warren Hellman                     Director
         Michael H. Jordan                     Director
         Sir Christopher Lewinton              Director
         John F. McGillicuddy                  Director
         Judith H. Rodin                       Director
         Alan D. Schwartz                      Director
</TABLE>

     The business address of all the Directors of Y&R is 285 Madison Avenue, New
     York NY 10017.

7.5   DIRECTORS' SERVICE CONTRACTS

     7.5.1 SIR MARTIN SORRELL

     (a)   Sir Martin Sorrell's services to the WPP Group outside the USA are
           provided by JMS and he is employed by WPP Group USA, Inc. for his
           duties in the USA.

     (b)   Taken together, the agreement with JMS (the "UK Agreement") and the
           agreement with Sir Martin Sorrell (the "US Agreement") provide for
           annual salary and fees of L840,000, annual pension contributions of
            L336,000, an annual bonus of up to 200% of his annual salary and
           fee, and participation in LEAP. In addition, JMS has certain
           unexercised phantom options which are referred to in
           paragraph 5.1.(g) of this Part VI.

                                      152
<PAGE>
     (c)   Sir Martin Sorrell and JMS have, in addition, agreed to defer their
           respective interests under CIP and NSAP as described in paragraph
           5.1(g) above until September 2004. JMS has also stated its intention
           not to exercise its phantom options in respect of 1993 until March
           2003 and has agreed to defer its interests in the phantom options in
           respect of 1994 until March 2004.

     (d)   In addition, the Company is under an obligation to reimburse JMS the
           cost of providing life and accident insurance, health insurance,
           other benefits as may be agreed from time to time and 50% of the
           reasonable cost of providing insurance against the UK Agreement and
           the US Agreement terminating in the event of death, ill-health or
           disability.

     (e)   The Company may terminate the UK Agreement and the US Agreement with
           immediate effect for certain defaults committed by either JMS or Sir
           Martin Sorrell and in the event of Sir Martin Sorrell's ill-health or
           disability in accordance with the provisions of the UK Agreement and
           the US Agreement ("Permitted Terminations").

     (f)    In a number of specified circumstances, such as a reduction by the
           Company in the fees payable or the bonus and incentive provisions
           contained in the UK Agreement and the US Agreement, JMS and Sir
           Martin Sorrell may terminate the UK Agreement and the US Agreement
           and any such termination will be deemed to be a termination of the UK
           Agreement and the US Agreement by the Company. JMS may terminate the
           UK Agreement if a person acquires 20% or more of the Company and,
           within 12 months, the majority of the Board of WPP alters and JMS
           does not approve the appointments to the Board of WPP. If the US
           Agreement terminates (for reasons other than a US divestment
           following which Sir Martin Sorrell is offered similar employment with
           another member of the WPP Group), the UK Agreement will also
           terminate. Upon a change of control of the Company, JMS and Sir
           Martin Sorrell may terminate the UK Agreement and US Agreement
           respectively within 90 days and the Company is obliged to pay two
           times the annual fees, salary and bonuses and, in respect of the US
           Agreement, pension contributions payable to JMS and Sir Martin
           Sorrell. If the Company terminates the UK Agreement and the US
           Agreement for any reason other than a Permitted Termination then the
           Company shall pay to JMS and Sir Martin Sorrell amounts representing
           twice of each of their annual fee and salary.

     (g)   Sir Martin Sorrell has also entered into covenants, which apply for
           the period of 12 months following termination of the UK Agreement and
           the US Agreement ("Termination"), under which he has agreed not to
           compete with any business carried on by the Company or any member of
           the WPP Group in any country in which the business of the Company or
           any member of the WPP Group is carried on at the date of Termination,
           nor to solicit business or custom or services, which are
           substantially similar to or competitive with the services being
           provided by the Company or any member of the WPP Group, from major
           clients or clients with which Sir Martin Sorrell was involved in the
           12 months before Termination, nor to induce suppliers with whom he
           was actively involved during the twelve months ending on Termination,
           nor to induce employees with whom he had material dealings in
           connection with the provision of services during the 12 months ending
           on Termination to cease employment with the Company or any member of
           the WPP Group.

     7.5.2 MR. PAUL RICHARDSON

           Mr Paul Richardson has a service agreement dated 8 January 1997. The
           agreement is terminable at any time on 12 months' notice by either
           party. Mr Richardson is entitled to receive an annual salary from
           1 April 1999 of  L225,000, an annual bonus of between 50% and 75% of
           base salary subject to the satisfaction of annual performance targets
           and to participate in the WPP Performance Share Plan and LEAP.
            Mr Richardson is also entitled to a pension contribution equal to
           10% of base salary, a car allowance, private medical cover and risk
           benefit cover.

     7.5.3 MR. BRIAN BROOKS

           Mr Brian Brooks has a service agreement dated 1 June 1993. The
           agreement is terminable at any time by not less than 12 months'
           written notice given by either party. Mr Brooks is entitled to
           receive an annual salary of US$325,000, a bonus of between 50% and
           75% of

                                      153
<PAGE>
           base salary subject to certain conditions being met and incentives
           under the WPP Performance Share Plan and LEAP. Mr Brooks is also
           entitled to be a member of the medical, dental, retirement and
           disability plan established by WPP Group USA, Inc and life insurance
           cover.

     7.5.4 MR. ERIC SALAMA

           Mr Eric Salama has a service agreement dated 1 April 1997. The
           agreement is terminable at any time on 12 months' notice by either
           party. Mr Salama is entitled to receive an annual salary from
           1 April 1999 of L165,000, an annual bonus of between 50% and 75% of
           base salary subject to the satisfaction of annual performance targets
           and to participate in the WPP Performance Share Plan and LEAP.
           Mr Salama is also entitled to a pension contribution equal to 10% of
           base salary, a car allowance, private medical cover and risk benefit
           cover.

     7.5.5 NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

           The following non-executive Directors all have letters of appointment
           for a three year term and are entitled to receive the fees set out
           below and to be reimbursed all reasonable out of pocket expenses:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DATE OF
                NAME                                                 FEES              APPOINTMENT
                ----                                              ----------       -------------------
                <S>                                               <C>              <C>
                Hamish Maxwell                                     L102,000              15 July 1996
                Jeremy Bullmore(1)                                  L25,000          23 December 1987
                Esther Dyson(2)                                     L25,000              28 June 1999
                Steven Heyer                                        L25,000               18 May 2000
                Masao Inagaki(3)                                         --         14 September 1998
                John Jackson                                        L30,000         28 September 1993
                Christopher Mackenzie                               L25,000             14 March 2000
                Stanley Morten                                      L30,000           2 December 1991
                John Quelch                                         L25,000          11 February 1988
                Joel Smilow                                         L25,000             23 April 1998
                --------------
</TABLE>

           NOTES:

           (1)     In addition to his fee as a non-executive Director, Jeremy
                 Bullmore is also entitled to receive further remuneration under
                 his consulting arrangements with the Company. In this respect,
                 for the year ended 31 December 1999, Mr Bullmore received an
                 additional L46,000 and the sum of L11,000 as a car allowance.

           (2)     In addition to her fee as a non-executive Director, Esther
                 Dyson is entitled to consulting fees of US$10,000 per day for
                 services she provides to wpp.com. She may elect to receive all
                 or part of this fee in the form of WPP Ordinary Shares.

           (3)     Pursuant to the agreement referred to in paragraph 9.1(c) of
                 Part VI of this document, Asatsu-DK, Inc. has the right to
                 appoint a non-executive director to the WPP Board subject to it
                 retaining its shareholding in WPP. Mr. Inagaki was appointed
                 pursuant to this right.

           (4)     Steven Heyer and Joel Smilow will retire as Directors of WPP
                 on the Effective Date.

7.6   PROPOSED DIRECTORS' SERVICE CONTRACTS AND LETTERS OF APPOINTMENT

     7.6.1 MR. MICHAEL DOLAN'S SERVICE CONTRACT

     (a)   Contemporaneously with the execution of the Merger Agreement, Y&R
           entered into a service agreement with Mr. Michael J. Dolan, a vice
           chairman of Y&R and Y&R's chief operating officer, to serve as chief
           executive officer of Y&R following the Merger.

     (b)   Mr. Dolan's service agreement provides for an initial four year term
           of employment which begins upon completion of the Merger. The service
           agreement also provides for a one year extension of the term of
           Mr. Dolan's employment. Under his service agreement, Mr. Dolan's
           remuneration will comprise:

           (i)    a starting annual base salary of US$800,000, subject to
                 increase by WPP;

           (ii)   an annual cash bonus with a target bonus amount of US$600,000
                 (but with an opportunity to earn up to 200% of his base salary)
                 to be determined based on the

                                      154
<PAGE>
                 achievement of annual targets provided that for the year 2000,
                 Mr. Dolan's annual bonus will not be less than US$800,000;

           (iii)   a one-time stay bonus of US$800,000 payable on the first
                 anniversary of completion of the Merger if Mr. Dolan is then an
                 employee of Y&R;

           (iv)   on 1 January 2001, an award of 5,000 units (indexed to the
                 value of WPP Ordinary Shares) pursuant and subject to the terms
                 and conditions of a long-term incentive plan to be established
                 after completion of the Merger. The plan under which the award
                 will be made will be modelled on the WPP Operating Company Long
                 Term Incentive Plan (see paragraph 5.1(f) above);

           (v)   in September 2001, the grant of stock options to acquire WPP
                 ADSs with an aggregate fair market value equal to his annual
                 base salary at that time, subject to the terms of the Executive
                 Plan;

           (vi)   the right to participate in LEAP and the incentive and
                 employee stock option programmes of WPP and the employee
                 benefit programmes of Y&R on special terms.

     (c)   Mr. Dolan's service agreement also provides that if his employment is
           terminated by Y&R without cause (as defined in the service agreement)
           or he leaves Y&R for good reason (as defined in the service
           agreement) within two years following completion of the Merger, he
           will be entitled to receive:

             (i) a pro-rata bonus for the performance year in which his contract
                 is terminated;

            (ii) a severance benefit equal to three times the sum of:

                 (aa)  his highest annual base salary at any time during the
                       12 months immediately preceding the date of termination
                       of his contract; and

                 (bb)  the greater of his annual target bonus immediately
                       preceding the date of termination of his contract and the
                       average of his annual bonuses earned during the three
                       year period preceding the Merger; and

            (iii) insurance and supplemental retirement benefits.

     (d)   If however Mr. Dolan's employment is terminated by Y&R without cause
           (as defined in the service agreement) or he leaves Y&R for good
           reason (as defined in the service agreement) within the third or
           fourth year of the initial term of his service agreement, he will be
           entitled to a severance benefit equal to, depending upon the time of
           termination, no less than one times but no more than two times the
           sum of:

             (i) the greater of his annual base salary during the year preceding
                 the termination of his employment; and

            (ii) the greater of his annual target bonus amount immediately
                 preceding the date of termination of his contract and the
                 average of his annual bonuses earned during the three year
                 period preceding the Merger.

     (e)   The service agreement provides that if any payments to Mr. Dolan
           under the agreement or otherwise would be subject to tax under
           Section 4999 of the US Code, Y&R will provide an additional payment
           so that Mr. Dolan will receive a net amount equal to the payment he
           would have received if the tax had not applied.

     (f)    Mr. Dolan's service agreement also provides that with respect to any
           awards of performance shares granted to him under the Young
           & Rubicam 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan, performance goals and
           other conditions will be deemed to be met as of the effective time of
           the Merger and Y&R will pay him a lump sum cash payment equal to the
           value of these performance shares. The benefits payable under his
           service agreement are in lieu of any severance benefits payable to
           Mr. Dolan under any other agreements or severance plans of Y&R.

                                      155
<PAGE>
     (g)   Mr. Dolan has also entered into covenants which apply for 12 months
           following termination of his service agreement, under which he has
           agreed not to:-

             (i) for one year, work for any competitor of Y&R on the account of
                 any Y&R client with whom he had a direct relationship or as to
                 which he had a significant involvement at any time during the
                 two years prior to his termination;

            (ii) for one year, if his responsibilities are of a corporate nature
                 and do not principally involve client service, work for a
                 principal competitor of Y&R in a similar function;

            (iii) for one year, if his responsibilities are of a client service
                  related nature, work for a competitor of Y&R on the account of
                  any substantial competitor of any client for which he had
                  substantial responsibility during the two years prior to
                  termination or work directly for a competitor of these
                  clients;

            (iv) for one year, solicit or hire any employee of Y&R; and

            (v) at any time, disclose any confidential information of Y&R and
                its clients.

     7.6.2 Following completion of the Merger, each of the Proposed Directors
           (other than Mr. Dolan) will be appointed as a non-executive Director
           of WPP for an initial two year fixed period and will be entitled to
           receive fees of L25,000 per annum and to be reimbursed for all
           reasonable out of pocket expenses.

7.7   Save as disclosed in paragraph 7.3 above, none of the Directors or
     Proposed Directors has been a partner in any partnership in the last five
     years.

7.8   None of the Directors or Proposed Directors has any unspent convictions in
     relation to indictable offences, has been bankrupt or has made or been the
     subject of any individual voluntary arrangement.

7.9   Other than as referred to in this paragraph 7.9, none of the Directors or
     Proposed Directors has been a director of any company at the time of or
     within the 12 months preceding the date of its receivership, compulsory
     liquidation, creditors voluntary liquidation, administration, company
     voluntary arrangement or any composition or arrangement with its creditors
     generally or any class of its creditors. Sir Martin Sorrell is a director
     of certain WPP companies, being Wigmore Limited, Wigmore Properties
     Holdings plc and Farfind Limited, all of which are in liquidation. There is
     no deficiency to creditors in any of these liquidations. John Jackson was a
     director of Quorum Computers Limited which was put into receivership. There
     were no deficiencies to secured creditors but there was a deficiency to
     unsecured creditors totalling L100,000 and to shareholders totalling
     L560,000. Mr. Hellman was a director of MobileMedia Corporation until
     14 August 1998. On 30 January 1998 MobileMedia Corporation (the "company"),
     and its subsidiaries filed for bankruptcy protection under chapter 11 of
     title II of the US Code. The company is subject to the jurisdiction of the
     United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the "Court").
     The company submitted a plan of reorganisation to the Court for approval,
     which was approved in connection with the company's merger into Arch
     Communications Group, Inc. in 1999. All creditors were satisfied in cash or
     by the issue of stock in Arch Communications Group, Inc.

7.10  None of the Directors or Proposed Directors has been a partner of any
     partnership which has been placed into compulsory liquidation or
     administration or entered into a partnership voluntary arrangement at the
     time of or within 12 months preceding such event and there have been no
     receiverships of any asset of any of the Directors or Proposed Directors or
     of any partnership of which any of the Directors or Proposed Directors was
     a partner at the time of or within the 12 months preceding such events.

7.11  None of the Directors or Proposed Directors has been publicly criticised
     by any statutory or regulatory authority or disqualified by a court from
     acting as a director of a company or from acting in the management or
     conduct or the affairs of any company.

7.12  No Director or Proposed Director has, or has had, any interest in any
     transactions which are or were unusual in their nature and conditions or
     significant to the business of the WPP Group and which were effected by the
     Company (i) during the current or immediately preceding financial year of
     the Company or (ii) during an earlier financial year and which remain in
     any respect outstanding or unperformed.

                                      156
<PAGE>
7.13  The aggregate remuneration (including benefits in kind and pension
     contributions) of the Directors of WPP for the year ended 31 December 1999
     was L7,846,000. Save as disclosed in paragraphs 7.6 above and 7.14 below,
     the total emoluments receivable by the Directors or Proposed Directors of
     WPP will not be varied as a consequence of the Merger.

8.    INTERESTS OF THE DIRECTORS AND THE PROPOSED DIRECTORS

8.1   As at 23 August 2000 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication
     of this document) and immediately following completion of the Merger the
     interests of the Directors and the Proposed Directors and persons connected
     with them (within the meaning of section 346 of the Companies Act) in the
     issued share capital of WPP (all of which, unless otherwise stated, are
     beneficial) which (i) have been notified by each Director or Proposed
     Director to the Company pursuant to sections 324 or 328 of the Companies
     Act; or (ii) are required pursuant to section 325 of the Companies Act to
     be entered in the register referred to therein; or (iii) are interests of a
     connected person of a Director or Proposed Director and which would, if the
     connected person were a Director, be required to be disclosed under
     (i) and (ii) above, and the existence of which is known or could with
     reasonable diligence be ascertained by the Director or Proposed Director,
     were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING
                                                                                              COMPLETION OF THE
                                                         BEFORE THE MERGER                         MERGER
                                            --------------------------------------------   -----------------------
                                                                            PERCENTAGE
                                                     NUMBER OF               OF ISSUED
                                                        WPP                  ORDINARY      PERCENTAGE OF ENLARGED
                                                      ORDINARY             SHARE CAPITAL    ISSUED ORDINARY SHARE
                DIRECTOR                               SHARES                   (%)            CAPITAL (%)(1)
                --------                    ----------------------------   -------------   -----------------------
                <S>                         <C>                            <C>             <C>
                Hamish Maxwell                                    35,000         0.01                 0.01
                Sir Martin Sorrell(2)                         11,238,373         1.44                 0.93
                Paul Richardson                                  331,176         0.04                 0.03
                Brian Brooks                                     361,783         0.04                 0.03
                Eric Salama                                      429,576         0.05                 0.03
                Jeremy Bullmore                                   20,065         0.01                 0.01
                Esther Dyson                                          --           --                   --
                Steven Heyer                                          --           --                   --
                Masao Inagaki(4)                              31,295,646         4.02                 2.60
                John Jackson                                      12,500         0.01                 0.01
                Christopher Mackenzie                             10,000         0.01                 0.01
                Stanley Morten                                    20,000         0.01                 0.01
                John Quelch                                       10,000         0.01                 0.01
                Joel Smilow                                      100,000         0.01                 0.01
                Michael J. Dolan                                      --           --                 0.07
                F. Warren Hellman                                     --           --                 0.01
                Michael H. Jordan                                     --           --                 0.01
                Sir Christopher Lewinton                              --           --                 0.01
                --------------
</TABLE>

           NOTES:

           (1)     Assumes that during the period between 23 August 2000 and the
                 date on which completion of the Merger occurs no new WPP
                 Ordinary Shares are issued other than in connection with the
                 Merger and that there will be no dealings by any Director or
                 Proposed Director (or his connected person).

           (2)     Sir Martin Sorrell is also interested in the WPP Ordinary
                 Shares set opposite his name at paragraph 8.2 below.

           (3)     Messrs Richardson, Brooks, and Salama are respectively also
                 interested in the number of WPP Ordinary Shares set opposite
                 their names at paragraph 8.2 below.

           (4)     Mr. M. Inagaki is a director and chairman of Asatsu-DK, Inc.
                 which is interested in 31,295,646 WPP Ordinary Shares
                 representing 4.02% of the issued share capital of the Company
                 immediately before the Merger.

           (5)     Each of the Directors has a technical interest as an employee
                 and potential beneficiary in one of the Company's ESOPs in
                 shares in the Company held under the relevant ESOP.

                                      157
<PAGE>
           (6)     Each of Messrs Maxwell, Bullmore, Jackson, Mackenzie, Morten
                 and Quelch are interested in less than 0.01% of the existing
                 issued share capital and will be interested in less than 0.01%
                 of the enlarged issued share capital of WPP immediately
                 following completion of the Merger.

           (7)     None of the Proposed Directors has any interest in WPP
                 Ordinary Shares save for interests in WPP ADSs arising upon the
                 Merger becoming effective (see paragraph 8.3 below for these
                 details). Messrs Hellman, Jordan and Lewinton will be
                 interested in less than 0.01% of the enlarged issued share
                 capital of WPP immediately following completion of the Merger.

           (8)     Steven Heyer and Joel Smilow will retire as Directors of WPP
                 on the Effective Date.

8.2   As at 23 August 2000 (the latest practicable date prior to the publication
     of this document) the Directors had been granted awards over WPP Ordinary
     Shares under the WPP Share Schemes as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NUMBER OF
         DIRECTOR                               PLAN     ORDINARY SHARES      PERFORMANCE PERIOD
         --------                             --------   ----------------   -----------------------
         <S>                                  <C>        <C>                <C>
         Sir M S Sorrell                      --            8,594,493(1)                       N/A
                                              PSP             219,812       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2001
                                              PSP             137,255       1 Jan 2000-31 Dec 2002
                                              LEAP          5,369,070       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2003

         P W G Richardson                     PSP              10,577       1 Jan 1996-31 Dec 1998
                                              PSP              33,470       1 Jan 1997-31 Dec 1999
                                              PSP              55,513       1 Jan 1998-31 Dec 2000
                                              PSP              65,944       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2001
                                              PSP              36,765       1 Jan 2000-31 Dec 2002
                                              LEAP            299,030       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2003

         B J Brooks                           PSP              18,545       1 Jan 1996-31 Dec 1998
                                              PSP              29,990       1 Jan 1997-31 Dec 1999
                                              PSP              46,728       1 Jan 1998-31 Dec 2000
                                              PSP              50,623       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2001
                                              PSP              32,185       1 Jan 2000-31 Dec 2002
                                              LEAP            272,600       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2003

         E R Salama                           PSP              12,400       1 Jan 1996-31 Dec 1998
                                              PSP              27,892       1 Jan 1997-31 Dec 1999
                                              PSP              46,261       1 Jan 1998-31 Dec 2000
                                              PSP              48,359       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2001
                                              PSP              26,961       1 Jan 2000-31 Dec 2002
                                              LEAP            272,645       1 Jan 1999-31 Dec 2003
</TABLE>

------------------

      NOTES:

      (1)     This represents the interests of Sir Martin Sorrell and JMS in the
           CIP, the NSAP and unexercised phantom options. See paragraph 5.1(g)
           above for further details.

      (2)     The number of WPP Ordinary Shares shown for LEAP represent the
           maximum number of matching shares which are capable of vesting at the
           end of the performance period for these Directors and JMS, if the
           performance requirement is satisfied to the fullest extent and
           subject to the retention of WPP investment shares until the end of
           the investment period which expires in September 2004.

                                      158
<PAGE>
8.3   As at 23 August 2000 (the latest practicable date prior to publication of
     this document) the Proposed Directors are interested in the following Y&R
     Common Shares and Y&R Stock Options and will be interested in the following
     number of WPP ADSs immediately after completion of the Merger:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   IMMEDIATELY
                                                                                      AFTER
                                                                                  COMPLETION OF
                                                    BEFORE THE MERGER               THE MERGER
                                           -----------------------------------   ----------------
                                            NUMBER OF Y&R
                                                COMMON         NUMBER OF Y&R      NUMBER OF WPP
                                                SHARES        STOCK OPTIONS(1)       ADSS(2)
         PROPOSED DIRECTOR                 ----------------   ----------------   ----------------
         <S>                               <C>                <C>                <C>
         Michael J. Dolan                      254,679(3)         810,865            889,729
         F. Warren Hellman                       285,916            2,000            240,409
         Michael H. Jordan                         2,835            2,000              4,037
         Sir Christopher Lewinton                  3,209            2,000              4,349
</TABLE>

------------------

      NOTES:

      (1)     All of the Proposed Directors hold unvested options to purchase
           Y&R Common Shares granted under the Y&R Director Deferred Fee Plan
           and the Y&R Director Stock Option Plan. Upon the Merger becoming
           effective, each of Messrs Dolan, Hellman, Jordan and Lewinton will be
           entitled to receive 0.835 of a WPP ADS upon exercise of each option
           to acquire a Y&R Common Share.

      (2)     This assumes (i) that each of Messrs Dolan, Hellman, Jordan and
           Lewinton will elect to receive 0.835 of a WPP ADS for each Y&R Common
           Share he holds rather than elect to receive five new WPP Ordinary
           Shares in lieu of each WPP ADS he would otherwise be entitled to
           receive and (ii) that each Y&R Stock Option is exercised.

      (3)     Of the 254,679 Y&R Common Shares which Mr. Dolan is interested in
           1,200 Y&R Common Shares are held by his wife and children.

8.4   No loans have been granted or guarantees provided to or for the benefit of
     any of the Directors or Proposed Directors by any member of the WPP Group.

8.5   Save as disclosed in paragraphs 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 of Part VI of this
     document, none of the Directors of WPP nor any of the Proposed Directors
     nor any persons connected with them have any interests in the share capital
     of WPP.

8.6   Save as disclosed below, as at 23 August 2000, (the latest practicable
     date prior to the publication of this document) the Directors and Proposed
     Directors were not aware, nor had they been notified in accordance with
     Part VI of the Companies Act, that any person was interested directly or
     indirectly in WPP Ordinary Shares amounting to 3% or more of the current
     issued share capital of WPP or would be, immediately following completion
     of the Merger, interested in 3% or more of WPP's issued share capital as
     enlarged by the Merger.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERCENTAGE OF ISSUED     PERCENTAGE OF ISSUED
                                     NUMBER OF        SHARE CAPITAL HELD         SHARE CAPITAL
                                    WPP ORDINARY      BEFORE THE MERGER       FOLLOWING COMPLETION
         NAME OF SHARE OWNER           SHARES                (%)               OF THE MERGER (%)
         -------------------       --------------   ----------------------   ----------------------
         <S>                       <C>              <C>                      <C>
         Legg Mason                   41,081,541               5.27                            3.42

         Asatsu-DK, Inc.              31,295,646               4.02                            2.60

         WPP ESOP                     30,761,069               3.95                            2.56

         CGNU plc                     26,327,909               3.38                            2.19
         --------------
</TABLE>

      NOTE:

     This assumes that 433,710,712 new WPP Ordinary Shares will be issued in
     connection with the Merger and that there will be no dealings by such share
     owners in WPP Ordinary Shares during the period between 23 August 2000 and
     the date of completion of the Merger.

8.7   So far as the Directors and Proposed Directors are aware there are no
     persons who, directly or indirectly, jointly or severally, exercise or
     could exercise control over WPP.

                                      159
<PAGE>
9.    MATERIAL CONTRACTS

9.1   The following contracts (not being contracts entered into in the ordinary
     course of business) (i) have been entered into by a member of the WPP Group
     during the two years immediately preceding the date of this document and
     are or may be material or (ii) contain a provision under which a member of
     the WPP Group has an obligation or entitlement which is or may be material
     to the WPP Group as at the date of this document:

     (a)   A US$500,000,000, four year, multicurrency revolving credit facility
           agreement dated 3 July 1998 between WPP and certain of its
           subsidiaries as borrowers, certain specified banks and financial
           institutions as lenders, Bankers Trust Company as facility agent and
           Bankers Trust International, Barclays Bank PLC and J.P. Morgan
           Securities Ltd. as arrangers. The facility is available for general
           corporate purposes. The margin payable under the facility is
           initially 0.425% per annum (plus LIBOR and reserve asset costs (as
           defined therein)) although following delivery of a ratio certificate
           by WPP this may be adjusted to between a range of 0.55% per annum to
           0.2% per annum. The obligations of each of the borrowers to the
           facility agent and each of the lenders under the facility are
           guaranteed by WPP.

     (b)   An indenture dated 15 July 1998 between WPP Finance (USA)
           Corporation, WPP as guarantor and Bankers Trust Company as trustee,
           in connection with the issue by WPP Finance (USA) Corporation of
           US$200,000,000 6 5/8% Notes due 15 July 2005 and US$100,000,000
           6 7/8% Notes due 15 July 2008 (together, the "Notes"). The Notes are
           fully and unconditionally guaranteed by WPP. Pursuant to the
           Indenture, WPP is subject to certain covenants and restrictive
           covenants including a negative pledge and limitations on sale and
           leaseback transactions and on indebtedness of certain subsidiaries.
           The Indenture contains customary provisions with respect to events of
           default by WPP or WPP Finance (USA) Corporation.

     (c)   An agreement dated 3 August 1998 between WPP and Asatsu-DK, Inc
           ("Asatsu") pursuant to which WPP subscribed for approximately 23% (at
           that time) of the share capital of Asatsu for approximately L139
           million and Asatsu subscribed for 31,295,646 WPP Ordinary Shares
           representing approximately 4% (at that time) of the issued share
           capital of WPP. Each party agreed not to transfer any shares held by
           them in the other for a period of five years and thereafter only to
           transfer such shares following a procedure set out in the agreement.
           Each party is further entitled to nominate a non-executive director
           to the board of the other subject to retaining its shareholding in
           the other. On the same date, Asatsu and WPP entered into a
           co-operation and alliance agreement to exploit mutual opportunities
           for business both inside and outside Japan. Due to the disparity of
           the percentage shareholdings of WPP in Asatsu and of Asatsu in WPP,
           an agreement was also entered into on 3 August 1998 imposing, INTER
           ALIA, limitations, in certain circumstances, on the voting rights in
           respect of the shares held by WPP in Asatsu.

     (d)   A syndicated 364 day revolving credit facility agreement dated
           15 October 1999 between WPP Pearls Limited as borrower, WPP, Barclays
           Bank PLC as agent and arranger and certain financial institutions as
           lenders. The borrowers under the facility are WPP Pearls Limited and
           any other subsidiary of WPP that accedes to the facility as borrower.
           The aggregate amount of the revolving credit facility available under
           the agreement is US$150,000,000. The facility is available to be used
           for general corporate purposes and may be drawn down in dollars or in
           any other currency which is freely transferable and available in the
           London interbank market. The interest payable under the facility is
           0.40% per annum over LIBOR and reserve asset costs (as defined
           therein). The obligations of each of the borrowers under the
           agreement are guaranteed by WPP and by any other subsidiary of WPP
           that accedes to the facility.

     (e)   A US$700,000,000, 364 day, multicurrency revolving credit facility
           agreement dated 7 August 2000 between WPP Finance Co. Limited and WPP
           Group U.S. Finance Corp. as borrowers, WPP as guarantor, Citibank
           International plc as facility agent and certain specified banks and
           financial institutions as lenders. The facility is available to
           finance the working capital requirements of the WPP Group and,
           following completion of the Merger, to repay certain existing
           indebtedness of the Y&R Group and to finance the working capital
           requirements of the Y&R Group. The term of the facility may be
           extended for a further 364 days at the discretion of each of the
           lenders on the request of WPP in its capacity as

                                      160
<PAGE>
           borrowers' agent. The whole or part of the facility may be converted
           into a term loan with a fixed term to 7 August 2003 at any time
           during the first year following signing (subject to certain
           restrictions). The interest payable under the facility is 0.40% per
           annum, over LIBOR (or in the case of advances in Euros EURIBOR) and
           mandatory costs. The obligations of each of the borrowers under the
           agreement are guaranteed by WPP.

     (f)    the contracts relating to the Merger referred to in Section A of
           Part V of this document.

9.2   The following contracts (not being contracts entered into in the ordinary
     course of business) (i) have been entered into by a member of the Y&R Group
     during the two years immediately preceding the date of this document and
     are or may be material or (ii) contain a provision under which a member of
     the Y&R Group has an obligation or entitlement which is material to the Y&R
     Group as at the date of this document:

     (a)   A lease dated 12 July 1984 between Peter Catalano and Michael
           Kornblum and Y&R relating to the lease of offices at 230 Park Avenue
           South, New York, New York for a current annual rent of US$16,650,000
           increasing by an annual rate of 3.5% for the remainder of the lease.
           The lease is due to expire on 22 January 2006, although Y&R has the
           option to renew the lease for 4 further terms of 5 years each.

     (b)   A US$200,000,000, one-year credit facility agreement ("the facility")
           dated 30 June 1999 between Y&R as borrower, certain banks and
           financial institutions, Citibank N.A. as administrative and
           documentation agent, and Salomon Smith Barney Inc. as arranger and
           book manager, as amended and restated by an agreement dated 29 June
           2000. The facility contains customary provisions with respect to
           warranties and representations events of default, restrictive
           covenants including negative pledges and restrictions on future
           borrowings. Y&R is required to pay interest on outstanding borrowings
           under the facility at varying rates, generally equal to the base
           rate, or to an applicable margin in the range of 0.525% per annum to
           0.700% per annum plus LIBOR (depending on the ratio of debt to
           earnings (before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation)).
           Y&R is also required to pay a facility fee ranging from 0.100% per
           annum to 0.175% per annum to 0.200% per annum on the total amount of
           the commitment.

     (c)   An indenture dated 20 January 2000 between Y&R and Bank of New York
           as trustee pursuant to which Y&R issued US$287,500,000 Y&R
           Convertible Notes. The Y&R Convertible Notes are currently
           convertible into an aggregate of 3,919,030 Y&R Common Shares at a
           conversion price of US$73.36 per share. After the Merger the Y&R
           Convertible Notes will be convertible into 0.835 of a WPP ADS for
           each Y&R Common Share into which they were convertible prior to the
           Merger.

     (d)   A US$400,000,000, five year unsecured revolving credit facility ("the
           Revolving Credit Facility") dated 8 May 1998, between Y&R and other
           members of the Y&R Group as borrowers, certain banks and financial
           institutions, Citibank N.A. as administrative and documentation
           agent, Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association as
           syndication agent, Citicorp Securities as arranger, and BancAmerica
           Robertson Stephens as co-arranger, as amended by an agreement dated
           30 June 1999. The Revolving Credit Facility contains customary
           provisions with respect to warranties and representations, events of
           default, and restrictive covenants including negative pledges and
           restrictions on future borrowings. Y&R is required to pay interest on
           outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility at varying
           rates, generally equal to the base rate, or to an applicable margin
           in the range of 0.275% per annum to 0.300% per annum plus LIBOR
           (depending on the ratio of debt to earnings (before interest,
           taxation, depreciation, and amortisation)). Y&R is also required to
           pay a facility fee ranging from 0.125% per annum to 0.200% per annum
           of the total amount of the commitment. Under the Revolving Credit
           Facility, Y&R guarantees the obligations of each borrower.

     (e)   The contracts relating to the Merger referred to in Section A of
           Part V of this document.

                                      161
<PAGE>
10.   LITIGATION

10.1  WPP

     (a)   Save as set out in subparagraphs (b) and (c) below, there are no, nor
           have there been any, legal or arbitration proceedings nor, so far as
           the Directors of WPP are aware, are any such proceedings pending or
           threatened by or against WPP or any of its subsidiaries, which may
           have, or have had during the 12 months preceding the date of this
           document, a significant effect on the WPP Group's financial position.

     (b)   During 1997, WPP entered into negotiations with Canary Wharf Limited
           to take a lease of the five floors of 25 North Colonade, Canary
           Wharf. Although heads of terms were exchanged, contracts were not
           entered into, and WPP and Ogilvy & Mather Limited commenced
           proceedings against Canary Wharf Limited and certain of its directors
           and employees for damages for fraudulent misrepresentation,
           conspiracy, deceit and unlawful interference with WPP's business
           interests. The four week trial concluded on 14 July 2000. Judgment
           was given by Mr Justice Ferris on 23 August 2000. The trial was
           concerned only with issues of liability, and, therefore, the judgment
           did not deal with the question of damages. Judgment was given in
           favour of Canary Wharf Limited. A costs order has not yet been made.
           If costs are awarded against WPP and Ogilvy & Mather Limited they are
           likely to be in the region of L600,000 to L800,000.

     (c)   An action was commenced by Hispanic Newspapers Network, Inc., and
           others, in the United States District Court for the Southern District
           of New York in August 2000 against Ogilvy & Mather, J. Walter
           Thompson, Y&R and WPP (the "defendants"). The plaintiffs represent a
           group of fourteen Hispanic owned newspapers. The complaint is based
           on causes of action for certain alleged antitrust violations, civil
           rights violations and other statutory violations based on the
           plaintiffs' allegation that the defendants conspired to unlawfully
           exclude the plaintiffs from earning advertising revenues from various
           federal government advertising accounts. The plaintiffs seek
           compensatory damages of no less than US$300 million, treble damages,
           unspecified punitive damages and injunctive relief. The defendants
           have yet to be served in the action. WPP and Y&R believe that the
           action is without substance and intend to vigorously defend this
           action.

10.2  Y&R

     (a)   Save as referred to in paragraph 10.1(c) above, there are no, nor
           have there been any, legal or arbitration proceedings nor, so far as
           Y&R are aware, are any such proceedings pending or threatened by or
           against Y&R or any of its subsidiaries which may have, or have had
           during the 12 months preceding the date of this document, a
           significant effect on the Y&R Group's financial position.

                                      162
<PAGE>
11.   PRINCIPAL ESTABLISHMENTS

     WPP Group's principal establishments and summary details of them are as
     follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PRINCIPAL
         ESTABLISHMENT AND LOCATION               ACTIVITY     AREA (SQ. FT.)   FREEHOLD/LEASEHOLD
         --------------------------              -----------   --------------   -------------------
         <S>                                     <C>           <C>              <C>
         The Ogilvy Group, Inc                   Advertising      585,460            Leasehold
         Worldwide Plaza
         309 West 49th Street
         New York, New York USA

         J Walter Thompson USA Inc.              Advertising      456,132            Leasehold
         466 Lexington Avenue
         New York
         New York, USA

         J Walter Thompson USA Inc.              Advertising      173,234            Leasehold
         900 North Michigan Avenue
         Chicago, Illinois USA

         The Ogilvy Group (Holdings) Limited     Advertising      103,854            Leasehold
         10 Cabot Square
         London, England

         J Walter Thompson USA Inc               Advertising       98,202            Leasehold
         500 Woodward Avenue
         Detroit, Michigan USA
</TABLE>

12.   UNITED KINGDOM TAXATION

     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE, IS INTENDED AS A GENERAL GUIDE FOR
     WPP SHARE OWNERS WHO ARE RESIDENT OR ORDINARILY RESIDENT FOR TAX PURPOSES
     IN THE UK ONLY (THE "UK SHARE OWNERS") AND RELATES ONLY TO UK TAXATION. IT
     IS BASED ON CURRENT UK LAW AND CURRENT PUBLISHED INLAND REVENUE PRACTICE
     AND MAY NOT APPLY TO CERTAIN SPECIAL CATEGORIES OF UK SHARE OWNERS, SUCH AS
     DEALERS IN SECURITIES. WPP SHARE OWNERS WHO ARE IN ANY DOUBT ABOUT THEIR
     TAX POSITION OR WHO ARE SUBJECT TO TAX IN ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE
     UK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN APPROPRIATE PROFESSIONAL ADVISER IMMEDIATELY.

     There is no UK withholding tax on dividends nor will WPP any longer be
     liable to account for advance corporation tax in respect of the payment of
     any dividend.

     An individual UK share owner who receives a dividend will be entitled to a
     tax credit equal to one ninth of the dividend. The individual will be
     taxable on the total of the dividend and the related tax credit (the "
     gross dividend"), which will be regarded as the top slice of such
     individual's income. For individual UK share owners, the tax credit will
     satisfy the whole of the lower and basic tax liability. Higher rate
     taxpayers pay tax at 32.5% on the gross dividend. However, the tax credit
     is available for offset against the higher rate liability, such that the
     net additional amount payable is equal to 22.5% of the gross dividend plus
     the tax credit. So, for example, a dividend of L80 will carry a tax credit
     of L8.89 and the income tax payable on the dividend by an individual liable
     to income tax at the higher rate would be 32.5% of L88.89, namely L28.89,
     less the tax credit of L8.89, leaving a net tax charge of L20.

     A UK share owner that is a company will not generally be taxable on any
     dividend it receives from WPP.

     UK share owners who are not liable to income tax or corporation tax on
     dividends received by them from WPP will not be entitled to claim payment
     of the tax credit in respect of those dividends. However, investors holding
     their shares in WPP through personal equity plans ("PEPs") or Individual
     Savings Accounts ("ISAs") will be entitled to recover the tax credit on
     dividends paid by WPP until April 2004.

     For dividends paid to trustees of UK resident discretionary or accumulation
     trusts, the dividend plus tax credit will be subject to UK income tax at a
     rate of 25% with a non-refundable tax credit equal to one ninth of the
     dividend.

                                      163
<PAGE>
     The amount of the tax credit in respect of a dividend paid which
     constitutes income of a pension fund, charity or venture capital trust,
     will not be repaid. However, charities are entitled to claim from the
     Inland Revenue a payment equal to a proportion of any dividend paid before
     the tax year ending 6 April 2004.

     The right of a share owner who is not resident (for tax purposes) in the UK
     (a "non-resident share owner") to a tax credit in respect of a dividend
     received from WPP and to claim payment of any part of that tax credit will
     depend on the existence and terms of any double taxation convention between
     the UK and the country in which the share owner is resident. Non-resident
     share owners may also be subject to tax on dividend income under any law to
     which they are subject outside the UK.

13.   WORKING CAPITAL

      The Company is of the opinion that the enlarged WPP Group has sufficient
      working capital for its present requirements, that is for at least the
      next 12 months following the date of this document.

14.   GENERAL

     (a)   There has been no significant change in the financial or trading
           position of the WPP Group since 30 June 2000, being the date to which
           WPP prepared its unaudited interim accounts.

     (b)   There has been no significant change in the financial or trading
           position of the Y&R Group since 30 June 2000, being the date to which
           Y&R prepared its unaudited interim accounts.

     (c)   Each of Goldman Sachs International and Merrill Lynch International
           have given and have not withdrawn their respective written consents
           to the issue of this document with the references to their respective
           names in the form and context in which they appear.

     (d)   Each of Arthur Andersen and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have given and
           have not withdrawn their respective written consents to the inclusion
           of the references to their respective names (and their respective
           letters referred to in Parts III and IV of this document) in the form
           and context in which they are included and have authorised the
           contents of those parts of this document for the purposes of section
           152(1)(e) of the Financial Services Act 1986.

     (e)   The registrars of WPP are Computershare Services PLC, PO Box 82, The
           Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 7HH.

15.   DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION

      Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection during
      usual business hours on any weekday (Saturdays and public holidays
      excepted) at the offices of Allen & Overy, One New Change, London
      EC4M 9QQ until the conclusion of the Extraordinary General Meeting:

     (a)   the Memorandum and Articles of Association of WPP;

     (b)   the published audited consolidated accounts of WPP for the two
           financial years ended 31 December 1999 and the unaudited interim
           results for the six months ended 30 June 2000;

     (c)   the published audited consolidated accounts of Y&R for the two
           financial years ended 31 December 1999 and the unaudited interim
           results for the six months ended 30 June 2000;

     (d)   the rules of the WPP Share Schemes;

     (e)   the letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP regarding the summary of
           differences between US GAAP and UK GAAP for Y&R set out in Section 6
           of Part III of this document;

     (f)    the letter from Arthur Andersen set out in Part IV of this document;

     (g)   the letter from Goldman Sachs & Co. dated 11 May 2000 giving its
           opinion as at that date that the consideration to be paid by WPP to
           Y&R Share Owners is fair from a financial point of view to WPP;

                                      164
<PAGE>
     (h)   the letter from Merrill Lynch International dated 11 May 2000 giving
           its opinion as at that date that the consideration to be paid by WPP
           to Y&R Share Owners is fair from a financial point of view to WPP;

     (i)    the service agreements and letters of appointment of the Directors
           of WPP and the service agreement for Mr. Dolan each of which is
           referred to in paragraph 7 of Part VI of this document;

     (j)    the material contracts referred to in paragraph 9 of Part VI of this
           document;

     (k)   the Proxy Statement/Prospectus;

     (l)    the written consents referred to in paragraph 14 of Part VI of this
           document;

     (m)  the Circular; and

     (n)   the Y&R stock option plans pursuant to which the Y&R Stock Options
           have been granted.

Dated 25 August 2000

                                      165
<PAGE>
DEFINITIONS

The following definitions apply throughout this document, unless the context
otherwise requires:

<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
"Admission"                      means admission of the Consideration Shares to the Official
                                 List and to trading on the London Stock Exchange's market
                                 for listed securities and "Admission becoming effective"
                                 means it becoming effective in accordance with paragraph 7.1
                                 of the Listing Rules and paragraph 2.1 of the admission and
                                 disclosure standards published by the London Stock Exchange;

"Articles" or "Articles of       the memorandum and articles of association of WPP;
 Association"

"Board"                          the Board of Directors of WPP, or the Board of Directors of
                                 Y&R, as the context requires;

"Circular"                       the circular to WPP Share Owners dated the same date as
                                 these Listing Particulars containing, INTER ALIA, the notice
                                 of EGM;

"Companies Act"                  the Companies Act 1985;

"Company" or "WPP"               WPP Group plc;

"Consideration Shares"           the new WPP Ordinary Shares to be issued, credited as fully
                                 paid, pursuant to the Merger;

"CREST"                          a relevant system (as defined in the Regulations) in respect
                                 of which CRESTCo Limited is Operator (as defined in the
                                 Regulations), being a paperless system enabling securities
                                 to be evidenced otherwise than by way of a written
                                 instrument;

"Directors" or "WPP Directors"   the directors of WPP;

"Depositary"                     Citibank, N.A. in its capacity as depositary in respect of
                                 WPP ADSs;

"Effective Date"                 the date and time upon which all of the conditions to the
                                 Merger have been satisfied or waived;

"enlarged WPP Group"             the WPP Group as enlarged by the Y&R Group following
                                 completion of the Merger;

"European Commission"            the Commission of the European Communities established by
                                 Article 7 of the Treaty of Rome;

"Exchange Agent"                 an exchange agent reasonably acceptable to WPP and Y&R;

"Extraordinary General Meeting"  the extraordinary general meeting of WPP convened for
 or "EGM"                        10.00 a.m. on 29 September, 2000 for the purpose, INTER
                                 ALIA, of giving approval to the Merger;

"FRS"                            Financial Reporting Standards issued by the Accounting
                                 Standards Board;

"JMS"                            JMS Financial Services Limited;

"LIBOR"                          London Interbank Offered Rate;

"Listing Rules"                  the listing rules of the UK Listing Authority;

"London Stock Exchange"          London Stock Exchange plc;

"Long Stop Date"                 11 February 2001;
</TABLE>

                                      166
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
"Material Adverse Effect"        with respect to any entity, a material adverse effect on the
                                 financial condition, properties, business or results of
                                 operations of such entity and its subsidiaries, taken as a
                                 whole except that events, consequences or conditions caused
                                 by the following will not be considered to have a material
                                 adverse effect: (i) the announcement of the Merger Agreement
                                 and the Merger, including any termination or reduction in
                                 client business due to the announcement of completion of the
                                 Merger or the identity of the parties to the Merger;
                                 (ii) the impact of any change in business of specified
                                 clients publicly announced before the Merger Agreement is
                                 signed; or (iii) general changes in economic conditions in
                                 the broader economy or the advertising industry, unless the
                                 change materially and disproportionately effects only one
                                 party to the Merger Agreement;

"Member State"                   a member country of the European Union;

"Merger"                         the proposed merger of WPP with Y&R, details of which are
                                 set out in this document;

"Merger Agreement"               the amended and restated agreement and plan of merger dated
                                 as of
                                 11 May 2000 between WPP, Y&R, York Merger Corp and York II
                                 Merger Corp;

"Nasdaq"                         National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
                                 Quotation System National Market;

"Noon Buying Rate"               the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in
                                 sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal
                                 Reserve Bank of New York;

"Official List"                  the official list of the UK Listing Authority;

"Proposed Directors"             the proposed new directors of WPP whose names are set out in
                                 paragraph 7.2 of Part VI of this document;

"Proxy Statement/ Prospectus"    the proxy statement/prospectus distributed to Y&R Share
                                 Owners to seek their approval to the Merger;

"Regulations"                    the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 1995 (SI 1995 No.
                                 95/3272);

"SDRT"                           stamp duty reserve tax;

"SEC"                            US Securities and Exchange Commission;

"share owner"                    a holder of WPP Ordinary Shares or Y&R Common Shares, as the
                                 context requires;

"sterling", "L" and "p"          the lawful currency of the UK;

"UK GAAP"                        generally accepted accounting principles in the UK;

"uncertificated" or "in          record on the relevant register of the share or security
 uncertificated form"            concerned as being held in uncertificated form in CREST, and
                                 title to which by virtue of the Regulations may be
                                 transferred by means of CREST;

"United Kingdom" or "UK"         the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland;

"United States" or "US"          the United States of America, its territories and
                                 possessions, any state of the United States and the District
                                 of Columbia and all other areas subject to its jurisdiction;

"US Code"                        US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

"US Dollars", "US$" or "$"       the lawful currency of the United States;

"US GAAP"                        generally accepted accounting principles in the US;

"WPP ADR"                        an American Depositary Receipt evidencing a WPP ADS;

"WPP ADS"                        an American Depositary Share representing five WPP Ordinary
                                 Shares;
</TABLE>

                                      167
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
"WPP Group"                      WPP and its subsidiary undertakings and, where the context
                                 requires, its interests in joint ventures and associated
                                 undertakings;

"WPP Ordinary Shares"            ordinary shares of 10p each in WPP;

"WPP Share Owner"                a holder of WPP Ordinary Shares;

"WPP Share Schemes"              The WPP Worldwide Ownership Plan 1996, The WPP Executive
                                 Share Option Scheme 1994, The WPP Executive Stock Option
                                 Plan 1996, The WPP Executive Share Option Scheme, The WPP
                                 Performance Share Plan, the WPP Operating Company Long Term
                                 Incentive Plan, the Leadership Equity Acquisition Plan, The
                                 Capital Investment Plan and the Notional Share Award Plan;

"Y&R" or "Young & Rubicam"       Young & Rubicam Inc.;

"Y&R Common Shares"              shares of common stock of par value US$0.1 of Y&R;

"Y&R Convertible Notes"          the Young & Rubicam 3% Convertible Subordinated Notes due
                                 2005;

"Y&R Directors"                  the Directors of Y&R;

"Y&R Group"                      Y&R and its subsidiary undertakings and, where the context
                                 requires, its interests in joint ventures and associated
                                 undertakings;

"Y&R Share Owner"                a holder of Y&R Common Shares;

"Y&R Stock Options"              options to acquire Y&R Common Shares pursuant to the
                                 following stock option plans:

                                 Young & Rubicam Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan, Young &
                                 Rubicam Inc. Change in Control Severance Plan, Young &
                                 Rubicam Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, Young & Rubicam
                                 Inc. Director Deferred Fee Plan, (as amended), Young &
                                 Rubicam Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, Young & Rubicam
                                 Holdings Inc. Restricted Stock Plan, and Young & Rubicam
                                 Holdings Inc. Management Stock Option Plan;

"York Merger Corp"               York Merger Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of WPP
                                 incorporated in the State of Delaware;

"York II Merger Corp"            a whollly owned subsidiary of York Merger Corp.
</TABLE>

                                      168
<PAGE>
                        MERRILL CORPORATION LTD. London
                                   00LON1326


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission